100% found this document useful (1 vote)
117 views

460 ServiceManual

This service manual provides information needed to service TDS 410, 420, and 460 digitizing oscilloscopes manufactured by Tektronix. It includes specifications, safety summaries, and procedures for troubleshooting, repairing, and replacing components. The manual also details Tektronix's warranty policy, which covers defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of shipment.
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
100% found this document useful (1 vote)
117 views

460 ServiceManual

This service manual provides information needed to service TDS 410, 420, and 460 digitizing oscilloscopes manufactured by Tektronix. It includes specifications, safety summaries, and procedures for troubleshooting, repairing, and replacing components. The manual also details Tektronix's warranty policy, which covers defects in materials and workmanship for a period of three years from the date of shipment.
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 278

Service Manual

TDS 410, 420 & 460


Digitizing Oscilloscopes
070803603
  
    

"$) *.3425-&.4 -".5'"$452&% #9 &+42/.*8 )"3 " 3&2*", .5-#&2 /. " 0".&, *.3&24 /2 4"( /2 34"-0&% /. 4)&
$)"33*3 )& '*234 ,&44&2 *. 4)& 3&2*", .5-#&2 %&3*(."4&3 4)& $/5.429 /' -".5'"$452& )& ,"34 '*6& %*(*43 /' 4)&
3&2*", .5-#&2 "2& "33*(.&% 3&15&.4*",,9 ".% "2& 5.*15& 4/ &"$) *.3425-&.4 )/3& -".5'"$452&% *. 4)&
.*4&% 4"4&3 )"6& 3*8 5.*15& %*(*43 )& $/5.429 /' -".5'"$452& *3 *%&.4*'*&% "3 '/,,/73
 &+42/.*8 .$ &"6&24/. 2&(/. 
  &+42/.*8 .*4&% *.(%/- 4% /.%/.

 /.9&+42/.*8 "0".
  &+42/.*8 /,,".%   &&2&.6&&. )& &4)&2,".%3

.3425-&.43 -".5'"$452&% '/2 &+42/.*8 #9 &84&2.", 6&.%/23 /543*%& 4)& .*4&% 4"4&3 "2& "33*(.&% " 47/ %*(*4
",0)" $/%& 4/ *%&.4*'9 4)& $/5.429 /' -".5'"$452& &(  '/2 "0".  '/2 /.( /.(  '/2 32"&, &4$
&+42/.*8 .$  /8  &"6&24/.  
2*.4&% *. 
/092*()4  &+42/.*8 .$ 
 ,, 2*()43 2&3&26&% &+42/.*8 02/%5$43 "2& $/6&2&% #9  ".% '/2&*(.
0"4&.43 *335&% ".% 0&.%*.( )& '/,,/7*.( "2& 2&(*34&2&% 42"%&-"2+3 !   ".%
:
WARRANTY

!                          "  
      "           " 
!       
                    !        
           "   "
!       !     "
                          
             "
!      
!  
 "                   "    
!  
            "       !  "    
    "   

  "    "  "          "            
 
!               "           "
   
!                      
                           
                      "      
THIS WARRANTY IS GIVEN BY TEKTRONIX WITH RESPECT TO THIS PRODUCT IN LIEU OF ANY OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. TEKTRONIX' RESPONSIBILITY TO REPAIR OR
REPLACE DEFECTIVE PRODUCTS IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY PROVIDED TO THE CUSTOMER FOR
BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. TEKTRONIX AND ITS VENDORS WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER TEKTRONIX OR THE VENDOR HAS
ADVANCE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Table of Contents

Safety Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii


Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi
Manual Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxi
Manual Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
!&$                                              ((
%)                                                ((
)!$                                              ((
Related Manuals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxii
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii
Before Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii
Strategy for Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii
Tektronix Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiv
## %) "# #'                                 (('
"# !#
#%! #'                             (('
 #'                                            (('

Specifications
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
 &$                                                *
 %!#$                                             *
 # &#"!$  !                                  *
                                                   *
Signal Acquisition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Horizontal System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Trigger System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Acquisition Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
OnBoard User Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
"                                                  *
&%!$%                                               *
Measurement Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

&#$!#                                                *
$&#                                              *
%   #!$$                             *
Storage and I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 


&&$                                                 0
Nominal Traits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Warranted Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Performance Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Typical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Operating Information
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Supplying Operating Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
&-) &) %&)$+!&%                                 0
')+!% &#+                                      0
$&)/ ",' &-)                                 0
Operating Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
')+!% $')+,)                                 0
%+!#+!&% (,!)$%+*                                0
Applying and Interrupting Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
&-)0'                                             0
&-)0 &-%                                           0
Repackaging Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Installed Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Operating Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Screen Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Basic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
&- +& &-) '                                      0
&- +& * #'                                       0
&- +& * +  ++,* %,                             0
&- +& + ,%+!&%*                                   0

&- +& + &$'#. ,%+!&%*                          0

Theory of Operation
Circuit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Logic Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Module Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Performance Verification
Brief Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
General Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

vi Contents
Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Self Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
$1(%8 -3$1- + #)423,$-3 $+% .,/$-2 3(.- -#
( &-.23("2                                       
9

Functional Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
$1(%8 ++ -/43 ' --$+2                               
9
$1(%8 3'$ (,$  2$                                   
9
$1(%8 3'$  (- -# $+ 8$# 1(&&$1 823$,2             
9
Performance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
1$1$04(2(3$2                                         
9
04(/,$-3 $04(1$#                                   
9
$23 $".1#                                          
9
Signal Acquisition System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
'$"* %%2$3 ""41 "8                                 
9
'$"*  .+3 &$ $ 241$,$-3 ""41 "8 5$1 &$#     
9
'$"* - +.&  -#6(#3'                              
9
'$"* $+ 8  3"' $36$$- ' --$+2                  
9
Time Base System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
'$"* ""41 "8 %.1 .-&9$1,  ,/+$  3$ $+ 8
(,$ -# $+3 (,$ $ 241$,$-32                 
9 
Trigger System Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
'$"* ""41 "8 1(&&$1 $5$+ .1 '1$2'.+#  .4/+$#  
9
$-2(3(5(38 #&$ 1(&&$1  .4/+$#                    
9 
 7(,4, -/43 1$04$-"8 47(+( 18 1(&&$1              
9

'$"* (#$. 1(&&$1 $-2(3(5(38 /3(.- 04(//$#
.#$+2-+8                                     
9

Output Signal Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448


'$"* 1.!$ #)423 43/43                             
9


Adjustment Procedures
Adjustment Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Requirements for Performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
$12.--$+                                             9
 1,94/ $1(.#                                        9
""$22                                                9
823$,                                               9
$23 04(/,$-3                                        9
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
$1%.1,(-& 3'$ #)423,$-32                             9
.,/+$3$ #)423,$-3                                   9
-#(5(#4 + #)423,$-32                                  9
 13( + #)423,$-3                                      9
#)423,$-3 %3$1 $/ (1                                 9
#)423,$-3 $/$-#$-"($2                              9

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual vii
Equipment Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Adjustment Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
/!4/" +01))1&,+                                   7

,#14/" +01))1&,+                                    7
,#14/"70"! !'201*"+10                            7
Probe Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
,*-"+01" 1%" /,"                                 7
"02/" 1%" /," +!4&!1%                           7
!'201 1%" /,"8 &$% /".2"+ 6 "0-,+0"            7
Monitor Assembly Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

Maintenance
Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Procedures Not In This Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Preventing ESD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
/" 21&,+0                                          
7
20 "-1&&)&16 1,                                   
7
Inspection and Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
General Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Inspection and Cleaning Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
+0-" 1&,+8 51"/&,/                                  
7

)"+&+$ /, "!2/"8 51"/&,/                         


7

+0-" 1&,+8 +1"/&,/                                  


7
)"+&+$ /, "!2/"8 +1"/&,/                          
7
2/& 1&,+                                           
7
Removal and Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Preparation Please Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
&01 ,# ,!2)"0                                       
7
)" "*,3)                                       
7
"+"/) +01/2 1&,+0                                   
7
2**/6 ,# /, "!2/"0                               
7
Access Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613
Procedures for Module Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 621
/,+17+") +,0 +! %#10                          
7
&+" 20" +! &+" ,/!                               
7
/,+1 ,3"/ "/ ,3"/ &+"1 "/  0("1
+! &+"1 +!)" +! ""1                       
7
/&* &+$ "+2 )01,*"/ "+2 211,+0 +! /,+1
 0("10                                      
7

/,+17+") 00"*)6  %&")! +! "+2 )"5
+! /," ,!" )"5 &/ 2&10                       
7
 11"+21,/ 00"*)6 +! %&")!                    
7

,+&1,/ 00"*)6                                 
7

viii Contents
 ,$') &) **$#/  ,* % &) ,''&)+*
0
  **$#/                                    
0
 !*'#/ **$#/                                 
0
  **$#/                                    
0
 "'#% **$#/ % !+* &,%+                  
0

"0,' ++)!*                                     
0
 &- &#+ &-) ,''#/ % !+* &,%+            
0 
% % % &,%+                                    
0 
!% !#+)                                            
0

 ,.!#!)/ &-) ,''#/                             


0
 (,!*!+!&% **$#/                              
0

!%  **!*                                         
0

Disassembly for Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665
Firmware Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666
Troubleshooting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
&%*&# &)+ + '                                   
0

Options
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Standard Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Electrical Parts List


Replaceable Electrical Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Diagrams
Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Mechanical Parts List


Replaceable Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Parts Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Using the Replaceable Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual ix


x 
List of Illustrations

(&41$ :9.6$1:.1# +4& #$-3(%(" 3(.-                       :


(&41$ :9 / .% (2/+ 8 4-"3(.-2                            :

(&41$ :9 / .% (2/+ 8 4-"3(.-2                            :


(&41$ :9$1(%8(-& #)423,$-32 -# (&- +  3' .,/$-2 3(.-   :

(&41$ :9-(5$12 + $23 ..*4/ %.1 4-"3(.- + $232             :


(&41$ : 9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                  :
(&41$ :
9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                  :
(&41$ : 9-(3( + $23 ..*4/   -#              :
(&41$ : 9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                          :
(&41$ : 9$ 241$,$-3 .% - +.&  -#6(#3'                   :
(&41$ :9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                  :
(&41$ :9$ 241$,$-3 .% ' --$+ $+ 8                     :
(&41$ :9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                 :
(&41$ :9$ 241$,$-3 .% ""41 "8 ; .-&:$1, -#
$+ 8:(,$                                                :
(&41$ :9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                 :

(&41$ : 9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                 :


(&41$ :
9$ 241$,$-3 .% 1(&&$1 $-2(3(5(38                   : 
(&41$ : 9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                 : 
(&41$ : 9.-%(1,(-& 47(+( 18 1(&&$1(-& 3  7(,4,
1(&&$1(-& 1$04$-"8                                       : 
(&41$ : 9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                 :
(&41$ :9#)423(-& 8-" 4+2$ ,/+(34#$                     :

(&41$ :9$ 241$,$-3 .% (#$. $-2(3(5(38                    :


(&41$ :9-(3( + $23 ..*4/                                 :
(&41$ :9$ 241$,$-3 .% 1.!$ .,/$-2 3.1 (,(32           : 

(&41$
:9..*4/ %.1 1.!$ .,/$-2 3(.-                    
:
(&41$
:9$1%.1,(-& 1.!$ .,/$-2 3(.-                    
:
(&41$
:91./$1 -# ,/1./$1 1.!$ .,/$-2 3(.-           
:
(&41$
: 97/.2(-& 3'$ --$1 1.!$ (/                        
:
(&41$
:
9-(3( + $23 ..*4/   -#   -+8       
:
(&41$
: 9-(3( + $23 ..*4/   -+8                   
:
(&41$
: 97/.2(-& 3'$ 1.!$ .#8                           
:
(&41$
: 9-(3( + $23 ..*4/   -#   -+8       
:

(&41$
:9-(3( + $23 ..*4/   -+8                   
:

(&41$
:91.!$ $23 ..*4/   -#   -+8     
:
(&41$
:91.!$ $23 ..*4/   -+8                 
:
(&41$
:9." 3(.-2 .% 1.!$ #)423,$-32                    
:

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual xi


-+96) A @(.9781)287 :7 6328A362)6 )74327)              A
-+96) A
@32-836 (.9781)28 3'%8-327                       A
-+96) A @-:) %2( ")2 )6')28 91-2%2') %8',)7             A
-+96) A @31437-8) %88)62 *36 3'97-2+                     A
-+96) A @<8)62%0 6%8-'90) -1-8 -2)7                        A

-+96) A@7'-0037'34) 6-)28%8-32                             A


-+96) A@%&-2)8 %2( 6328A%2)0 3928)( 3(90)7            A
-+96) A @28)62%0 3(90)7                                    A
-+96) A
@%&0)7 %2( %&0) 398-2+                           A
-+96) A @23& %2( !,%*8 )13:%0                            A
-+96) A @-2) 97) %2( -2) 36( )13:%0                    A
-+96) A @6328 3:)6 )%6 3:)6 %&-2)8  %7/)8 %2(
%&-2)8 %2(0) %2( ))8 )13:%0                           A
-+96) A@"6-1 -2+ )29 0%7831)6 %2( )29 988327
)13:%0                                                  A
-+96) A@ %7/)8 )13:%0 %2( 278%00%8-32                  A 
-+96) A@ 6328A%2)0 77)1&0= ! !,-)0( %2( )29
0)< %2( 63&) 3() 0)< -6'9-87 )13:%0                   A 
-+96) A@-7%77)1&0= 3* 8,) 6328A%2)0 77)1&0=            A
-+96) A@ 88)29%836 )13:%0                            A
-+96) A @ 32-836 77)1&0= )13:%0                     A 
-+96) A
@ 914)6 3%6( 77)1&0=  97 %2(
3%6( !9443687 )13:%0                                   A

-+96) A @ # )13:%0                                 A

-+96) A @ -740%= 77)1&0= )13:%0                     A

-+96) A @ ! 77)1&0= )13:%0                        A



-+96) A@ %'/40%2) 77)1&0= %2( -87 3928 )13:%0      A

-+96) A@%88)6= )13:%0                                   A 
-+96) A@ 3; $308%+) 3;)6 !9440= )13:%0             A 
-+96) A@%2 %2( %2 3928 )13:%0                        A
-+96) A@-2) -08)6 )13:%0                                A
-+96) A @9<-0-%6= 3;)6 !9440= )13:%0                     A 
-+96) A
@
'59-7-8-32 3%6( )13:%0                     A 
-+96) A @'')77-2+ 8,) 638)'8-32 !;-8',                     A
-+96) A @32730) 368 322)'8-327                          A 
-+96) A @6-1%6= "639&0)7,338-2+ 63')(96)                  A 
-+96) A@ ?# 3%6( 322)'836                       A 
-+96) A@3(90) 730%8-32 "639&0)7,338-2+ 63')(96)          A 
-+96) A @3; $308%+) 3;)6 !9440= "639&0)7,338-2+ 63')(96) A

-+96) A @3;)6 !9440= :)603%( "639&0)7,338-2+ 63')(96)   A


-+96) A @ ?3; $308%+) 3;)6 !9440= 3(90)  -+,8 !-()   A
-+96) A @32-836 "639&0)7,338-2+ 63')(96)                  A 
-+96) A
@36->328%0 %2( $)68-'%0 !=2' !-+2%07                 A 

xii 
'%2/$ 9
8 '#$, '%+ ) 4'1& &'1$ ) "( +# ) +('+% $3$)0 9 
'%2/$ 9 8 7,+'1,/ ,++$"1,/                          9 
'%2/$ 9 8 725')' /6 ,4$/ ,++$"1,/0  +#             9 
'%2/$ 9 87'0-) 6 ,++$"1,/                           9 
'%2/$ 98/,"$00,//,+1  +$) /,2!)$0&,,1'+% /,"$#2/$     9 
'%2/$ 9 8 7/,+1  +$) , /# ,4$/ ,++$"1,/0 
+#                                                  9 
'%2/$ 9 811$+2 1,/".2'0'1',+ /,2!)$0&,,1'+% /,"$#2/$     9
'%2/$ 9 8 72*-$/ +# 
711$+2 1,/ , /#0 '%+ )
," 1',+0                                                 9

'%2/$ 9 8".2'0'1',+ +# 11$+2 1,/ ,4$/ /,2!)$0&,,1'+%


/,"$#2/$                                                9
'%2/$ 9 8 7".2'0'1',+ , /# ,4$/ ,++$"1,/             9
'%2/$ 9
8 "(-) +$ /,2!)$0&,,1'+% /,"$#2/$               9
'%2/$ 9 87 "(-) +$ ,#2)$                             9
'%2/$ 9 8 0,) 1',+ /,2!)$0&,,1'+% /,"$#2/$             9
'%2/$ 9 8,+0,)$ /,2!)$0&,,1'+% /,"$#2/$                 9

'%2/$ 98  +1$/",++$"1',+0                           9


'%2/$ 98  ),"( ' %/ *                             9

'%2/$ 9851$/+ ) +# /,+1  +$) ,#2)$0                   9


'%2/$ 98+1$/+ ) ,#2)$0                                  9
'%2/$ 98 !)$0 +# ,21'+%                                9

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual xiii
xiv 
List of Tables

!$%/(=?>(&25' (1*7+ 96 ,9,6,216 3(5 (&25'                ?


!$%/(=?>20,1$/ !5$,76 @ ,*1$/ &48,6,7,21 <67(0            ?
!$%/(=? >20,1$/ !5$,76 @ !,0( $6( <67(0                  ?
!$%/(=?
>20,1$/ !5$,76 @ !5,**(5,1* <67(0                   ?
!$%/(=? >20,1$/ !5$,76 @ ,63/$< <67(0                     ?
!$%/(=? >20,1$/ !5$,76 @ $7$ 725$*(                       ?
!$%/(=? >20,1$/ !5$,76 @  17(5)$&( ",'(2 87387 $1'
2:(5 86(                                               ?
!$%/(=?>20,1$/ !5$,76 @ (&+$1,&$/                         ?
!$%/(=?>#$55$17(' +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ ,*1$/ &48,6,7,21 <67(0  ?
!$%/(=?>#$55$17(' +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ !,0( $6( <67(0       ?

!$%/(=?>#$55$17(' +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ !5,**(5,1* <67(0       ?


!$%/(=?>#$55$17(' +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ 52%( 203(16$725
87387                                                   ?
!$%/(=? >2:(5 (48,5(0(176                                ?
!$%/(=?
>#$55$17(' +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ 19,5210(17$/ $)(7<
$1' (/,$%,/,7<                                             ?
!$%/(=? >!<3,&$/ +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ ,*1$/ &48,6,7,21 <67(0    ?
!$%/(=? >!<3,&$/ +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ !,0( $6( <67(0          ?
!$%/(=? >!<3,&$/ +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ !5,**(5,1* <67(0           ?
!$%/(=?>!<3,&$/ +$5$&7(5,67,&6 @ $7$ $1'/,1*              ?
!$%/(=?>2:(5 25' 21'8&725 '(17,),&$7,21                   ?
!$%/(=?>))(&76 2) 255837(' $7$                            ?
!$%/(=
?>!(67 48,30(17                                    
?

!$%/(=
?> ))6(7 &&85$&<                                 
?
!$%/(=
? >1$/2* $1':,'7+ !
 $1' !
            
?
!$%/(=
?
>1$/2* $1':,'7+ !
                        
?
!$%/(= ?>'-8670(176 (48,5(' )25 2'8/( (3/$&('            ?
!$%/(= ?>'-8670(176 $1' (3(1'(1&,(6                      ?

!$%/(= ? >!(67 48,30(17 ,;785(6 $1' 833/,(6                ?


!$%/(= ?
> 2$5' 21),*85$7,21                            ?
!$%/(= ?>(/$7,9( 86&(37,%,/,7< 72 7$7,&?,6&+$5*( $0$*(      ?
!$%/(= ?>;7(51$/ 163(&7,21 +(&. ,67                        ?
!$%/(= ? >17(51$/ 163(&7,21 +(&. ,67                         ?
!$%/(= ?
>!22/6 (48,5(' )25 2'8/( (029$/                    ?
!$%/(= ? >&&(66 16758&7,216 )25 2'8/(6 ,1 ,*85( ?           ?

!$%/(= ? >&&(66 16758&7,216 )25 2'8/(6 ,1 ,*85( ?           ?


!$%/(= ? >&&(66 $1' (029$/ 16758&7,216 )25 $%/(6
,1 ,*85( ?
                                             ?

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual xv


 !)$6
8 7/,2!)$0',,1(+& $01 .2(-*$+1 (412/$0 +# 2--)($0
8

 !)$6
8 7,++$"1(,+0 %,/ 1,  (+ 2)) ,#$*  !)$       
8

 !)$6
87( &+,01("  ()2/$ /(,/(15 (01                      
8 
 !)$6
87,/* ) 21-21 ,)1 &$                             
8
 !)$6
87,3$/ 2--)5  4(*2* 2//$+1                    
8
 !)$6
87/,+1  +$) ,++$"1,/ ,)1 &$0                    
8 
 !)$6
87' ++$) +#  (&+ ) ," 1(,+0                   
8
 !)$6
8 7 611$+2 1,/ , /# ,3$/                       
8

 !)$6
8
76".2(0(1(,+ , /# ,3$/                       
8

 !)$6
8 7$&2) 1,/ ,)1 &$0                                
8
 !)$6
8 7 ,)1 &$0                                      
8
 !)$6
8 7 /,+1  +$) ,)1 &$0                            
8
 !)$6 87+1$/+ 1(,+ ) ,3$/ ,/#0                            8
 !)$6 871 +# /# ""$00,/($0                               8
 !)$6 87/,!$ ""$00,/($0                                  8
 !)$6 87-1(,+ ) ""$00,/($0                                8
 !)$6 8 7/,!$ ""$00,/($0                                  8

 !)$6 8
7""$00,/5 ,%13 /$                                 8

xvi 
Service Safety Summary

& '  " !' '" %)* '& &'+ #%('"!& + % #%")
"% +"(% #%"''"! ! '" #%)!'   '" ' ',! "&"&"# &
&'+ !"% '"! ##& '"  "#%'"%& ! &%) #%&"!!

Symbols and Terms & '*" '% & ##% ! !(&

H &'' !'& !'+ "!'"!& "% #%'& '' "( %&(' !


  '" ' $(# !' "% "'% #%"#%'+

H &'' !'& !'+ "!'"!& "% #%'& '' "( %&(' !


#%&"! !(%+ "% "&& " 

& '*" '% & ##% "! $(# !'

H 
 !'&  #%&"! !(%+ ,% !"'  '+ &&
& "! %& ' %! "%  ,% '" #%"#%'+ !(! ' $(#-
!' '&

H  !'&  #%&"! !(%+ ,%  '+ && &


"! %& ' %!

& &+ " ##%& ! !(&

''-!&') )&

& &+ "& ##% "! $(# !'


 %"'')   
 "' %"(! %' % '"
'% ! !(

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual xvii
Specific Precautions
#"&   $ ' "%$# $ #%" )%" "# #$) 
$ "&$  $ $" $ $* ##  " $ !% $
$ $ $

Do Not Perform Service While Alone


 $ "" $" #"& " %#$$  $# "%$ %## $"
"#    "" "#$   "#%#$$ # "#$

Use Care When Servicing With Power On


"%# &$# (#$ $ #&" $#  $# "%$  & "#
%")  $ $% ( # $# "  $# ' '" # 
#$ '" " "& "$$& # #" " " 
 $#

Power Source
 $* ##  # $ $  "$ "  '" #%" $$
' $  ) " $   $' $ #% ) %$"# " +
$' $" #% ) %$"  "%  "$$& "% $
$"% $ "% %$"  $ '" " # ##$ " #
#)#$  "$

Grounding the Digitizing Oscilloscope


 $* ##  # "% $"% $ '" "  &
$" # % $ '" " $  " ") '" " $ '"
"$ "% #  &" )  !% #"& "#  $# "
 $# $ $  %$ " %$ %$ $"#  $ $* #+
# 

$%$ $ "$$& "% $  "$#  $ $* #+
#  " $$ # *"# # %# #  $"# $$
)  " $  #%$"#

Use the Proper Power Cord


# ) $ '" "  $" #  " )%" "%$ # )
 '" " $$ #   $

Use the Proper Fuse


 & " *" %# ) $ %# #   $ "$# #$ " )%"
"%$  ' # $  $)  &$ "$  %""$ "$

xviii Service Safety Summary


Do Not Remove Covers or Panels
  
    


  
 


  


Do Not Operate in Explosive Atmospheres



  

 
 
  
 
   
   


  

  






Electric Overload


   
  
  
  
  




 
   


TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual xix
xx   
 
Preface

% %$( !' #$"(% %$( !"$ &"! "$ &    
!    &+! %"%"#%
 %$(!    "") & #$"'$% "$ &   '&
!"$  $$!% &"   ! 

Manual Structure % !' % ( !&" %&"!% %' % Specifications and Theory of
Operation '$&$ & % ( !&" %'%&"!% %' % Product Descrip
tion ! Removal and Installation Procedures.
&"!% "!&!! #$"'$% %" "!&! !&$"'&"!% &" &"% #$",
'$%  %'$ &" $ &% !&$"'&"!% '% &* #$"( !"$ ,
&"! ! &" " & %$( "$$&* ! !&*  "")! %  $
%$#&"! "  !' %&"!
H Specifications- "!&!%  #$"'& %$#&"! " & &+! "%",
%"# ! &% " & $&$%&% ! %$#&"!% && ##* &" &
H Operating Information- % &% %&"! & !'%  %$#&"! " ")
&% !' % %&$'&'$ % ) % !$ !"$ &"! ! "#$&!
!%&$'&"!% & & ( ! &" %* #")$ '# ! %$( &%
"%"%"#
%&& !& " & %$( %&$&* && &% !' %'#,
#"$&% % ) % !%&$'&"!% "$ %# !& " & &+! "%"%"#
$ "'! ! &% %&"!
H Theory of Operation- "!&!% $'& %$#&"!% && %'##"$& !$
%$( ! '& %"&"!
H Performance Verification- "!&!%  "&"! " #$"'$% "$
"!$ ! && &% &+! "%"%"# '!&"!% #$"#$* ! &%
)$$!&  &%
H Adjustment Procedures- "!&!%  "&"! " #$"'$% "$ '%&,
! &% &+! "%"%"# &" & )$$!&  &%
H Maintenance- "!&!% !"$ &"! ! #$"'$% "$ "! #$(!,
&( ! "$$&( !&!! " & &+! "%"%"# !%&$',
&"!% "$ !! "$ "' $ "( ! !%&&"! ! "$ '&
%"&"! &"  "' $ "'! $
H Options- "!&!% !"$ &"! "! %$(! !* " & &"$*,!%&
"#&"!% && *  #$%!& ! *"'$ "%"%"#
H Electrical Parts List- "!&!%  %&& !& $$$! *"' &" & Mechani
cal Parts List, )$ "& &$ ! ! "'% $ %&
 ").
H Diagrams- "!&!%  " $ ! ! !&$"!!&"! $
'%' "$ %"&!  "'%

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual xxi
H Mechanical Parts List0 !(&  ' "  %# "(&
'% &%#'"!& ! '% '%"!+ #%' !( %&.

Manual Conventions & !( (&& %'! "!)!'"!& * ,"( &"( "   %
*' "% "! &%)

Modules
%"("(' '& !( !, %# " #"!!' && , "% #%' "
'& '-! "&"&"# & %%% '" !%, &  "( ! !%
 "( & ! && ,   %(' "% %'% '!  " #"!!' 
 %&&'"% "% ! !'%' %(' " ' &  &! " #"!!' &  "/
( "% + # ' &&& " ' "&"&"# &  "(

Safety
, "& ! '% & %' '" &', ##% ! ' ', ( %, "(! '
' !!! " '& !(

Symbols
&& ' &, "& %' '" &', '& !( (&& ' ""*! &, /
"&

 .&'"# &! "! & !"% '"! * (&'  % ! "%%
'" "%%', " &%) ! '" )" !"%%', (&! "% ##,!
&%) #%"(%&
 " "! & #%"(% &'#& * %$(%  #(& '" *'
"% ' "&"&"# '" " #' &"  "#%'"! "% ,"( !
"!'!(
%"(& "!& &( & ' + # "! ' ' ' % (& ! #%"/
(%& '" # !', %'! %"('& ! !( (!'"!& "!
&%!

Related Manuals & "'% !(& % ) "% '     !   
'-! &"&"#&
H  Reference )& ,"(  $( ")%)* " "* '" "#%' ,"(% "&/
"&"#
H  User #%")& !&'%('"!& "! "* '" "#%' ,"(% "&"&"#
H  Programmer Manual #%")& " #' !"% '"! "! #%"% /
! ! % "' "!'%" " ' "&"&"# '%"( '  

xxii Preface
Introduction

#$. . /$*) *)/$). " ) -' $)!*-(/$*) -$/$' /* .! ) !! /$1 . -1$6
$)" *! /#$. *.$''*.*+  /# ()0' . -1$ ./-/ "4 )   .-$+/$*) *!
- +$- ) 2--)/4 . -1$ . 1$'' !-*(  &/-*)$3

Before Servicing #$. ()0' $. !*- . -1$$)" /#        $"$/$5$)"
.$''*.*+ . * +- 1 )/ $)%0-4 /* 4*0-. '! *- (" /* /# *.$''*.*+ 
* /# !*''*2$)"  !*- 4*0 // (+/ . -1$
H  .0- 4*0 -  ,0'$!$  . -1$ + -.*)
H   /# ! /4 0((-4 !*0) / /#  "$))$)" *! /#$. ()0'
H   Strategy for Servicing ) Supplying Operating Power $) /#$.
. /$*)
# ) 0.$)" /#$. ()0' !*- . -1$$)"  .0- /* #  '' 2-)$)". 06
/$*). ) )*/ .
! . -1$$)"    !*''*2 /# +-* 0- . !*- /#   0/
$")*- '' - ! - ) . /* 
)  

Strategy for #-*0"#*0/ /#$. ()0' )4 !$ '6- +' ' *(+*) )/ .. (6
'4 *- +-/ *! /#$. *.$''*.*+ $. - ! --  /* " ) -$''4 .  (*0' 
Servicing
#$. ()0' *)/$). '' /# $)!*-(/$*) )   !*- + -$*$ ($)/ )) *!
4*0- *.$''*.*+  3(+' . *! .0# $)!*-(/$*) - +-* 0- . !*- # &6
$)" + -!*-() ) !*- - %0./( )/ 0-/# - $/ *)/$). '' $)!*-(/$*) !*-
*-- /$1 ($)/ )) *2) /* /# (*0' ' 1 ' #$. ( ). /#/ /#
+-* 0- . $"-(. ) */# - /-*0' .#**/$)" $. # '+ $.*'/ !$'0- . /*
 .+ $!$ (*0'  -/# - /#) /* *(+*) )/. *! /#/ (*0'  )  !$'0-
$. $.*'/  - +' /# (*0' 2$/#  !0''4 / ./  (*0' */$)  !-*( /#
!/*-4
'' (*0' . - '$./  $)  /$*)  Mechanical Parts List. * $.*'/  !$'0-
/*  (*0'  0. /# !0'/ $.*'/$*) +-* 0- . !*0) $)  /$*)  Mainte
nance. * - (*1 ) - +' )4 !$'  (*0'  !*''*2 /# $)./-0/$*). $)
Removal and Installation Procedures '.* !*0) $)  /$*) 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual xxiii
Tektronix Service %.,)(#2 *,)0#- -,0# .) )0, ,*#, /(, 1,,(.3 - 1&& - ).",
-,0#- .". '3 *,)0#  )-.5 .#0 (-1, .) 3)/, -,0# (-
".", *,)0##(! 1,,(.3 ,*#, -,0# ), (3 ) ." ).", -,0#- &#-.
&)1 %.,)(#2 -,0# ."(##(- .,#( )( %.,)(#2 *,)/.- , -.
+/#** .) -,0# 3)/, #!#.#4#(! )-#&&)-)* %.,)(#2 ."(##(- ,
**,#- ) ." &.-. #( ),'.#)( )( #'*,)0'(.- .) ." *,)/. - 1&&
- ." &.-. (1 )*.#)(- .) ." *,)/.

Warranty Repair Service


%.,)(#2 1,,(.- ."#- *,)/. ), .", 3,- ,)' . ) */,"- 25
&/#(! *,)- ), 1"#" ." 1,,(.3 #- )( 3, " 1,,(.3 **,- )(
." % ) ." .#.& *! #( ."#- '(/& %.,)(#2 ."(##(- *,)0#
1,,(.3 -,0# . ')-. %.,)(#2 -,0# &).#)(- 1),&1# )/, %.,)5
(#2 *,)/. .&)! &#-.- && -,0# &).#)(- 1),&1#

Repair or Calibration Service


" )&&)1#(! -,0#- '3  */,"- .) .#&), ,*#, (), &#,.#)( )
3)/, #!#.#4#(! )-#&&)-)* .) #. 3)/, ,+/#,'(.-

Option 9C6 "( 3)/ ),, 3)/, #!#.#4#(! )-#&&)-)* 1#." )*.#)(  #.
#- -"#** 1#."  Certificate of Calibration and Test Data. "#- ,.# #.
*,)0#- .,#&#.3 .) ." .#)(& (-.#./. ) .(,- ( "()&)!3
 . ,.# #- *,)/,- /- .) &#,. ." )-#&&)-)* )'*&3 1#."
  #&#.,3 .(,


AtDepot Service6 %.,)(#2 ) ,- -0,& -.(,5*,# $/-.'(.


&#,.#)( ( ,*#, -,0#-
H  -#(!& ,*#, (), $/-.'(.
H &#,.#)(- /-#(! +/#*'(. ( *,)/,- .". '. ." .,#&#.3
-.(,- -*# # .) ." &)& ,
H ((/& '#(.(( !,'(.- .". *,)0# ), #.", &#,.#)( (
,*#, ), &#,.#)( )(&3 ) ." )-#&&)-)*
 ."- -,0#- ." ((/& '#(.(( !,'(. ) ,-  *,.#/&,&3
)-.5 .#0 **,)" .) -,0# ), '(3 )1(,- ) ." 
 

 #!#.#4#(! -#&&)-)*- /" !,'(.- (  */,"- .)
-*( -0,& 3,-

OnSite Service6 " ((/& '#(.(( !,'(. (  */,"-


1#." )(5-#. -,0# 1#." ,*#, ( &#,.#)( )( . 3)/, #&#.3 "#-
-,0# ,/- ." .#' 3)/, )-#&&)-)* #- )/. ) -,0# 1"( &#,.#)(
), ,*#, #- ,+/#,

xxiv Introduction
Self Service
" & !# "!  " " # $ '  $ Module Exchange
 Module Repair and Return

Module Exchange) ! ! $ #! % "   ' %(
 '# " & !" #!  #"#  ! " & !!
'#  #"  "!" & #   "
$ "  
! $ "  "'' %"  # !  # ! %"  ('
! $ % "'

Module Repair and Return) ! ! $ "# ! " '# %"  '!
" ! # "" '# ! " " &  # ! !
  "!"  "#  " '#   "
$ "   ! $
"  " ! not #" " " # " #!  " ! "' 
 # ! %"  (' ! $ % "'

For More Information) "" '#  " & ! $ " 
!!      "  '  "   #!""
! $! #!" ! 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual xxv
xxvi  
  

Product Description

'(2 24!2$"3(.- !$&(-2 6(3' &$-$1 + #$2"1(/3(.- .% 3'$ 31 (32 .% 3'$


 (&(3(9(-& 2"(++.2"./$2 '1$$ 24!2$"3(.-2 %.++.6 .-$ %.1 $ "' .%
3'1$$ "+ 22$2 .% 31 (32 nominal traits, warranted characteristics, -# typical
characteristics

General $*31.-(7  (&(3(9(-& 2"(++.2"./$2 1$ /.13 !+$ (-2314,$-32 24(3 !+$
%.1 42$ (- 5 1($38 .% 3$23 -# ,$ 241$,$-3 //+(" 3(.-2 -# 2823$,2 $8
%$ 341$2 (-"+4#$
H .41 (-/43 "' --$+2 .- 3'$   -#   36. (-/43 "' --$+2
.- 3'$   $ "' 6(3' 1$".1# +$-&3' .%  3.   /.(-32 -#
:!(3 5$13(" + 1$2.+43(.- /3(.-  $73$-#2 3'$ , 7(,4, 1$".1# +$-&3'
3.  /.(-32
H (,4+3 -$.42 "04(2(3(.- .% 6 5$%.1,2 (- ++ "' --$+2 3 3'$ , 7(,4,
#(&(3(9(-& 1 3$ .%  $& 2 ,/+$22$".-# ++ "' --$+2 "04(1$ 3 3'$
%4++ - +.& ! -#6(#3' .%  9   -#   .1
9
  -# ++ ' 5$ 3'$ 2 ,$ %$ 341$2
H (#$. 31(&&$1(-& " / !(+(3($2 6(3' /3(.-  (#$. 1(&&$1
H 4++ /1.&1 ,, !(+(38 -# /1(-3$1/+.33$1 .43/43
H #5 -"$# %4-"3(.-2 24"' 2 ".-3(-4.42+84/# 3$# ,$ 241$,$-32
H /$"( +(9$# #(2/+ 8 ,.#$2 24"' 2 (-%(-(3$ -# 5 1( !+$ /$12(23$-"$
H  4-(04$ &1 /'(" + 42$1 (-3$1% "$  - .-:!. 1# '$+/ ,.#$ -#
+.&(" + %1.-3:/ -$+ + 8.43 6'("' ".,!(-$ 3. #$+(5$1 -$6 23 -# 1# (-
42 !(+(38
H #5 -"$# 6 5$%.1, , 3' 6(3' /3(.-  #5 -"$#   3' .,:
/43$ -# #(2/+ 8 3'$ (-3$&1 + .% 6 5$%.1, 3'$ #(%%$1$-3( + .% 6 5$:
%.1, -# 3'$   23 .41($1 1 -2%.1, .% 6 5$%.1,

User Interface '(2 #(&(3(9(-& .2"(++.2"./$ 42$2 ".,!(- 3(.- .% %1.-3:/ -$+ !433.-2
*-.!2 -# .-:2"1$$- ,$-42 3. ".-31.+ (32 , -8 %4-"3(.-2 '$ %1.-3:/ -$+
".-31.+2 1$ &1.4/$# "".1#(-& 3. %4-"3(.- 5$13(" + '.1(9.-3 + 31(&&$1 -#
2/$"( + (3'(- $ "' &1.4/ -8 %4-"3(.- +(*$+8 3. &$3 #)423$# .%3$- 24"' 2
5$13(" + /.2(3(.-(-& .1 3'$ 3(,$ ! 2$ 2$33(-& (2 2$3 #(1$"3+8 !8 (32 .6- %1.-3:
/ -$+ *-.!

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 11


Product Description

Menus
%) +$*%$) %( - %$*(%" )**$) ( +)+""/ $ ")) %*$
)+ ) ,(*" %+&"$ $ %(0%$*" #% ( )* $(*"/ * )
&())$ %$ )%#*#) *-% (%$*1&$" +**%$ )+ ) ,(*" #$+
)&"/)  #$+ % +$*%$) * * %**%# % * )($ ** ( ("* *%
** +**%$  %( * +**%$ ,(*" #$+ * #$+ )&"/ %$*$)
+$*%$) )+ ) %+&"$ $ $-* )$ * +**%$) "%- *)
main #$+ *% )"*  +$*%$ )+ ) %+&"$ )&"/)  side #$+ %
)**$) %( ** +$*%$ )+ )

 %(  (%+$ %+&"$ * *
(* ) % * )($ ) * +**%$) *% * (* % * #$+ *% )"* 
)**$ )+ )


Indicators
,(" %$1)($ (%+*) "& /%+ !& *(! % * )**$) %( ,(%+)
+$*%$) )+ ) ,(*" $ %(0%$*" )" $ *(( "," ( (
")% (%+*) *% )&"/ * ()+"*) % #)+(#$*) # +)$ +()%() %(
+)$ * +*%#* &(#*( .*(*%$ *+( "" #)+( $
(%+*) *% )&"/ * )**+) % * $)*(+#$*

General Purpose Knob


$+) $ ")%  +) *% ))$ * $(" &+(&%) !$% *%  +)* 
)"* &(#*( +$*%$  #*% #&"%/ ) * )# ) %(
selecting  +$*%$ .&* * $" )"*%$ $ * ) #$+ +)) *
$(" &+(&%) !$% *% adjust )%# +$*%$ )+ ) * &%)*%$ %
#)+(#$* +()%() %$ )($ %( * )**$ %( * $ $ %  $$"

GUI
 +)( $*( ")% #!) +) %   %( (&" )( $*( *%
#! )**$ +$*%$) $ $*(&(*$ * )&"/ #%( $*+*, %#
#$+) $ )**+) ( )&"/ +)$ %$ (&()$**%$) % +$*%$
)**$) )+ ) *%) )%-$ ( %( +""  0 $  0 $1
-* + %$) ""%- /%+ *% #%( ("/ *(#$ )**+) %( * ,""
)**$)

Signal Acquisition  )$" '+)*%$ )/)*# &(%,) ,(*" $$") -* "(*
,(*" )" *%() (%# # *%   &( ,)%$ "" $&+* $$") $
System  '+( )#+"*$%+)"/
%+ $ )&"/ ,(*""/ &%)*%$ $ %)*  $&+* $$" %+ $
")% "#* *( $-* *% *( 0 %( 0 )&/ *( ,(*"
%+&"$ $  +)* *( $ $

12 Specifications
Product Description

$$ %  "&%  $ &" %! %# % ('!#$   !&# ## 
('!#$ # ' !# $")  % ('!# #$&%$ ( )!&
$") !"#%! $ $& $  !#  '#%  ##  ('!# #$&%$
( )!& $'  ' ('!#   ##  !#)

Horizontal System # # %# !#*! % $") !$  ! )   % $  
) ! ) !&  $% !  '#!&$ !#*! % #!#  % $%% $
$ +,

Table11:Record Length vs. Divisions per Record

Record Length1, 2 Divisions per Record


(50 Points/Division)
  '$

  '$


  '$


  '$



 '$

  '$


  '$

1The 30,000 and 60,000 point record lengths are available only with Option 1M.
2The maximum record length of 60,000 points for oscilloscopes equipped with Option 1M
reduces to 15,000 points when operating in Hi Res or Average acquisition mode.

!% % ) ! ) $")   %  % $ *!  ! %   % $,


 $")   ) ) % (% #$"% %! %  %## !%
  $% %! $") %) %# % ) ) #& $ %# 
! % ) $")  $!  $% %! $") % % #$% ' %##
%# % ) ) %## !
 ) $") !# %  % $ *!   $!  ) ) 
$% &# ! ' %$  $&  $ % ' %$ $!&# $ % )
%## $!&# !#  ) ' %$ $  % ),%## $)$% ! %! $
% $  ) %#   % $!&# !&"  % ! %% $ 
% % $ $%% $ ! $ "# '$! !# $!(# % #!#$ # $,
") &$  ! ! !% & %## #!   %## #! !$ #
'

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 13


Product Description

Trigger System $! /-%##!-%)# .4./!( *(+-%.!.  *(+'!/! .!/ *" "!/0-!. "*- /-%##!-%)# /$!
.%#)'6,0%.%/%*) .4./!( ) ! #! /-%##!- (* ! 4*0 ) .!'!/ /$! .*0-!
.'*+! *0+'%)# (* ! 0/* *- )*-(' ) $*' *""
.%''*.*+!. *- !-! 2%/$ +/%*) '.* $1! /$! 1% !* /-%##!- (* ! $%.
/-%##!- (* ! ''*2. /-%##!-%)# *) 6./) -   6./) -   6
./) -  *- 0./*( 1% !* 21!"*-(. *0 ) *)"%#0-! /$! /-%##!-%)# "*-
%)/!-'! *- )*)6%)/!-'! .))%)# %""!-!)/ .) -/!. "%!' .!'!/%*)
'%)! .!'!/%*) ) "*- !'4 4 '%)! *- /%(!
*0 ) $**.! 2$!-! /$! /-%##!- +*%)/ %. '*/! 2%/$%) /$! ,0%-! 21!6
"*-( -!*- 4 .!'!/%)# /$! (*0)/ *" +-!/-%##!- / %.+'4!  -!.!/. *"
  )
 *" +-!/-%##!- / ) ! .!'!/! %) /$! $*-%5*)/'
(!)0 *- /$! !)!-' 0-+*.! &)* ) ! ..%#)! /* .!/ +-!/-%##!- /
/* )4 1'0! 2%/$%) /$! '%(%/. *" /-%##!- +*.%/%*) -!.*'0/%*)

Acquisition Control !+!) %)# *) 4*0- (!.0-!(!)/ -!,0%-!(!)/. 4*0 ) .+!%"4 /$! (* !
) ())!- %) 2$%$ .%#)'. -! ,0%-! ) +-*!..!
H *0 ) .!'!/ !,0%1'!)/6/%(! .(+'%)# *) -!+!/%/%1! .%#)'. *- %)/!-6
+*'/%*) *" +*%)/. .(+'! *) )*)6-!+!/%/%1! .%#)'. */$ ) %)-!.!
/$! ++-!)/ .(+'! -/! *) /$! 21!"*-( 2$!) (3%(0( -!'6/%(!
-/!. -! -!$! 
H !&6 !/!/ $%#$6-!.*'0/%*) .(+'! !)1!'*+! ) 1!-#! (* !. )
! 0.! /* ,0%-! .%#)'.
H $! ,0%.%/%*) ) ! .!/ /* ./*+ "/!-  .%)#'! ,0%.%/%*) *- .!,0!)!
*" ,0%.%/%*). %" ,0%-%)# %) 1!-#! *- !)1!'*+! (* !.

OnBoard User 2* "!/0-!. /$/ $!'+ 4*0 .!/ 0+ /$%. %#%/%5%)# *.%''*.*+! /* (&! 4*0-
(!.0-!(!)/. -! $!'+ ) 0/*.!/
Assistance
Help
!'+ %.+'4. *+!-/%*)' %)"*-(/%*) *0/ )4 "-*)/6+)!' *)/-*' $!)
$!'+ (* ! %. %) !""!/ ()%+0'/%)# )4 "-*)/6+)!' *)/-*' 0.!. /$!
%#%/%5%)# *.%''*.*+! /* %.+'4 %)"*-(/%*) *0/ /$/ *)/-*' $!) $!'+ %.
"%-./ %)1*&!  ) %)/-* 0/%*) /* $!'+ %. %.+'4! *) .-!!)

Autoset
0/*.!/ 0/*(/%''4 .!/. 0+ /$! %#%/%5%)# *.%''*.*+! "*-  1%!2'!
%.+'4 .! *) /$! %)+0/ .%#)'

14 Specifications
Product Description

Measurement +!# 6,2 &3# 0#1 2- 1, *(# 6,2/ *#02/#*#+10 1&# $#12/#0 !2/0,/ +"
*#02/# !+ &#)- 6,2 .2'!()6 *(# 1&,0# *#02/#*#+10
Assistance
Cursor
4, 16-#0 ,$ !2/0,/0 /# -/,3'"#" $,/ *('+% -/*#1/'! *#02/#*#+10 ,+
1&# "'0-)6#" 43#$,/*0 ,)1%# !+ # *#02/#" #14##+ 1&# -,0'1',+0
,$ / &,/'7,+1) !2/0,/0 +" 1'*# !+ # *#02/#" #14##+ /
3#/1'!) !2/0,/0 &#0# /# "#)1 *#02/#*#+10 1&1 '0 *#02/#*#+10
0#" ,+ 1&# "'$$#/#+!# #14##+ 14, !2/0,/0
,1&  / +"  / !2/0,/0 !+ )0, # 20#" 1, *(#  0,)21# *#02/#8
*#+109*#02/#*#+10 /#)1'3# 1,  "#$'+#" )#3#) ,/ #3#+1 + 1&# !0# ,$ 1&#
/0 #'1&#/ !2/0,/ !+ # 0#)#!1#" 1, /#" ,21 '10 3,)1%# 4'1& /#0-#!1 1,
1&# %/,2+" /#$#/#+!# )#3#) ,$ +6 !&++#) '+ 1&# !0# ,$ 1&#  /0 '10 1'*#
4'1& /#0-#!1 1, 1&# 1/'%%#/ -,'+1 #3#+1 ,$ 1&# !.2'0'1',+
,/ 1'*# *#02/#*#+10 2+'10 !+ # #'1&#/ 0#!,+"0 ,/ #/17 $,/ 1'*#

Measure
#02/# !+ 21,*1'!))6 #51/!1 -/*#1#/0 $/,* 1&# 0'%+) '+-21 1, 1&#
"'%'1'7'+% ,0!')),0!,-# +6 $,2/ ,21 ,$ 1&# *,/# 1&+  -/*#1#/0 3')8
 )# !+ # "'0-)6#" 1, 1&# 0!/##+ &# "'0-)6#" -/*#1#/0 /# #58
1/!1#" !,+1'+2,20)6 +" 1&# /#02)10 2-"1#" ,+80!/##+ 0 1&# "'%'1'7'+%
,0!')),0!,-# !,+1'+2#0 1,!.2'/# 43#$,/*0

Digital Signal Processing (DSP)


+ '*-,/1+1 !,*-,+#+1 ,$ 1&# *2)1'-/,!#00,/ /!&'1#!12/# ,$ 1&'0 "'%'1'7'+%
,0!')),0!,-# '0 #(1/,+'5 -/,-/'#1/6 "'%'1) 0'%+) -/,!#00,/ 1&#  &'0
"#"'!1#" -/,!#00,/ 02--,/10 "3+!#" +)60'0 ,$ 6,2/ 43#$,/*0 4&#+
",'+% 02!& !,*-21#8'+1#+0'3# 10(0 0 '+1#/-,)1',+ 43#$,/* *1& +"
0'%+) 3#/%'+% 1 )0, 1#*0 4'1&  !201,* "'0-)6 0601#* 1, "#)'3#/
0-#!')'7#" "'0-)6 *,"#0 0##  )1#/ '+ 1&'0 "#0!/'-1',+

Storage and I/O ,2 !+ 03# !.2'/#" 43#$,/*0 '+ +6 ,$ $,2/ +,+3,)1')#  /#$#/#+!#
*#*,/'#0 +6 ,/ )) ,$ 1&# 03#" 43#$,/*0 !+ # "'0-)6#" $,/ !,*-/'8
0,+ 4'1& 1&# 43#$,/*0 #'+% !2//#+1)6 !.2'/#"
,2 !+ !&,,0# 1&# 0,2/!# +" "#01'+1',+ ,$ 43#$,/*0 1, # 03#" ,2
!+ 03# +6 ,$ 1&# '+-21 !&++#)0 1, +6  *#*,/6 ,/ *,3#  01,/#"
/#$#/#+!# $/,* ,+#  *#*,/6 1, +,1&#/ ,2 !+ )0, 4/'1# /#$#/#+!#
43#$,/*0 '+1,   *#*,/6 ),!1',+ 3' 1&#  '+1#/$!#
&# "'%'1'7'+% ,0!')),0!,-# '0 $2))6 !,+1/,)) )# +" !- )# ,$ 0#+"'+% +"
/#!#'3'+% 43#$,/*0 ,3#/ 1&#  '+1#/$!#  1"
8  1"

 8 01+"/" &'0 $#12/# *(#0 1&# '+01/2*#+1 '"#) $,/ *('+%
21,*1#" *#02/#*#+10 '+  -/,"2!1',+ ,/ /#0#/!& +" "#3#),-*#+1

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 15


Product Description

"*&#"!"( ((  ' #& &$((* ( ("  /#!$"'(#" "


' /"#'( ()&' ) ( "(# ( (." #' #'#$ (#  " ) (
((#" " '&*" &  '# ''  )'" #!!"' '"( &#! 

#"(&# &
"#(& '("& ()& ' &#$- ' ()&  #+' -#) (# #)($)(
+*#&!' " #(& #"/'&" "#&!(#" (#  *&(- # &$ $&"(&'
" $ #((&' &#! ( (." #' #'#$ &#"( $"  $&#*" &
#$' +(#)( &%)&" -#) (# $)( ( (." #' #'#$ "(#  '-'(!/
#"(&# & "*&#"!"(  & #$' #(" &   (/#)/
/ '/(/#)/ ( ' #" +( ' '$ - ( ( (! &#$- '
"*#
 /#!$(  *# #)($)( *   ( ( && $"  '  '# '("&
+( (   (." #' #'#$

Display    (." ' #'#$' #&  ,  '$ - #$(#"' #) "
)'(#!. ( # #+" ((&)(' # -#)& '$ -
H "("'(- +*#&!' &#)(' &()  (
H (-  # +*#&! '$ -' *(#&' #& #(' "("' #& "#"/"("'/
 '!$ ' " ""( #& *&  $&''("
H '$ - #&!(  #&  " &()  (-$

Zoom
' (." #' #'#$  '# $&#*' " '- +- (# #)' " #" (#'
+*#&! ()&' -#) +' (# ,!" )$  #'
- "*#" .##! -#)
" !"- ( +*#&! $&!(& )'" ( *&( " #&.#"(
#"(&# ' (# ,$" #& #"(&( " $#'(#" ( #& *+"

16 Specifications
Nominal Traits

0.,/$- 53$,54 $3( '(4&3,%(' 64,/* 4,.1-( 45$5(.(/54 0) )$&5 46&+ $4 ;063
$-- ,'(/5,&$- )03 5+( 53$,5 ;/165 +$//(-4 6.%(3 0) 3$5+(3 5+$/ ,/ 5(3.4 0)
-,.,54 5+$5 $3( 1(3)03.$/&( 3(26,3(.(/54

Table12:Nominal Traits Signal Acquisition System

Name Description
$/'8,'5+ (-(&5,0/4
 :  : $/' " !  $/' !
  :
! = = =:
,*,5,:(34 6.%(3 0) !  !80 %05+ ,'(/5,&$-
!
 $/' !  063 $-- ,'(/5,&$-

,*,5,:(' ,54 6.%(3 0)  %,541

/165 +$//(-4 6.%(3 0) !  !80 %05+ ,'(/5,&$- &$--('  $/' 

!
 $/' !  063 $-- ,'(/5,&$- &$--('  5+306*+ 

/165 061-,/*   03 

/165 (4,45$/&( (-(&5,0/4  03 

$/*(4 ))4(5 -- +$//(-4 Volts/Div Setting Offset Range


.#',7 50  .#',7 < #
 .#',7 50  .#',7 <  #
#',7 50  #',7 <  #

$/*( 04,5,0/ < ',7,4,0/4

$/*( (/4,5,7,592 .#',7 50  #',7

1Displayed vertically with 25 digitization levels (DLs) per division and 10.24 divisions dynamic range with zoom off. A DL is the
smallest voltage level change resolved by the 8bit AD Converter, with the input scaled to the volts/division setting of the channel
used. Expressed as a voltage, a DL is equal to 1/25 of a division times the volts/division setting.
2The sensitivity ranges from 1 mV/div to 10 V/div in a 1-2-5 sequence of coarse settings. Between consecutive coarse set
tings, the sensitivity can be finely adjusted with a resolution of 1% of the more sensitive setting. For example, between
50 mV/div and 100mV/div, the volts/division can be set with 0.5 mV resolution.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 17


Nominal Traits

Table12:Nominal Traits Signal Acquisition System (Cont.)

Name Description
(0$ (*$3 Volts/Div Setting Rise Time
  +# 
 *#(3  #(3
 +0

*#(3  *#(3 
+0
*#(3  *#(3  +0

(0$ (*$3 Volts/Div Setting Rise Time


  *#(3  #(3  +0

*#(3  *#(3  +0
*#(3  *#(3  +0

3Rise time is defined by the following formula:


Rise Time (ns)  350
BW (MHz)

Table13:Nominal Traits Time Base System

Name Description
 +&$  *-)$7 1$1,3
  *-)$00 1,   *-)$00
 +&$ .2(3 )$+1 (*$ ,/ +1$/-,7
  *-)$00 1,   *-)$00
) 1$#  3$%,/*  1$2,3

 +&$ $",+#0(3(0(,+ +0#(3 1,


 0#(3

 +&$ (*$  0$ $) 5 (*$  1,


 0$",+#0 0$11(+&0 ,%
 m0 +# 0),4$/ /$ #(0-) 5$# (+ /,))
*,#$

$%$/$+"$ /$.2$+"5 (*$  0$  6

$",/# $+&1' $)$"1(,+  -,(+10  -,(+10


  -,(+10  +# 
-,(+10 $",/# )$+&1'0 ,%  +#  -,(+10 /$ 3 ()7
!)$ 4(1' -1(,+ 4

1The range of realtime rates, expressed in samples/second, at which a digitizer samples signals at its inputs and stores the
samples in memory to produce a record of timesequential samples
2The range of waveform rates for equivalent time or interpolated waveform records.
3The Waveform Rate (WR) is the equivalent sample rate of a waveform record. For a waveform record acquired by realtime
sampling of a single acquisition, the waveform rate is the same as the realtime sample rate; for a waveform created by interpola
tion of realtime samples from a single acquisition or by equivalenttime sampling of multiple acquisitions, the waveform rate is
faster than the real time sample rate. For all three cases, the waveform rate is 1/(Waveform Interval) for the waveform record,
where the waveform interval (WI) is the time between the samples in the waveform record.
4The maximum record length of 60,000 points available with Option 1M is selectable with all acquisition modes except Hi Res and
Average. In Hi Res and Average, the maximum record length is 15,000 points.

18 Specifications
Nominal Traits

Table14:Nominal Traits Triggering System

Name Description

Range, Events Delay 1 to 9,999,999

Ranges, Trigger Level or Threshold Source Range


Any Channel 12 divisions from center of screen
Line 400 Volts

Table15:Nominal Traits Display System

Name Description
Video Display Resolution 640 pixels horizontally by 480 pixels vertically in a display area of
5.04 inches horizontally by 3.78 inches vertically
Waveform Display Graticule A single graticule 401  501 pixels (8  10 divisions, with divisions
that are 1 cm by 1 cm)

Waveform Display Grey Scale 16 levels in infinitepersistence and variablepersistence display


styles

Table16:Nominal Traits Data Storage

Name Description
Capacity, Nonvolatile Waveform Standard Instrument: Total capacity is 60,000 points.
Memory Option 1M Equipped Instrument: Total capacity is 60,000 points
(one to four waveforms acquired with any combination of record
lengths that add up to 60,000 points). For available record
lengths, see Record Length Selection" on page 18 of this sec
tion.
Capacity, Nonvolatile Setup Memory Ten setups.

Batteries1 Required Two lithium polycarbon monofluoride. Both are type BR2/3A, UL
listed. Both are rated at 3.0 volt, 1.2 amphour.

1Batteries are not accessible from the outside of the instrument; therefore, they can only be replaced by a service technician.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 19


Nominal Traits

Table17:Nominal Traits GPIB Interface, Video Output, and Power Fuse

Name Description
16)4*%')   -16)4*%') '203/-)5 9-6,  6(
> %1(  6(

> 
76376 #-()2 428-()5 % 8-()2 5-+1%/ 121>-16)4/%')( 9-6, /)8)/5 6,%6 '203/; 9-6,
  
 24 25'-//25'23)5    %1( &)/29 276376 -5
6,427+, % 4)%4>3%1)/ > '211)'624 24 25'-//25'23)5   
%1( %&28) 276376 -5 6,427+, % 4)%4>3%1)/ > '211)'624

75) %6-1+ -6,)4 2* 692 *75)51 0%; &) 75)( %  I   I "   
  !   # 24 % 00   00   
 !  =#

1Each fuse type requires its own fuse cap.

Table18:Nominal Traits Mechanical

Name Description
22/-1+ )6,2( 24')(>%-4 '-4'7/%6-21 9-6, 12 %-4 *-/6)4
215647'6-21 %6)4-%/ ,%55-5 3%465 '215647'6)( 2* %/70-170 %//2; *4216 3%1)/
'215647'6)( 2* 3/%56-' /%0-1%6) '-4'7-6 &2%4(5 '215647'6)( 2* +/%55>
/%0-1%6) /%56-' 3%465 %4) 32/;'%4&21%6)

-1-5, !;3) !).6421-: /7) 6):674)( *-1-5, 21 %/70-170 '%&-1)6

$)-+,6 6%1(%4( (-+-6-<-1+ 25'-//25'23)


 .+  /&5 25'-//25'23) 21/;
 .+  /&5 9-6, *4216 '28)4 %'')5524-)5 %1( %'')552>
4-)5 327', -156%//)(

 .+   /&5 9,)1 3%'.%+)( *24 (20)56-' 5,-30)16
%'.02716 (-+-6-<-1+ 25'-//25'23)
 .+  /&5 3/75 6,) 9)-+,6 2* 4%'.02716 3%465 *24 6,)
4%'.02716)( (-+-6-<-1+ 25'-//25'23) 36-21 
  .+   /&5 9,)1 6,) 4%'.02716)( (-+-6-<-1+ 25'-//25'23)
-5 3%'.%+)( *24 (20)56-' 5,-30)16
%'.02716 '218)45-21 .-6

 .+  /&5 3%465 21/;  .+   /&5 3%465 3/75 3%'.>
%+) *24 (20)56-' 5,-33-1+

110 Specifications
Nominal Traits

Table18:Nominal Traits Mechanical (Cont.)

Name Description
)% !"&#"& '"% '-" #& #&#$
'  !!   " *" ' " &&#%& $#( %
"&'   !!   " *'#(' ' &&#%&
$#( "&' 
'  !! 
 " *' " 
$'
 !!  " #& #&#$ #" ,
 !!
" *' #$'#" %#"' #)% "&' 
!!
" *' "  ( , +'"
!#("' '-" #& #&#$
'   !!   "
'
 !!  "
$'
 !!  " *'#(' %#"'.$" " &  !!
 " *' %#"'.$" " & "&' 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 111
Warranted Characteristics

#$- -/- .$)( &$-.- .# 0,$)/- warranted characteristics .#.  -,$ .#


 $"$.$3$(" -$&&)-)* - (&/  , & .,$& ( (0$,)(' (.&
#,. ,$-.$-
,,(.  #,. ,$-.$- ,  -,$  $( . ,'- )! +/(.$!$& * ,!),'(
&$'$.- 1#$# , 1,,(.  #$- -/- .$)( &$-.- )(&2 1,,(. 
#,. ,$-.$-  &$-. )! typical characteristics -.,.- )( *"
7


NOTE
In these tables, those warranted characteristics that are checked in
the procedure  ,!),'(  -.-, found in Section 4, appear in
boldface type under the column Name

Performance # & .,$& #,. ,$-.$- !)/( $( .# - .& - )! 1,,(.  #,. ,$-7
.$- **&2 1# ( .# )-$&&)-)* $- %/-.  . ( '$ (. . '* ,./,
Conditions  .1 (  _6 (  _6 #- #  1,'7/* * ,$) )! . & -.
'$(/. - ( $- )* ,.$(" . ( '$ (. . '* ,./,  .1 ( _6 (
 _6 /(& -- ).# ,1$- (). 

Table19:Warranted Characteristics Signal Acquisition System

Name Description
Accuracy, DC Voltage Measurement, Measurement Type DC Accuracy
Averaged 0 ," )!
 10 !),'- 5
  |, $(" 
 . !!- .14  !!- .
/,2   $0
 &. 0)&.-  .1 ( (2 .1) 5
  4, $("4  
$0
0 ," - )!
 10 !),'-2   '

Accuracy, DC Gain 3 5


1Net Offset = Offset - (Position x Volts/Div). Net Offset is the voltage level at the center of the AD converter dynamic range.
Offset Accuracy is the accuracy of this voltage level.
2The samples must be acquired under the same setup and ambient conditions.
3DC Gain Accuracy is confirmed in the Performance Verification Procedure by passing the checks for Offset Accuracy and DC
Voltage Measurement Accuracy (Averaged).

112 Specifications
Warranted Characteristics

Table19:Warranted Characteristics Signal Acquisition System (Cont.)

Name Description
Accuracy, Offset Volts/Div Setting Offset Accuracy

*"'3 *"'3 8   7#1$$0#117
 *  
"'3

*"'3 *"'3 8   7#1$$0#117

*  
"'3

*"'3 *"'3 8    7#1 $$0#117

*  
"'3

"'3
"'3 8    7#1 $$0#117

 *  
"'3

Accuracy, Position4 8
  ,0'1',+  ,)10"'3  $$0#1 !!2/!5   "'3

Analog Bandwidth, DC50 Coupled Volts/Div Bandwidth5


and DC1 M with Standardacces  *"'3
"'3 
 6
sory Probe Attached
(TDS 410 and TDS 420) *"'3  *"'3 

6

*"'3
 *"'3  6

Analog Bandwidth, DC50 Coupled Volts/Div Bandwidth5


and DC1 M with Standardacces  *"'3
"'3   6
sory Probe Attached
(TDS 460) *"'3  *"'3   6

*"'3
 *"'3 
6

/,00 )( &++#) 0,)1',+ Volts/Div Isolation


u *"'3 
1  6 $,/ +5 14,
!&++#)0 &3'+% #.2) 3,)10"'3'9
0',+ 0#11'+%0
 *"'3 
1  6 $,/ +5 14,
!&++#)0 &3'+% #.2) 3,)10"'3'9
0',+ 0#11'+%0

*"'3 *"'3  
1
6 +" 
1
$2)) +"4'"1& $,/ +5 14, !&+9
+#)0 &3'+% #.2) 3,)10"'3'0',+
0#11'+%0

Delay Between Channels, Full Band -0 #14##+ 


+"  )) *,"#)0 +" #14##+ 
width, Equivalent Time +"   +"    4&#+ ,1& !&++#)0 &3# #.2)
3,)10"'3'0',+ +" !,2-)'+% 0#11'+%0
 -0 $,/ +5 ,1&#/ !,* '+1',+ ,$ 14, !&++#)0 4'1& #.2) 3,)10
"'3'0',+ +" !,2-)'+% 0#11'+%0  +"   

1Net Offset = Offset - (Position x Volts/Div). Net Offset is the voltage level at the center of the AD converter's dynamic range.
Offset Accuracy is the accuracy of this voltage level.
4Position Accuracy is confirmed in the Performance Verification Procedure (Section 4) by passing the checks for Offset Accuracy
and DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy (Averaged).
5The limits given are for the ambient temperature range of 0_C to +30_C. Reduce the upper bandwidth frequencies by 2.5 MHz for
each _C above +30_C.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 113
Warranted Characteristics

Table19:Warranted Characteristics Signal Acquisition System (Cont.)

Name Description
Input Impedance, DC1M Coupled 1 M 0.5% in parallel with 15 pF 2.0 pF. Matched between chan
nels to within 1% for resistance and 1.0 pF for capacitance

Input Impedance, DC50 Coupled 50  1% with VSWR 1.2:1 from DC-150 MHz
(TDS 410 and TDS 420)

Input Impedance, DC50 Coupled 50  1% with VSWR 1.6:1 from DC-350 MHz
(TDS 460)
Input Voltage, Maximum, DC1M, Volt/Div Rating
AC1M, or GND Coupled 0.1 V/div-10 V/div 400 V (DC + peak AC); derate at 20 dB/
decade above 10 MHz until the minimum
rating of 5 V (DC + peak AC) is reached
1 mV/div-9.99 mV/div 400 V (DC + peak AC); derate at 20 dB/
decade above 10 kHz until the minimum
rating of 5 V (DC + peak AC) is reached

Input Voltage, Maximum, DC50 or 5 V rms, with peaks less than or equal to 30 V
AC50 Coupled

Lower Frequency Limit, AC Coupled 10 Hz when AC-1M coupled; 200 kHz when AC50 coupled6

6The AC Coupled Lower Frequency Limits are reduced by a factor of 10 when 10X, passive probes are used.

Table110:Warranted Characteristics Time Base System

Name Description
Accuracy, Long Term Sample Rate 150 ppm over any 1 ms interval
and Delay Time
Accuracy, Absolute Time and Delay For singleshot acquisitions using sample or highresolution acquisi
Time Measurements1, 2 tion modes and a bandwidth limit setting of 100 MHz:
(1 WI + 150 ppm of |Reading| + 450 ps)

For singleshot acquisitions using sample or highresolution acquisi


tion modes and a bandwidth limit setting of 20 MHz:
(1 WI + 150 ppm of |Reading| + 1.3 ns)

For repetitive acquisitions using average acquisition mode with


8 averages and a bandwidth limit setting of FULL:
(1 WI + 150 ppm of |Reading| + 200 ps)

1For input signals 5 divisions in amplitude and a slew rate of 2.0 divisions/ns at the delta time measurement points. Signal
must have been acquired at a volts/division setting 5 mV/division and not in Events mode.
2The WI (waveform interval) is the time between the samples in the waveform record. Also, see the footnotes for Sample Rate
Range and Equivalent Time or Interpolated Waveform Rates in Table 13 on page 18.

114 Specifications
Warranted Characteristics

Table110:Warranted Characteristics Time Base System (Cont.)

Name Description
Accuracy, Delta Time For singleshot acquisitions using sample or highresolution acquisi
Measurement1,2 tion modes and a bandwidth limit setting of 100 MHz:
(1 WI + 150 ppm of |Reading| + 650 ps)

For repetitive acquisitions using average acquisition mode with


8 averages and a bandwidth limit setting of FULL:
(1 WI + 150 ppm of |Reading| + 300 ps)

1Forinput signals 5 divisions in amplitude and a slew rate of 2.0 divisions/ns at the delta time measurement points. Signal
must have been acquired at a volts/division setting 5 mV/division and not in Events mode.
2The WI (waveform interval) is the time between the samples in the waveform record. Also, see the footnotes for Sample Rate
Range and Equivalent Time or Interpolated Waveform Rates in Table 13 on page 18.

Table111:Warranted Characteristics Triggering System

Name Description
Accuracy, Trigger Level or Threshold, (2% of |Setting - Net Offset1| + 0.2 div  volts/div setting +
DC Coupled Offset Accuracy) for any channel as trigger source and for signals
having rise and fall times 20 ns.

Sensitivity, EdgeType Trigger, DC 0.35 division from DC to 50 MHz, increasing to 1division at


Coupled2 350 MHz (TDS 410 and TDS 420) or 500 MHz (TDS 460) for any
channel as trigger source

Sensitivity, VideoType, TV Field and 0.6 division of video sync signal


TV Line2

Pulse Width, minimum, EventsDelay 5 ns

Auxiliary Trigger Input Connector: BNC at rear panel


Input Load: equivalent to three TTL gate loads
Input Voltage (maximum): -5 VDC to +10 VDC

Auxiliary Trigger, Maximum Input Fre 10 MHz


quency Duty Cycle High and low levels must be stable for 50 ns

1Net Offset = Offset - (Position x Volts/Div). Net Offset is the voltage level at the center of the AD converter dynamic range. Offset
Accuracy is the accuracy of this voltage level.
2The minimum sensitivity for obtaining a stable trigger. A stable trigger results in a uniform, regular display triggered on the selected
slope. The trigger point must not switch between opposite slopes on the waveform, and the display must not roll" across the screen
on successive acquisitions. The TRIG'D LED stays constantly lighted when the SEC/DIV setting is 2 ms or faster but may flash when
the SEC/DIV setting is 10 ms or slower.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 115
Warranted Characteristics

Table112:Warranted Characteristics Probe Compensator Output

Name Description
Output Voltage and Frequency, Characteristic Limits
Probe Compensator '$,    +3,'( 1  "&,'  2 $'
*)-&/  #0 1 

Table113:Warranted Characteristics Power Requirements

Name Description
'-* '$,  & *)-&/  ,' 
 *%+ '&,"&-'-+ *&  '*  0 ,!*'- ! 0
 ,' 
 *%+ '&,"&-'-+ *&  '*  0 ,!*'- !  0
 ,'   *%+ '&,"&-'-+ *&  '*  0 ,!*'- !  0
'.* '&+-%(,"'&  ,,+ 
 

116 Specifications
Warranted Characteristics

Table114:Warranted Characteristics Environmental, Safety, and Reliability

Name Description
Atmospherics Temperature:
0_ C to +50_ C, operating;
-40_ C to +75_ C, nonoperating
Relative humidity:
0 to 95%, at or below +30_ C; 0 to 75%, +31_ C to +50_ C
Altitude:
To 15,000 ft. (4570 m), operating;
to 40,000 ft. (12190 m), nonoperating
Emissions1,2 Meets or exceeds the requirements of the following standards:
Vfg. 243/1991 Amended per Vfg 46/1992
FCC 47 CFR, Part 15, Subpart B, Class A
EN500811 European Community Requirements
EN55022 Radiated Emissions Class B
EN55022 Conducted Emissions Class B

Susceptibility Meets or exceeds the requirements of the following standards:


EN500821 European Community Requirements
IEC 8013 Radiated Susceptibility 3 V/meter from 27 MHz to
500 MHz unmodulated.
Performance Criteria: < + 0.2 division waveform
displacement, or < 0.2 division increase in pp noise
when the oscilloscope is subjected to the EMI
specified in the standard.
IEC 8012 Electrostatic Discharge, Performance Criteria B

Dynamics Random vibration3:


0.31 g rms, from 5 to 500 Hz, 10 minutes each axis, operating;
2.46 g rms, from 5 to 500 Hz, 10 minutes each axis,
nonoperating

1To maintain emission requirements when connecting to the IEEE 488 GPIB interface of this oscilloscope, use only a highquality,
doubleshielded (braid and foil) GPIB cable. The cable shield must have low impedance connections to both connector housings.
Acceptable cables are Tektronix part numbers 012099100, 01, 02, and 03.
2To maintain emission requirements when connecting to the VGAcompatible video output of this oscilloscope, use only a highquality
doubleshielded (braid and foil) video cable with ferrite cores at either end. The cable shield must have low impedance connections to
both connector housings. An acceptable cable is NECR part number 73893013. (Use an appropriate adapter when other than a 9pin
monitor connection is needed.)
3Does not apply to rackmounted instrument

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 117
Typical Characteristics

*+3 35$3'%4+/. %/.4#+.3 4#$,'3 4*#4 ,+34 4*' 6#2+/53 typical characteristics
4*#4 &'3%2+$' 4*' 

+)+4+9+.) 3%+,,/3%/0'3
80+%#, %*#2#%4'2+34+%3 #2' &'3%2+$'& +. 4'2-3 /( 480+%#, /2 #6'2#)'
0'2(/2-#.%' 80+%#, %*#2#%4'2+34+%3 #2' ./4 7#22#.4'&
*+3 35$3'%4+/. ,+343 /.,8 480+%#, %*#2#%4'2+34+%3  ,+34 /( 7#22#.4'& %*#2#%?
4'2+34+%3 34#243 /. 0#)' ? 

Table115:Typical Characteristics Signal Acquisition System

Name Description
%%52#%8  "/,4#)' '#352'-'.4 Measurement Type DC Accuracy
/46'2#)'& .8 #-0,' ;   :2'#&+.)  '4
>((3'41|  ((3'4 %%52#%8
>
 &+6 
 -"
',4# "/,43 $'47''. #.8 47/ ;   :2'#&+.): 
  &+6
3#-0,'32 >  -"

2'15'.%8 +-+4 !00'2

9

9
#.&7+&4* +-+4'&

2'15'.%8 +-+4 !00'2


9
9
#.&7+&4* +-+4'&

/.,+.'#2+48 t  &+(('2'.4+#,  +.4')2#, +.&'0'.&'.4,8 $#3'&3

4'0 '30/.3' '44,+.) 22/2 Volts/Div Setting Step Settling Error (%)4
Amplitude
20 ns 500 ns 20 ms
-" &+6 -" &+6 "




=-" &+6<
" 



-" &+6
" &+6
" &+6

" 



1Net Offset = Offset - (Position x Volts/Div). Net Offset is the voltage level at the center of the AD converter dynamic range.
Offset Accuracy is the accuracy of this voltage level.
2The samples must be acquired under the same setup and ambient conditions.
3A DL (digitization level) is the smallest voltage level change that can be resolved by the 8bit AD Converter, with the input scaled
to the volts/division setting of the channel used. Expressed as a voltage, a DL is equal to 1/25 of a division times the volts/division
setting.
4The values given are the maximum absolute difference between the value at the end of a specified time interval after the midlevel
crossing of the step, and the value one second after the midlevel crossing of the step, expressed as a percentage of the step
amplitude.

118 Specifications
Typical Characteristics

Table116:Typical Characteristics Time Base System

Name Description
Aperture Uncertainty For realtime or interpolated records having duration 1 minute:
(50 ps + 0.03 ppm  Record Duration) RMS
For equivalent time records:
(50 ps + 0.06 ppm  WI1) RMS
Fixed Error in Sample Time 50 ps
1The WI (waveform interval) is the time between the samples in the waveform record. Also, see the footnotes for Sample Rate
Range and Equivalent Time or Interpolated Waveform Rates in Table 13 on page 18.

Table117:Typical Characteristics Triggering System

Name Description
Error, Trigger Position, Edge Triggering Acquire Mode TriggerPosition Error1,2
Sample, HiRes, Average (1 WI + 1 ns)
Peak Detect, Envelope (2 WI + 1 ns)

Holdoff, Variable, Main Trigger Minimum


Main Horizontal Scale Holdoff Maximum Holdoff
100 ns/div 1 ms 5  Min Holdoff
100 ms/div 1s 5  Min Holdoff
Otherwise 10  sec/div 5  Min Holdoff

Lowest Frequency for Successful Op 20 Hz


eration of Set Level to 50%" Function

Sensitivity, Edge Trigger, Not DC Trigger Coupling Typical Signal Level for Stable Trig
Coupled3 gering
AC Same as DCcoupled limits4 for frequen
cies above 60 Hz. Attenuates signals
below 60 Hz.
Noise Reject Three and onehalf times the DC
coupled limits.4
High Frequency Reject One and onehalf times the DCcoupled
limits4 from DC to 30 kHz. Attenuates
signals above 30 kHz.
Low Frequency Reject One and onehalf times the DCcoupled
limits4 for frequencies above 80 kHz.
Attenuates signals below 80kHz.
1The trigger position errors are typically less than the values given here. These values are for triggering signals having a slew rate
at the trigger point of 0.5 division/ns.
2The waveform interval (WI) is the time between the samples in the waveform record. Also, see the footnote for the character
istics Sample Rate Range and Equivalent Time or Interpolated Waveform Rates in Table 13 on page 18.
3The minimum sensitivity for obtaining a stable trigger. A stable trigger results in a uniform, regular display triggered on the
selected slope. The trigger point must not switch between opposite slopes on the waveform, and the display must not roll" across
the screen on successive acquisitions. The TRIG'D LED stays constantly lighted when the SEC/DIV setting is 2 ms or faster but
may flash when the SEC/DIV setting is 10 ms or slower.
4See the characteristic Sensitivity, EdgeType Trigger, DC Coupled in Table 111, which begins on page 115.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 119
Typical Characteristics

Table117:Typical Characteristics Triggering System (Cont.)

Name Description
Frequency, Maximum for Events Delay5 90 MHz

Width, Minimum Pulse and Rearm, 5 ns


Events Delay6

Video Mode (Option 05 Equipped Line Rate Class: Four classes are provided as follows.
Instruments Only) H NTSC, which provides a default line rate compatible with the
NTSC standard (525/60)
H PAL, which provides a default line rate compatible with the
PAL standard (625/50)
H SECAM, which provides a default line rate compatible with the
SECAM standard (625/50)
H Custom, which provides user selectable line rate ranges (see
Custom Line Rate Ranges" below)

Custom Line Rate Ranges: 15 kHz-20 kHz, 20 kHz-25 kHz,


25 kHz-35 kHz, and 35 kHz-64 kHz
Holdoff: Automatically adjusts to 50 ms (nominal) for NTSC class;
to 140 ms (nominal) for PAL and SECAM
Triggerable on Field Selections: Odd, Even, or Both
Delayed Acquisition: Settable for delay by line number or runs
after time delay

5The maximum frequency for a delaying events input.


6The minimum pulse width and rearm width required for recognizing a delaying event.

Table118:Typical Characteristics Data Handling

Name Description
Time, DataRetention, Nonvolatile Internal batteries, installed at time of manufacture, have a life of
Memory1,2 5 years when operated and/or stored at an ambient temperature
from 0_ C to 50_ C. Retention time of the nonvolatile memories is
equal to the remaining life of the batteries.

1The time that reference waveforms, stored setups, and calibration constants are retained when there is no power to the oscilloscope.
2Data is maintained by lithium polycarbon monofluoride.

120 Specifications
  
 
 

Installation

  
      
 
 




   
 
 
  
 
  


Supplying Operating 
    

      
 



 
  
  
 

Power
WARNING

AC POWER SOURCE AND CONNECTION. The digitizing


oscilloscope operates from a singlephase power source. It has a
threewire power cord and a twopole threeterminal grounding
type plug. The voltage to ground (earth) from either pole of the
power source must not exceed the 250 V rms maximum rated
operating voltage.

Before making connection to the power source, be sure the


digitizing oscilloscope has a suitable twopole threeterminal
groundingtype plug.

GROUNDING. This instrument is safety Class 1 equipment (IEC


designation). All accessible conductive parts are directly
connected through the grounding conductor of the power cord to
the grounded (earthing) contact of the power plug.

WARNING

The power input plug must be inserted only in a mating receptacle


with a grounding contact where earth ground has been verified by a
qualified service person. Do not defeat the grounding connection.
Any interruption of the grounding connection can create an electric
shock hazard.

For electric shock protection, the grounding connection must be


made before making connection to the oscilloscope input or output
terminals.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 21


Installation

Power Cord Information


+*2 - *- 2$/# ++-*+-$/ +'0" *)!$"0-/$*) $. .0++'$  2$/# #
$"$/$4$)" *.$''*.*+  ' 5 "$1 . /# *'*- *$)" *! /# *)0/*-. $)
/# +*2 - *- ! 3*0 - ,0$-  +*2 - *- */# - /#) /# *) .0++'$ 
- ! - /* $"0- 5

Table21:Power Cord Conductor Identification

Conductor Color Alternate Color


)"-*0)  $)  -*2) '&
-*0)   0/-' $"#/ '0 #$/

-*0)  -/#$)" - ) ''*2 - )

Operating Voltage
# '$) 1*'/" -)" . ) /# $- ..*$/  '$) !- ,0 )3 -)" . *1 -
2#$# /#$. *.$''*.*+ *+ -/ . - '$./  $)  /$*)  Specification. 
Source Voltage and Frequency *) +" 5
!*- /#*. -)" .

CAUTION

Before stepping the source line voltage from one range to a higher
range, set the principal power switch (rear panel) to its OFF posi
tion. Failure to do so can damage the oscilloscope.

# - - /2* !0. . $/# - !0. (3  0.  /#-*0"#*0/ /# '$) 1*'/"


) !- ,0 )3 -)" . # . /2* !0. . - )*/ /*/''3 $)/ -#)" ' .
# - ,0$- .  $!! - )/ !0. + # !0. . ) /# $- +. - '$./  3
+-/ )0( - $)  /$*)  Mechanical Parts List.

Memory Backup Power


 +' ' '$/#$0( // -$ . ($)/$) $)/ -)' ( (*-3 (*0' . /* ''*2 /#
$"$/$4$)" *.$''*.*+ /* - /$) /# !*''*2$)" / 0+*) '*.. *! /#  +*2 -
.*0- ./*-  %0./( )/ *)./)/. .1  !-*)/5+) ' . //$)". 0-- )/
!-*)/5+) ' . //$)". $)./-0( )/ .//0. ) .1  21 !*-(.
# . // -$ . #1  .# '! '$! *! *0/ !$1 3 -. -/$' *- /*/' '*.. *!
./*-  . //$)". 0+*) +*2 -50+ (3 $)$/ /#/ 3*0 )  /* - +' /#
// -$ .

22 Operating Information
Installation

Standard* Option A1 Option A2


North American Universal Euro UK
115V 230V 230V

Option A3 Option A4* Option A5


Australian North American Switzerland
230V 230V 230V

* Canadian Standards Association certification


includes these power plugs for use in the
North American power network

Figure 21:PowerCord Plug Identification

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 23


Installation

Operating ! '$$'/"& &."*'&%&,$ *)-"*%&,+ * (*'." ,' &+-* (*'(*
'(*,"'& & $'& '+"$$'+'( $"
Environment
Operating Temperature
(*, ,! '+"$$'+'( /!* ,! %"&, "* ,%(*,-* "+ ,/&
_ &  _ & +,'* ,! '+"$$'+'( , & %"&, ,%(*,-*
*'% 
_ ,'  _ ,* +,'*  , ,%(*,-*+ '-,+" ,! '(*,"&
$"%",+ $$'/ ,! !++"+ ,' +,"$"2 ,  + '(*,"& ,%(*,-* '*
(($1"& ('/*

Ventilation Requirements
! " ","2"& '+"$$'+'( "+ ''$ 1 "* */& "& & 0!-+, ,!*'- !
",+ "&, +" (&$+ 1 & "&,*&$ & ' &+-* (*'(* ''$"& ' ,!
'+"$$'+'( $$'/ , $+, ,/' "&!+ $*& '& ',! +"+ & 4 "&!
'& ,! ',,'% ' ,! " ","2"& '+"$$'+'( ! , '& ,! ',,'% ' ,!
'+"$$'+'( (*'." ,! *)-"* $*& /!& +, '& $, +-*+ !
,'( ' ,! '+"$$'+'( '+ &', *)-"* .&,"$,"'& $*&

CAUTION

If air flow is restricted, the power supply of the digitizing


oscilloscope may temporarily shut down.

Applying and '&+"* ,! '$$'/"& "&'*%,"'& /!& 1'- ('/* -( '* ('/* '/& ,!
'+"$$'+'( '* /!& ('/* "+ "&,**-(, - ,' & 0,*&$ ('/* "$-*
Interrupting Power
PowerUp
('& ('/*5-( ,! '+"$$'+'( *-&+ ",+ ('/*5'& +$ !#  ,! +$
!# (+++ ,! '+"$$'+'( "+($1+  3(++ +,,-+ %++  & 
(*'%(, ,' (*++   ,' '&,"&-  ,! +$ !# "$+ ,! '+"$$'5
+'( "+($1+  " &'+," $' ,!, "&,""+ ,! *+ ,!, "$ & 
(*'%(, ,' (*++   ,' '&,"&-  ,"'&  Maintenance '*
"&'*%,"'& '& " &'+,"+ & -$, "+'$,"'&

24 Operating Information
Installation

PowerDown

CAUTION

DO NOT power down the oscilloscope when either running a signal


path compensation or when doing any of the adjustments de
scribed in Section 5,  +)*#$* (%+() To do so might result
in the loss of internally stored adjustment constants.

$ $(" % $%* &%-( %-$ * %)""%)%& -$ %$ %&(*%$) **
* * * */&) ")* $ " 0 * %( * %)""%)%& *% $) *
%&(*%$ -$ %$  +)*#$*) ),$ -,%(#) %( ),$ )*+&)
*( %&(*%$) %#&"* -* * ")* %+( #%( )%$) %( *+($$
* &%-( %
#&(%&( &%-(0%-$ %( +$.&* "%)) % &%-( *% * %)""%)%& $
()+"* $ %((+&*%$ % $%$0,%"*"    %""%-$ *"
)() * #))) )&"/ -$ &%-( ) ()*%( *( $
$%(#" &%-(0%-$

Table22:Effects of Corrupted Data

Corrupted Data Type Results


Adjustment Constants:
H $" * %#&$)*%$  )$" &* %#&$)*%$ ) ('+(
H %"* ($  ,%"* (($  +)*#$* ) (0
'+( *%$
H %- %(  ('+$/  ('+$/ ()&%$)  +)*#$* )
)&%$) ('+( *%$ 
H (( !-  *(( )!-  +)*#$* ) ('+(
*%$ 
Error Log
((%() "% ( "%)*

Reference Waveforms ,%(#) %)*

Saved Setups *+&) %)*

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 25


  

 

)  %((+* (%( ) && $ (*%$ , $  *)* )*($* % *
")* 
&%+$) $ - * $ $)   #$) %$ * ")* ) . $) (*(
  *$ * %) ""%)%&  #$) %$)  , "" +) * %(  $" ) && $
(*%$ -  #*) *) ('+ (#$*)
 * $)*(+#$* )  $ ) && *%  !*(%$ . (,  $*( $"%) *
%""%- $ $%(#* %$ * %-$() ()) * $# $ &%$ $+#( %
 %$** &()%$ * */& $ )( " $+#( % * %) ""%)%& * ()%$
%( (*+($ $ $  %#&"* )( &* %$ % * )(,  ('+ (
" * ) && $ (*%$ - * $ $+)*( " )*&"( %( )*(&& $ *&
(! * ()) % * !*(%$ . (,  $*( $ ")% /%+( %-$ (*+($
()) %$ * ) && $ (*%$ $ *-% &(%# $$* "%* %$)

    %+( %) ""%)%& #/  '+ && - * %$ %( #%( %&* %$) .&* %( *
" $0%( %&* %$) )(  / " 0 %$ & 0 % * ) )* %$ ""
%&* %$) $ %&* %$" ))%( ) ( " )* $ )(  $ * %$ 
 %( +(*( $%(#* %$ $ &( ) % %) ""%)%& %&* %$) ) /%+(
!*(%$ . (%+*) *"% %( %$** /%+( !*(%$ .  "  

26  
  
Operating Information

 #   $#' # %   ( !#% $%#&% $ $ +
$%#&% $ # % % ' !!# !#%  # $#' %$ %* $ +
$ !   !% !#% #$ $%#&% $ #  &  % &$# &
%  $%#&% $ # %#% % % $#' !# &#$  & 
%# $% $  %$ & # $% % !# &#$  &  %
$%  Performance Verification  % $%#&% $  #  % # %+!+
 $%%$ #"&# %   $ $ ! #%#$% &
%# $  % # $%#&% $  # !#% % %#  $%
# &%$ #  &  %   Maintenance.  & ) $  % Product
Description  %   &$&  # &#$%  ( % $ $ !
&% $

Screen Layout  $# ) &% $ &$%#%  &# +  ! +   % %% %
&# &$%#%$  & #%&
) & ) $ $%  # # $$# #
# #%& #  % $!) &

Basic Procedures
How to Power Up
&$ % !#! ! (# $(%  &  % ## !  % %*
$ $ ! % !&$ % ON/STBY $%) $(% % %  % %*+
 $ $ ! % !#%   $(% % % ## ! $ % %#&
! (# $ % $(%  ON/STBY$%) $(% $!) % $
!#%    

WARNING

The principal power switch at the rear panel is the true power
disconnect switch. The ON/STBY (standby) switch simply toggles
operation on and off. When connected to a power source and when
the principal power switch is on, the some power supply circuitry in
this digitizing oscilloscope is energized regardless of the setting of
the ON/STBY switch.

When connecting or disconnecting the line cord to or from the


power source, the principal power switch should be off.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 27


Operating Information

Brief status General purpose


information. knob readout.

Side menu area.


Readouts for
measurements
move here when
CLEAR MENU is
Position of waveform pressed.
record relative to
the screen and display.

Waveform reference
symbols: ground levels
and waveform sources.

Graticule and waveforms.

Vertical scale,
horizontal scale, and
trigger level readouts.

Main menu display area. Readouts in


lower graticule area move here when
CLEAR MENU is pressed.

Figure 22:Map of Display Functions

How to Use Help


  HELP !
       !
  

   


      
   HELP

     
   
 
  
    

        HELP     



      

How to Use the Status Menu


  SHIFT 
    STATUS !
  

 
   
    
  

        
       
 

 !
 


28 Operating Information
Operating Information

How to Set Functions


 
              
                  
       
       
 
 
  
 
  
   

Vertical Controls and


Inputs Block Horizontal Controls Block Trigger Controls Block

Special Controls Block: Accesses


all functions except those in the
remaining three control blocks.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 29


Operating Information

 #+ +  .-&)$ *&,)* &*!+!&% *# % *+ +)!) #-# &)
.-&)$ *&,)* !)+#0 )&$ +  )&%+2'%# &+ + + ')%+ 2
**2%#&* %,$)* '') .!+ !% +  &##&.!% *+'*  %,$)
))* +& +  &%+)&#* ## .!+ +  *$ %,$) !% +  !,) + +
')* +  *+'

1 2

 %',+ .-&)$* !%+& + *  %%#*   /$'# CH 1


 ,* %0  %%# ,++&%  +& !*'#0 !+* .-&)$   #*+  %2
%# *#+ +)$!%* . ! .-&)$ !* '&*!+!&% % *#
  !%!+&) &- +   %%# #*+ *#+ !* #! + /$'#
,* CH 1 + % CH 2
 )+!##0  % &)!1&%+##0   *# % '&*!+!&% +  .-&)$*
*#+ /$'# + +  *# +& $!- % %+) + 
.-&)$ &% *)%
 +&' % *+)+ (,!)!% .-&)$* 
 /$'# ,* RUN/STOP
! %&+ (,!)!%
 ",*+ +)!) #-#   +& +)!) +  .-&)$* *#+ &) ,*
+ * ,++&%*   +& !+ ) *+  +)!) #-# + +  $!2$'#!+,
#-# & +  *#+ .-&)$ &) +& &)  *!%# +)!) /$'#
,* SET LEVEL TO 50%

210 Operating Information


Operating Information

 %  !%# & %! $ &$   &$


 !!$ % ('!# $!&# 
 #$%  $%%   '#% & %!
$ $" %! $%"  )" &$ CH 2
 &$ SHIFT    % & %! %!  $% $ %  & $
$" %! $%" 

10

11

14

13

12

 &$ % #! %+"  &%%! %% !##$"! $ %! %  & ! % +
  % & %!     &   !# $%  !  #%
& %! $ ""#$ )" &$ VERTICAL MENU
!% % %(! $ % %!"  $  & %! %! !!$ #! %
!%%!  %$ *!& % &## % $%%  !# %% & %!  Offset $
&## %* $% %! -1.4 V
 %  & %! #! %   & &$  %   & &%+
%! $  $  & !# $%  !  % ' $%% $ !#
%% & %! ""#$ )" &$ Coupling 
 % % $%%  !# % & %! #! % $  &   &$  %
$  & &%%! $  )" &$ AC 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 211
Operating Information

How to Set Complex Functions


 . ,%+ &%* )(, ) $&) +% !,*+ +.& #-#* $ % % *  & $%,*
+& &$'#+#0 *' 0 + ) *++ %* % *, **  +) + $ % $%, +
*  $%, &) &+ ) $&   +& *,''#0  + &%# & *  ')&1
,)* ++ &##&. *&. &+ *$*
 + ,'  ,%+ &% ,* % '&'1,' $%,*

15

18

17 16

 &) *&$ *#+ &%* ',* %  $ % $%, ,++&% '&'* ,'  $%,
  & *,,%+ &%* /$'# ,* SHIFT +% ',* UTILITY
&. ',* System 

&+ + '&'1,' $%, &) System * *+ +& I/O  %',+&,+',+ ## +
$ % $%, ,++&%* +& + ) + & + '&'1,' $%, ) ## . +
*,,%+ &%* & I/O
 ,* % + ,++&% ++ '&'' ,' + $%, 
 +&#* +)&,
+ '&'1,' $%, & * /$'# '+#0 ',* System +&
+&# +)&, + '&'1,' $%, &+  + &+) $ %1$%,
,++&% ##* % &) %#0 &# " +& I/O
 &$'#+ + *++ % & + * ) $& 0 *#+ % )&$ +
$ % $%, % + *  $%, ++ )*,#+* /$'# ,* Confi
gure   % +% ',* Hardcopy (Talk only) 

212 Operating Information


Operating Information

 ' ($  ("'#" (&" ' "% $(%$#& "#   +!$ &
# $#&&  !"( & '#"& " ' &(&'$& '' # #* &&(! ,#(
) $(& TRIGGER MENU

19 20

21

 (&" &#! !" !"( (''#"& &$ ,&  & !"( *'  &
#"'"" %#('& '' ,#( " )%, +!$ 
(& Level 
 (&" ' &-!"( (''#" &&"& ' "# '# #"'%# '
%#(' $$%" " ' (''#"   '  &# #$& ' %#(' '#
' "% $(%$#& "# %#(' % " ' %' #%"% # '
&%" +!$ 
(& Level  
 & ' "% $(%$#& "#  '# (&' ' '%% ) '# '
&''" &% +!$ 
(%" ' "# '# -20 mV

More About the General Purpose Knob. & ,#( ) (&' &" '
"% $(%$#& "# & (& '# +'" ' "(!% # #& )   '#
 & !"( (''#"  "% $(%$#& "# "  &#  &&" '#
#"'%# ' # #*" ("'#"&

H (%&#% $#&'#""
H &$ , "'"&'&
H  , '!
H (!% # )"'&
H %% $#&'#"

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 213
Operating Information

H # #
H &'
H %  $%&&'"
"  && ' !"(& % (& '# & ' ' ("'#" '# * ' "%
$(%$#& "# & &&"  # #*" ''%('& $$ , '# '& "#
H
$"" #" ' ("'#" ' & &&" '# #"'%#  ' "% $(%$#&
"# )%& "(!% %#('& $#&'#"& #'& (%&#%& #" &%"
#% & '& '*" #"-  &''"& '' &#* ($ " &-!"(  &
H  "% $(%$#& "# &  %#(' % ' ' ($$%-%' #%"%
# ' &%"  (% - & %#('  *,& % '& ' "!
" ) ( # ' ("'#" '' ' "% $(%$#& "# & (%%"' ,
#"'%# "
H  "% $(%$#& "# & ' , ' SHIFT (''#" %&&"
&' '# & ' "# '*" '& " " #%& !#& " !# &
(& #% !#&' (&'!"'& #%& !# & (& '# '%)%& % $%'&
# ' (&'!"' %" " && '!
H ")% ' "% $(%$#& "# &&"!"' & "  "#
#" $$%& !!' , '# ' ' # ' "% $(%$#& "#
%#(' '# "#', ,#( # ' &&"!"' "  #" & %!#) &
&##" & ,#( (& ' "% $(%$#& "# '# " ' ) ( # '
("'#" ' & &&" '#
H # &&" ' "% $(%$#& "# '# #"'%#  ("'#" &$ , '
!"( #"'"" ' ("'#" '" & ' ' ("'#" #' '' "#' 
("'#"& "  #"'%#  , ' "% $(%$#& "#
H ")% ' !"( & %!#) ' "% $(%$#& "# & "#' &-
&" " #& "#' #"'%#  ("'#"  " +$'#" & ' (%&#%
("'#"  (%&#%& % '(%" #" %!#)" ' !"( )& ' "#
&&" '# #"'%# ' (%&#%& ("' %&&" , & '" "#'%
!"( " ("'#" '' (&& ' "#
H  "% $(%$#& "#  &# &  TOGGLE (''#"  '# 
(''#" & (& '# '#  ' "# '*" ' #"'%# # '% # '
'*# (%&#%& &$ , *" -% #% -% (%&#%& % '(%" #" " '
(%&#% !"(

214 Operating Information


Operating Information

Display and Utility Menus- &! ' '!$(& &% "% (&!
!(& +"( ! && ! ! (!'"!& ! ' &#+ !( !
(''& !( ! '
&#+ !( +"( ! &' ' ""*! (!'"!&
H !'!&'+ *)"% & %"('& %'( '
H '+ " *)"% &#+& )'"%& "% "'& !'!& "% !"!,!'!&,
 & #& ! !!' "% )% #%&&'!
H
&#+ "% '  "% 
H %'( "% ' ( % %"&&% ! % 
H )"% !'%#"'"! '% ! %"(' "#'"!&
%" ' ''+ !( +"( ! "!(% '  #"%' '&'! %&&
' ! && !'%! %"('!& "% & !"&'& ! & " #!&'"!
!&'%('"!& "% &''! (# " (!'"! ")% '  % "(! ! ,
'"! Adjustment Procedures

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 215
  
 
 

216   
 
 



    

Circuit Description

#$. . /$*)  .-$ . /# ' /-$' *+ -/$*) *! /#  &/-*)$3  



    $"$/$5$)" .$''*.*+ . 0.$)" /# (%*- $-0$/ '*&.
*- (*0' .
#$. . /$*) #. /2* ($) +-/.
H Logic Conventions  .-$ . #*2 '*"$ !0)/$*). - $.0.  )
- +- . )/  $) /#$. ()0'
H Module Overview  .-$ . $-0$/ *+ -/$*) !-*(  !0)/$*)'9$-0$/
'*& + -.+ /$1 

Logic Conventions # $"$/$5$)" *.$''*.*+ *)/$). ()4 $"$/' '*"$ $-0$/. #$. ()0'
- ! -. /* /# . $-0$/. 2$/# ./)- '*"$ .4(*'. ) / -(. )' .. */# -9
2$. .//  '' '*"$ !0)/$*). -  .-$  0.$)" /# +*.$/$1 9'*"$ *)1 )9
/$*) /# (*- +*.$/$1 *! /# /2* '*"$ ' 1 '. $. /# #$"#   .//  ) /#
(*- ) "/$1 ' 1 ' $. /# '*2  .//  $")' .// . (4 '.*   .-$ 
. 7/-0  ( )$)" /# $- /$1 .// *- 7!'.  ( )$)" /# $- )*)9/$1 .// 
# .+ $!$ 1*'/" . /#/ *)./$/0/  #$"# *- '*2 .// 1-4 (*)" /#
' /-*)$  1$ .
/$1 9'*2 .$")'. - $)$/  4  /$' +- !$3  /* /# .$")' )( 69
 $")' )( . - $/# - /$1 9#$"# /$1 9'*2 *- #1 */# /$1 9
#$"# ) /$1 9'*2 .// .

Module Overview #$. (*0' *1 -1$ 2  .-$ . /# .$ *+ -/$*) *! # !0)/$*)'
$-0$/ '*& . .#*2) $) $"0- 9


General
# $"$/$5$)" *.$''*.*+ $.  +*-/'  (0'/$#)) ' $)./-0( )/ #
#)) ' +-*1$ .  '$-/  1 -/$' .' !/*- '' #)) '. ) 
,0$-  .$(0'/) *0.'4

Input Signal Path


 .$")' )/ -. /# *.$''*.*+ /#-*0"#  +-* *)) /  /*   *) /#
 8// )0/*- *-

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 31


Circuit Description

Attenuators= *2$5*429 *. 4)& "44&.5"4/2 3&,&$43 4)& *.054 $/50,*.( 4)&


4&2-*."4*/. ".% 4)& "44&.5"4*/. '"$4/2 )& 02/$&33/2 3934&- $/.42/,3 4)&
"44&.5"4/23 /2 &8"-0,& *'
; *.054 4&2-*."4*/. *3 3&,&$4&% ".% 4)& *.054
*3 /6&2,/"%&% 4)& 02/$&33/2 3934&- 37*4$)&3 4)& *.054 4/ 4)& ; 0/3*4*/.
)& 02&"-0,*'*&2 *. 4)& 
;44&.5"4/2 "-0,*'*&3 4)& *.054 3*(.",3

Probe Coding Interface= 2/#& $/%*.( *.4&2'"$& 3*(.",3 0"33 4)2/5()


4)&  ;2/.4 ".&, 4/ 4)& 02/$&33/2 3934&- 7)*$) *. 452. $/.42/,3 4)&

;44&.5"4/2 ".% 4)&  ;$15*3*4*/. #/"2%3

Jumper= *(.",3 '2/- 4)& "44&.5"4/23 0"33 4)2/5() 4)&  ;5-0&2


#/"2% 4/ 4)& "$15*3*4*/. 3934&-

Acquisition System= )& "$15*3*4*/. 3934&- $/.6&243 4)& *.054 3*(.",3


4/ %*(*4", 3*(.",3 ".% $/.42/,3 4)& "$15*3*4*/. 02/$&33 5.%&2 %*2&$4*/. /' 4)&
02/$&33/2 3934&- )& "$15*3*4*/. 3934&- *.$,5%&3 4)& 42*((&2 "$15*3*4*/.
4*-*.( ".% "$15*3*4*/. -/%& (&.&2"4*/. ".% $/.42/, $*2$5*429

D1 Bus= )& "$15*3*4*/. 3934&- 0"33&3 4)& %*(*4", 6",5&3 2&02&3&.4*.(


4)& "$15*2&% 7"6&'/2- 4)2/5() 4)&  #53 4/ 4)& ; #/"2% 2*4"2
)*3 )"00&.3 "'4&2 " 7"6&'/2- "$15*3*4*/. *3 $/-0,&4& *' 4)& %*(*4", 3*(.",
02/$&33/2  2&15&343 4)& 7"6&'/2-

Processor System= )& 02/$&33/2 3934&- $/.3*343 /' "  -*$2/<
02/$&33/2 4)"4 $/.42/,3 4)& &.4*2& *.3425-&.4 4 *.$,5%&3 4)& '*2-7"2& 02/<
(2"- '/2 4)& /3$*,,/3$/0& )& '*2-7"2& $". #& 2&02/(2"--&% #9 53*.( 4)&
 ".% ". &84&2.", 3/'47"2& 0"$+"(& )& 02/$&33/2 3934&- ",3/ *.<
$,5%&3 "  *.4&2'"$&

DSP= )& %*(*4", 3*(.", 02/$&33/2 02/$&33&3 &"$) 7"6&'/2- "3 %*2&$4&%
#9 3/'47"2& %/7.,/"%&% '2/- 4)& 3934&- 02/$&33/2 "6&'/2-3 ".% ".9
4&84 4/ #& %*30,"9&% "2& 0"33&% /. 4/ 4)& ;*30,"9 #/"2%

Display= &84 ".% 7"6&'/2-3 "2& 02/$&33&% #9 %*''&2&.4 0"243 /' 4)&
;*30,"9 $*2$5*429 )& %*30,"9 3&.%3 4)& 4&84 ".% 7"6&'/2- *.'/2-"4*/.
4/ 4)&  ;/.*4/2 "33&-#,9 "3 " 6*%&/ 3*(.", )& %*30,"9 $*2$5*429 ",3/
(&.&2"4&3 ".% 3&.%3 6&24*$", ! ".% )/2*:/.4", ! 39.$ 3*(.",3
4/ 4)&  ;/.*4/2 "33&-#,9  <$/-0"4*#,& 6*%&/ /54054 *3 "6"*,"#,& "4
4)& 2&"2 /' 4)& *.3425-&.4

Monitor Assembly
,, *.'/2-"4*/. 7"6&'/2-3 4&84 (2"4*$5,&3 ".% 0*$4/(2"0)3 *3 %*30,"9&% #9
4)&   2*6&2 )& %2*6&2 (&.&2"4&3 4)& )*() 6/,4"(&3 .&$&33"29 4/
%2*6& 4)&  4 ",3/ $/.4"*.3 4)& 6*%&/ "-0,*'*&2 )/2*:/.4", /3$*,,"4/2 ".%
4)& 6&24*$", ".% )/2*:/.4", 9/+& %2*6&2 $*2$5*429 )& -/.*4/2 (&43 *43 3500,9
6/,4"(&3 '2/- 4)& 
;/7 /,4"(& /7&2 500,9 4)2/5() 4)& ;"$+<
0,".& ".% 4)&  ;58*,*"29 /7&2 #/"2%3

32 Theory of Operation
Circuit Description

Front Panel
The processor system sends instructions to and receives information from
the Front Panel Processor on the A06Front Panel board. The Front Panel
Processor reads the frontpanel switches and pots. Any changes in their
settings are reported to the processor system. The Front Panel Processor
also turns the LEDs on and off, generates the bell signal, and generates the
probe compensation signal PROBE ADJ. The Front Panel Processor also
processes the probe coding interface signals.

Menu Switches Frontpanel menu switches are also read by the Front
Panel Processor. The processor sends any changes in menu selections to
the processor system.

ON/STBY Switch This switch is not read by the Front Panel Processor.
The signal passes through the A06Front Panel board, the A03CPU board,
and the A01Backplane board to the low voltage power supply.

Rear Panel
The GPIB connector provides access to stored waveforms and allows exter
nal control of the oscilloscope. Other connectors accessible from the rear
panel are the AUX TRIGGER and VIDEO.

Aux Power
The A07Auxiliary Power circuitry includes the principal power switch, fuse,
line trigger transformer, and line filter. It also distributes power to the monitor
and fan.

Low Voltage Power Supply


The low voltage power supply is a switching power converter. It supplies
power to all oscilloscope circuitry. The low voltage power supply sends all of
its power to the A01Backplane where it is distributed to all other circuitry.
The principal POWER switch, located on the rear panel, controls all power to
the oscilloscope including the low voltage power supply. The ON/STBY
switch, located on the front panel, also controls all of the power to the oscil
loscope except for part of the circuitry in the low voltage power supply.

Fan
The fan provides forced air cooling for the oscilloscope. It connects to +12V
on the A01Backplane through the A07Auxiliary Power board.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 33


Circuit Description

34 Theory of Operation
  
   

Brief Procedures

   +) $*($" (%+*$) *% %$(# ) +$*%$"*/ $ &(%&(
 +)*#$* % *)* '+&#$* ) ('+( *% % *) *)* &(%+()
    +*"0 * &(%1 +)* %+*&+* * * (%$* &$" ) 
*)*1)$" )%+( %( +(*( ,(/$ ** * %)""%)%& +$*%$)
&(%&("/ )*$(1))%(/ &(% $"+ -* *) %)""%)%& ) *
%$"/ '+&#$* ('+(

General Instructions ) &(%+() ,(/ *  *0$ )""%)%&)


)) *   * )* % &(%+() ** $  +) *%
,(/ %)""%)%& &(%(#$ $"+) *    %+$ "*(
$ *) )*%$ %+ #/ $%* $ *% &(%(# "" % *) &(%+() 1
&$$ %$ -* /%+ -$* *% %#&")
H % (&"/ %$(# ** *) %)""%)%& +$*%$) $ )  +)* &(%&1
("/ +)* % * &(%+() +$(   - $ %$ & 1 
Advantages: ) &(%+() ( '+! *% % ('+( $% .*($"
'+&#$* %( )$" )%+() $ &(%(# .*$), +$*%$" $
+(/ *)*$ *% &(%,  %$$ ** * %)""%)%& -""
&(%(# &(%&("/ ) *) &(%+() )  '+! ! %( #!$
 )() % #&%(*$* #)+(#$*)
H % +(*( ! +$*%$"*/ ()* % *   +)* #$*%$ *$
% * &(%+() +$(    ** $ %$ & 1

Advantages: ) &(%+() ('+( #$#" *%$" *# *%
&(%(# ('+( $% *%$" '+&#$* %*( *$  )*$(1)1
)%(/ &(% $ #%( %#&"*"/ *)* * $*($" (-( % *)
%)""%)%& ) *) &(%+() *% '+!"/ *(#$  * %)""%1
)%& ) )+*" %( &+**$ $*% )(, )+ ) -$ * ) ()* (1
,
H  #%( .*$), %$(#*%$ % &(%(#$ ) )( % * 
   $$$ %$ & 1 *( %$ *   $
  +)* (($
Advantages: ) &(%+()  (* !$ % -(($*
)&*%$) / ('+( #%( *# *% &(%(# $ )+*" *)*
'+&#$* ) ('+(  
 %$ & 1
 /%+ ( $%* #"( -* %&(*$ *) %)""%)%& (    
  $ *%$  % *) #$+" ) $)*(+*%$) -"" '+$*
/%+ -* * +) % * (%$*1&$" %$*(%") $ * #$+ )/)*#

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 41


Brief Procedures

Conventions # & &% %$ !# &#$ %   (  '% $ !!*
H
 %$% !# &# &$$ %   ( #  #%
%  $%

"&!% "&#
##"&$%$
# &#
H
 !# &#  $$%$  $ * $%!$ $&$%!$  $&!#%$ $
#"&# %  % %$% %!$ $&$%!$  $&!#%$ # $"&
$   ($
 #$% %!
 #$% &$%!
H #$% &!#%
H   &!#%
   &$%!
   %!
H  $%!$ $&$%!$ % , $%%%  %$ $%#&%$ * & (%
%   ( % $%#&% $ %%   ( % * &  ( %  %  % ),
! $%! ( Initialize the oscilloscope" *   +#$$ $'#
SETUP ( !#$$ % ,& &%%  
Initialize the oscilloscope: #$$ $'# SETUP ( !#$$ %
,& &%%  Recall Factory Setup % % $,&
&%%  OK Confirm Factory Init
H # $%#&% % &$  # %,! &%%  #   # $% #  
 # $ & # '#*  # &% # $%%&$ $$ %  
% &%%  #   !!#$    %*! +!#$$ SHIFT % AC
QUIRE MENU +!#$$ % ,& &%%  Coupling # +'#* %%
% $%%&$ $$ $ Pass
 $*  % % % $  ! *  #%  * & &$% #
%  % !# &# !# !#*

42 Performance Verification
Brief Procedures

H
               
              
             

Brief status General purpose


information. knob readout.

Side menu area.


Readouts for
measurements
move here when
CLEAR MENU is
Position of waveform pressed.
record relative to
the screen and display.

Waveform reference
symbols: ground levels
and waveform sources.

Graticule and waveforms.

Vertical scale,
horizontal scale, and
triggerlevel readouts.

Main menu display area. Readouts in


lower graticule area move here when
CLEAR MENU is pressed.

Figure 41:Map of Display Functions

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 43


Brief Procedures

Self Tests ( %'$*' *(( #)'#! '$*)#( )$ +'. )) )( $(!!$($% *#0
)$#( # %((( )( #)'#! (! )()( # (#! %) $"%#()$#( ) !($
$#'"( )) ) $(!!$($% ,( *() %'$%'!. ) ) )" ) ,( !()
*() $ )() &*%"#) $' $$ *%( ' '&*'

Verify Internal Adjustment, Self Compensation, and


Diagnostics
Equipment Required: $#
Prerequisites: $,' $# ) )/# $(!!$($% # !!$,   "#*)
,'"0*% $' $# )( %'$*'
Procedure:
 Verify that internal diagnostics pass: $ ) $!!$,# (*()%()$ +'.
)) ) #)'#! #$()( %((
 Display the system diagnostics menu:
H '(( SHIFT )# %'(( UTILITY
H %)!. %'(( ) "#0"#* *))$# System *#)! Diag/Err
( !) # ) "#* )) %$%( *%
H %)!. %'(( ) "#0"#* *))$# Area *#)! All ( 0
!) # ) "#* )) %$%( *%
 Run the system diagnostics: '(( ) "#0"#* *))$# Execute
)# %'(( ) (0"#* *))$# OK Confirm Run Test
 Wait:  #)'#! #$()( $ # -*()+ +')$# $ %'$%'
$(!!$($% *#)$# ( +')$# ) ( *% )$  "#*) ! )
%'$'(((  +'). $ )() %))'#( !( $# ('# # #(
) '(*!)# ())*( %%'( $# ) ('#
 Confirm no failures are found: '. )) #$ !*'( ' $*# #
'%$') $#0('#
 Confirm the four adjustment sections have passed status:
H '(( SHIFT )# %'(( UTILITY
H '(( ) "# "#* *))$# System *#)! Cal ( !) #
) %$%0*% "#*
H '. )) ) ,$' Pass %%'( # ) "# "#* *#' )
$!!$,# "#* !!(
Voltage Reference High Frequency
Response Low Frequency Response # Trigger Skew
 *' 0

44 Performance Verification
Brief Procedures

First, display the CAL menu.

Second, verify Pass


status for the
adjustment sections.

Third, run a signal path


compensation and
verify status is Pass.

Figure 42:Verifying Adjustments and Signal Path Compensation

& "&"&"# '& ,"( " #!&' ' !'%! &! #' (& '"
$(% ' *)"% & ,"( $(% ! &(% , +('! ' &!
#' " #!&'"! '(%   ,"( "#' - ' "&"&"# #',
'"  (%' &(% !'& & "! '  !' ' #%'(%
"( must %(! !  !,'  ,"( *& '" !&(% '' ' &(% !'&
,"(  %  *' ' "&' (%, #"&& "( &"( &" %(!
!   ' ' #%'(% & ! "% '! _ &! ' &' 
*& #%"% 
 Run the signal path compensation: &"!!'  !#(' &!&
%&& ' !/ !( (''"! Signal Path
'! #%&& ' &/ !(
(''"! OK Compensate Signal Paths

NOTE

Failure to run the signal path compensation may result in the oscil
loscope not meeting warranted performance levels.

 Wait: &! #' " #!&'"! %(!& ! "! '" '% !('&  '
#%"%&&&  ." "! &"*! ' ' &#,& "!/&%! !
" #!&'"! " #'& ' &''(& && (#'& '" Pass "%
Fail ! ' ! !( & &'#
 Confirm signal path compensation returns passed status: %, '
*"% Pass ##%& (!% Signal Path ! ' ! !( 
(%/

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 45


Brief Procedures

 Return to regular service: '(( CLEAR MENU )$ -) ) (.()" "1
#*(

Functional Tests  %*'%$( $ )( %'$*'( ( )$ $#'" )) )( $(!!$($% *#1
)$#( %'$%'!.  $#!. &*%"#) '&*' ( $# $ ) ()#'1(($1
'. %'$(
( %'$*'( +'. *#)$#( )) ( ). +'. )) $(!!$1
($% )*'( operate . $ not +'. )) ). $%') ,)#
!")(
'$' ,# ) #()'*)$#( # ) *#)$#! )()( )) $!!$,
!! $' .$* )$ +'. ))  (#! %%'( $#1('# 0)) ( $*)
+ +($#( # "%!)* $' 0(  %'$ $ $*) (- $'/$#)!
+($#( ) $ NOT #)'%') ) &*#))( +# ( !")(
%')$# ,)# !")( (   # Performance Tests , #
$# %
1 
  "  #( )$ ) '$#)1%#! ())#( )) ' #$)
!! $*) # ) %'$*'(  +')$# %'$*' ,!! '&*'
.$* )$ () ) $(!!$($% )$ ')# *!) ())#( $' +'.#
*#)$#(  .$* "  #( )$ )( ())#( $)' )# )$(
!! $*) # ) %'$*' .$* ". $)# #+! '(*!)( # )(
( *() '$ ) %'$*' '$" ()%
# .$* ' #()'*) )$ %'((  "#* *))$# ) *))$# ".
!'.  (!) )( !! ,!!  !)  )( ( ) ( )
( #$) #(('. )$ %'(( ) *))$#

Verify All Input Channels


Equipment Required: #   %'$
Prerequisites: $#
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the oscilloscope controls:

46 Performance Verification
Brief Procedures

Figure 43:Universal Test Hookup for Functional Tests

 Hook up the signal source: #$ $ !"   CH 1 $ $


!"  $! $ PROBE ADJ  $ " $ ! & $ !"  " %
% $
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H "## #&" SETUP
H "## $ *% %$$  Recall Factory Setup
H "## $ #*% %$$  OK Confirm Factory Init
 Verify that all input channels operate:
$   ' #%#$!#$#$
 "#$ skipping substepa since CH 1 is already set up for verification
from step 1.
 Select an unverified channel:
H "## WAVEFORM OFF $ " & "  #!( $  %#$
&"
H "## $ " $*! %$$  $$  ""#! # $ $ 
( % " $ &"(
H & $ !"  $ $  ( % #$
 Set up the selected channel:
H "## AUTOSET $ $  &' $"" #!(  $
#$ 
H $ $ &"$ SCALE $   # $ &"$ POSITION
  $ $" $ '& " &"$(  #"
H $ $  ") $ SCALE $ m#
H "## TRIGGER MENU
H "## $ *% %$$  Coupling $ !"## $ #
%*%$$  HF Rej

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 47


Brief Procedures

 Verify that the channel is operational: *)!$-( /#/ /# !*''*2$)"


.// ( )/. - /-0 
H # 1 -/$' .' - *0/ !*- /# #)) ' 0) - / ./ .#*2. 
. //$)" *! ( )  .,0- 521 +-* 5*(+ )./$*)
.$")' *0/ !$1 $1$.$*). $) (+'$/0 $. *)5.- )  $"5
0- 
5 *) +"
5 /* '*/ /# - *0/
H # 1 -/$' POSITION &)* (*1 . /# .$")' 0+ ) *2) /#
.- ) 2# ) -*// 
H 0-)$)" /# 1 -/$' SCALE &)* *0)/ -'*&2$.  - . .
/# (+'$/0 *! /# 21 !*-( *)5.- ) /0-)$)" /# &)*
'*&2$. $)- . . /# (+'$/0  ) - /0-)$)" /# &)* /*
( - /0-). /# (+'$/0 /* *0/ !$1 $1$.$*).
 Verify that the channel acquires in all acquisition modes: - ..
SHIFT /# ) +- .. ACQUIRE MENU . /# .$ ( )0 /* . ' / $)
/0-) # *! /# !$1 #-2- ,0$- (* . ) *)!$-( /#/ /#
!*''*2$)" .// ( )/. - /-0   ! - /* /# $*). / /# ' !/ *! #
.// ( )/ . 3*0 *)!$-( /#*. .// ( )/.
H Sample (* $.+'3. ) /$1 '3 ,0$-$)" 21 !*-( *)5
.- ) */ /#/ /# - $. )*$. +- . )/ *) /# + &. *! /#
.,0- 21 
H Peak Detect (* $.+'3. ) /$1 '3 ,0$-$)" 21 !*-(
*)5.- ) 2$/# /# )*$. +- . )/ $) (+' (* 4+ &  5
/ / 
H Hi Res (* $.+'3. ) /$1 '3 ,0$-$)" 21 !*-( *)5.- )
2$/# /# )*$. /#/ 2. +- . )/ $) (+' (* - 0 
H Envelope (* $.+'3. ) /$1 '3 ,0$-$)" 21 !*-( *)5
.- ) 2$/# /# )*$. $.+'3 
H Average (* $.+'3. ) /$1 '3 ,0$-$)" 21 !*-( *)5
.- ) 2$/# /# )*$. - 0  '$& $) $  . (* 
 Test all channels:  + / .0./ +.  /#-*0"#  0)/$' '' $)+0/ #)5
) '. - 1 -$!$ 
 Remove the test hookup: $.*)) / /# +-* !-*( /# #)) ' $)+0/
) /# +-* 5%0./ / -($)'

Verify the Time Base


Equipment Required: )   +-* 
Prerequisites: *) 
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the oscilloscope controls:
 Hook up the signal source: )./'' /# +-* *) CH 1 *)) / /#
+-* /$+ /* PROBE ADJ *) /# !-*)/ +) ' ' 1 /# +-* "-*0)
0)*)) /   $"0-
5 *) +"
5 

48 Performance Verification
Brief Procedures

 Initialize the oscilloscope:


H +,, ,/+%% SETUP
H +,, -! &"'4&'. .--(' Recall Factory Setup -!' )+,,
-! ,"4&'. .--(' OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify default settings:
H +,, AUTOSET -( (-"'  /"0% -+" + ",)%2
H - -! !(+"3('-% SCALE -( m,
H +,, VERTICAL MENU
H +,, -! &"'4&'. .--(' Bandwidth !' )+,, -! ,"4
&'. .--(' 20 MHz
H +,, CLEAR MENU -( +&(/ -! /+-"% &'. +(& -!
,+'
 Verify that the time base operates: ('"+& -! (%%(0"' ,--&'-,
 ' )+"( ( -! ,*.+40/ )+(4(&)',-"(' ," '% ", (.-
"/ !(+"3('-% "/","(', ('4,+' (+ -! m, !(+"3('-% ,%
,--"' ,- "' ,-)
 (--"' -! !(+"3('-% SCALE $'( %($0", 1)', -! 0/4
(+& ('4,+' &(+ !(+"3('-% "/","(', )+ 0/(+& )+"( '
-!- (.'-+%($0", +(--"(' ('-+-, "- ' -!- +-.+'"' -!
!(+"3('-% ,% -( m, +-.+', -! )+"( -( (.- "/ "/","(',
 ! !(+"3('-% POSITION $'( )(,"-"(', -! ," '% %- ' +" !-
('4,+' 0!' +(--

 Remove the test hookup: ",(''- -! )+( +(& -! !''% "').-
' -! )+(4#.,- -+&"'%

Verify the Main and Delayed Trigger Systems


Equipment Required: '  
 )+(
Prerequisites: ('
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the oscilloscope controls:
 Hook up the signal source: ',-%% -! )+( (' CH 1 (''- -!
)+( -") -( PROBE ADJ (' -! +('- )'% %/ -! )+( +(.'
.'(''-  " .+ 4
(' )  4 
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H +,, ,/+%% SETUP
H +,, -! &"'4&'. .--(' Recall Factory Setup
H +,, -! ,"4&'. .--(' OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify default settings:

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 49


Brief Procedures

H !"" AUTOSET # #  %& #!! "'


H # # !(# SCALE ! # M  # " # m"
H !"" VERTICAL MENU
H !"" # )$ $## Bandwidth  !"" # ")
$ $## 20 MHz
H !"" TRIGGER MENU
H !"" # )$ $## Mode & Holdoff
H !"" # ")$ $## Normal
H !"" CLEAR MENU # !% # $" ! # "!
 Verify that the main trigger system operates: ! ## # &
"###" ! #!$
H  #!!)% !$# ! #  #!! "'"# "
&# # #!! MAIN LEVEL 
H  #!!)%   #!!  $#!! # " $!)&%
" " '$ !## #  % # " un#!!
H !"" SET LEVEL TO 50% #!!" # " ## '$ $"#
# $#!!  % # " #!!
 Verify that the delayed trigger system operates:
 Select the delayed time base:
H !"" HORIZONTAL MENU
H !"" # )$ $## Time Base
H !"" # ")$ $## Delayed Triggerable
# !""
# ")$ $## Delayed Only
H # # !(# SCALE ! # D ' # " #
m"
 Select the delayed triggerlevel menu:
H !"" SHIFT
# !"" DELAYED TRIG
H !"" # )$ $## Level
# !"" # ")$
$## Level
 Confirm that the following statements are tru
H  #!!)% !$# ! # ' #!! "'"# "
&# # ! $!" 
H  ! $!"   #!!  $#!! # " $!)
&% !)"# " " '$ !## #  % #
" un#!!
H !"" # ")$ $## Set to 50% #!!" # !)
"# " ## '$ $"# # $#!!  % #
" #!!

410 Performance Verification


Brief Procedures

 Verify the delayed trigger counter:


H
   $   Delay by Time
H
  $   Events   "  Triggerable
after Time 
H    
     !    
!
H #     READY         
   !#    " !    $

 Remove the test hookup:     $ #  
       $    

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 411

  

412     





Performance Tests

 * *,*+ &% &%+ %*  &##+ &% & ')&,)* &) " % ++ +
   + 1 % * ##&*&'* ')&)$ * .))%+
 ')&,)* ) ))% % &,) #& # )&,' %* Signal Acquisition
System Check*, Time Base System Checks, Triggering System Checks %
utput Ports Checks 0 " ## + )+) *+ * ++ ) * %+
* " % + &%  Specification.  )+) *+ * ++ ) "
'') % boldface +0' ,%) Warranted Characteristics % + &%  &,
% ,* &)$ + + % & + * *+ &% *  +*+ )&)
* ')&,)* extend + &% % #-# ')&-  0 + * 
')&,)* *)  &% ' 4  *  ')&,)* *&,# 
&%  )*+ +% +* ')&,)* ')&)$  * )

Prerequisites
 +*+* % + * *,*+ &% &$') * % /+%* - -#  &% )$+ &% &
')&)$% % ,%+ &%# +0 .% + &##&. % )(, )$%+* ) $+
H   %+ $,*+  %*+## &% +   + 1 % &* ##&*&'
H &, $,*+ - ')&)$ % '** + ')&,)* ,%) Self Tests,
&,% &% ' 4  % +&* ,%) Functional Tests, &,% &%
' 4 
H  * %#4'+ &$'%*+ &% must - % &% . + % + )&$4
$% # )+ &% %+)-# % +  +$')+,) . + % 2 _3 & +
')*%+ &')+ % +$')+,)  + + + $ 0&,   + '))(, * +
Self Tests, + +$')+,) .* . + % + # $ +* !,*+ *++ &%* ) + *
'))(, * + $+
H    + 1 % &* ##&*&' $,*+ - % #*+ !,*+ + % $ %+
+$')+,) +.%  _3 % 
_3 $,*+ - % &')+ %
&)  .)$4,' ') & & + #*+  $ %,+* % $,*+  &')+ % + %
$ %+ +$')+,) +.% _3 %  _3  .)$4,' )(, )4
$%+ * ,*,##0 $+ % + &,)* & $+ % +  )*+ '))(, * + # *+
&-

Related Information5 General Instructions % Conventions ++


*+)+ &% ' 4 #*&  0&, ) %&+ $ # ) . + &')+ % + *   + 1 %
&* ##&*&' ) General Operating Instructions % + &% & + * *)- 
$%,# &) & % %0 & +* ')&,)*

Equipment Required
* ')&,)* ,* /+)%# +)# * %# *&,)* +&  )+#0 "
.))%+ )+) *+ *  )(, ) (, '$%+ # *+ &##&.* + * %+)&,4
+ &%

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 413
Performance Tests

Table41:Test Equipment

Item Number and Minimum Requirements Example Purpose


Description
1 Attenuator,10X Ratio: 10X; impedance 50 ; Tektronix part number Signal attenuation
(two required) connectors: female BNC in 011005902
put, male BNC output
2 Attenuator, 5X Ratio: 5X; impedance 50 ; Tektronix part number Signal attenuation
(two required) connectors: female BNC in 011006002
put, male BNC output
3 Termination, Impedance 50 ; connectors: Tektronix part number Checking delay
50  female BNC input, male BNC 011004901 match between
output channels

4 Termination, Impedance 75 ; connectors: Tektronix part number Used to test Video


75  female BNC input, male BNC 011010201 Option 05 equipped
output instruments only

5 Cable, Precision 50 , 36 in, male to male BNC Tektronix part number Signal interconnec
Coaxial (three connectors 012048200 tion
required)

6 Cable, Coaxial 75 , 36 in, male to male BNC Tektronix part number Used to test Video
connectors 012133800 Option 05 equipped
instruments only

7 Connector, Female BNC to dual banana Tektronix part number Various accuracy
DualBanana 103009000 tests
(two required)

8 Connector, BNC Male BNC to dual female BNC Tektronix part number Checking trigger
T" 103003000 sensitivity

9 Coupler, Dual Female BNC to dual male Tektronix part number Checking delay
Input BNC 067052502 match between
channels

10 Generator, DC Variable amplitude to 110 V; Data Precision 8200, with Checking DC offset
Calibration accuracy to 0.1% 1 kV option installed and measurement
accuracy

11 Generator, Lev 200 kHz to 250 MHz; Variable TEKTRONIX SG 503 Leveled Checking analog
eled Sine Wave, amplitude from 5mV to 4 V Sine Wave Generator1 bandwidth and trig
Medium Fre pp into 50  ger sensitivity at low
quency frequencies

12 Generator, Lev 250 MHz to 500 MHz; Variable TEKTRONIX SG 504 Leveled Checking analog
eled Sine Wave, amplitude from 5mV to 4 V Sine Wave Generator1 with SG bandwidth and trig
High Frequency pp into 50 ; 6 MHz 504 Output Head ger sensitivity at
reference high frequencies
1Requires a TM 500 or TM 5000 Series Power Module Mainframe.

414 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

Table41:Test Equipment (Cont.)

Item Number and Minimum Requirements Example Purpose


Description
  ( ,.), $' ,$& ',% , !, +/ (3    $' # %$(" -'*& 4
,% !,)'  '- .)  (- /,4 ,%  ( ,.),1 ,. (  &34.$'
3 1$.#$(  **' /,3

 ,)   $(4 


 *,)  %.,)($2 (/' , 
 $"(& $(. ,)(( 4
&/  1$.# .#$- .$)(
$(-.,/' (.

  ( ,.), $4 ,)0$ -  )'*.$&    # %$(" 0$ ) .,$"4
) $"(& )/.*/.- " , - (-$.$0$.3

1Requires a TM 500 or TM 5000 Series Power Module Mainframe.

Test Record
#).))*3 .# ( 2. .1) *" - ( /- .# ' .) , ), .# * ,!),'( . -.
, -/&.- !), 3)/, $(-.,/' (.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 415
Performance Tests

TDS 410, TDS 420, & TDS 460 Test Record

.2314-'.3 '1+$, 4-%'1 '13+(+&$3' 4-%'1


!'-0'1$341'  
$3' /( $,+%1$3+/. !'&*.+&+$.

Performance Test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum


Offset Accuracy

 ((2'3  "  -" ########## ##########  

 "

"   " ########## ########## 

 "
 "  
 " ########## ########## 

 "
 ((2'3  "  -" ########## ##########  

 "

"   " ########## ########## 

 "
 "  
 " ########## ########## 

 "

 ((2'3  "  -" ########## ##########  

 "
! 
 
"   " ########## ########## 

 "
! 
  "  
 " ########## ########## 

 "

 ((2'3  "  -" ########## ##########  

 "
! 
 
"   " ########## ########## 

 "
! 
  "  
 " ########## ########## 

 "

DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy (Averaged)



-" 
 -" ########## ########## 
 -"



-" 
 -" ########## ########## 
 -"



-" ! 

 
 -" ########## ########## 
 -"



-" ! 

 
 -" ########## ########## 
 -"

Analog Bandwidth



-"   -" ########## ##########  



-"   -" ########## ##########  



-" ! 

   -" ########## ##########  



-" ! 

   -" ########## ##########  

Delay Between Channels

',$7 '36''. *$..',2   ########## ########## 


02

Time Base System

/.) !'1- $-0,' $3'


',$7 !+-'  

.2
-2  
+5 ########## ##########  
+5

',3$ !+-'   .2 

8  .2 ########## ########## 



 .2

416 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

TDS 410, TDS 420, & TDS 460 Test Record (Cont.)

Performance Test Minimum Incoming Outgoing Maximum


Trigger System (DC Coupled Threshold)

  
   

    
   


!  
   

!    
   


Probe Compensator Output Signal

 !  "    "

       

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 417
Performance Tests

Signal Acquisition  * ')&,)*  " + &*  )+)!*+!* + + )#+ +& +  *!%#22
(,!*!+!&% *0*+$ % ) #!*+ *  " ,%) Warranted Characteristics
System Checks !% +!&%  Specification.

Check Offset Accuracy


Equipment Required: .& ,#2%% &%%+&)* +$  &%  
&%%+&) +$  &%  #!)+!&% %)+&) +$  % +.& ')!2
*!&% &/!# #* +$ 
Prerequisites:   &*!##&*&' $,*+ $+ +  '))(,!*!+* #!*+ &%
'
2 
 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:

DC Calibrator
,+',+ %*



Dual Banana to
BNC Adapters

Coaxial Cables
BNC T
Connector

Figure 44:Initial Test Hookup

 Hook up the testsignal source:


H + +  &,+',+ &   #!)+!&% %)+&) +&  -&#+*
H &%%+ +  &,+',+ &   #!)+!&% %)+&) + )&, 
,#2%% &%%+&) &##&. 0   ')!*!&% &/!#
# +& &% *! &    &%%+&)
H &%%+ +  %* &,+',+ & +  %)+&) + )&,  *&%
,#2%% &%%+&) &##&. 0   ')!*!&% &/!#
# +& +  &+ ) *! & +    &%%+&) &. &%%+ + 
 &%%+&) +& CH 1
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H )** *-)## SETUP
H )** +  $!%2$%, ,++&% Recall Factory Setup
H )** +  *!2$%, ,++&% OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the default settings:
H + +  &)!1&%+# SCALE +& $*

418 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

H %&& SHIFT '" ACQUIRE MENU


H %&& ' !".!"( (''#" Mode '" $%&& ' &.!"(
(''#" Hi Res
H %&& DISPLAY
H %&& ' !".!"( (''#" Graticule '" $%&& ' &.
!"( (''#" Frame
H %&& MEASURE
H %&& ' !".!"( (''#" Select Measurement for CHx
'" $%&& ' &.!"( (''#" Mean #( * ) '# $%&&
MORE &)% '!& '# && ' Mean !&(%!"'
H %&& CLEAR MENU
 Confirm input channels are within limits for offset accuracy: # '
# #*" &(&'$&/'&'  %&' skipping substep a since CH 1 is
already set up to be checked from step 1.

WARNING

High voltages are used in this procedure. Before doing this or any
other procedure in this manual, read the Safety Summary found at
the beginning of this manual.

 Select an unchecked channel:


H %&& WAVEFORM OFF '# %!#) ' "" (&' #"%!
%#! ' &$ + " $%&& ' %#"'.$" (''#" '' #%%.
&$#"& '# ' "" +#( % '# #"%!
H %&& MEASURE
H %&& ' !".!"( (''#" Select Measurement for CHx
'" $%&& ' &.!"( (''#" Mean #( * ) '# $%&&
MORE &)% '!& '# && ' Mean !&(%!"'

Table42:DC Offset Accuracy

Vertical Vertical Offset Generator Offset Accuracy


Scale Position Setting Setting Limits
Setting

-!      , -!

-!      , -!

-        ,
 -!

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 419
Performance Tests

 Set the vertical scale:  . .# 0 ,.$& SCALE .) )( )! .# - ..$("-


&$-.  $( &
4 .#. $- (). 3 . # %  .,. 1$.# .# !$,-. - ..$("
&$-. 
 Set the offset: , -- .# VERTICAL MENU /..)( ( .# ( .#
Offset '$(4' (/ /..)( -$(" .# General Purpose %() - . .#
)!!- . - $..  3 &
4 .,. 1$.# .# !$,-. - ..$(" &$-. 
 Set the generator:  . .#  &$,.$)( " ( ,.), .) '.# .#
0 ,.$& -& - $..  3 &
4 .,. 1$.# .# !$,-. - ..$("
&$-. 
 Check against limits: ) .# !)&&)1$(" -/*,.- $( .# ), , &$-. 
H /.,. .# ' -/,  ' ( !,)' .# " ( ,.), - ..$(" #
, -/&. $- .# )!!- . /,3
H  .#. .# )!!- . /,3 $- 1$.#$( .# &$'$.- &$-.  !), .#
/,, (. 0 ,.$& -& - ..$("
H  * . -/-. *- .#,)/"# /(.$& && 0 ,.$& -& - ..$("-
&$-.  $( &
4 , # %  !), .# #(( & /( , . -.
! Test all channels:  * . -/-. *-  .#,)/"# !), && $(*/. #(4
( &-
 Disconnect the hookup:
 Set the generator output to 0 V
 # ( $-)(( . .# & !,)' .# " ( ,.), )/.*/. . .# $(*/.
)(( .), )! .# #(( & &-. . -. 

Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy (Averaged)


Equipment Required: 1) /&4(( )(( .),- . '  )(  
)(( .), . '  )(  &$,.$)( " ( ,.), . '  ( .1) *, $4
-$)( )2$& & - . ' 
Prerequisites: # )-$&&)-)* '/-. ' . .# *, , +/$-$. - &$-.  )(
*" 
4 
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:
 Hook up the testsignal source:
H  . .# )/.*/. )!   &$,.$)( " ( ,.), .)  0)&.-
H )(( . .# )/.*/. )!   &$,.$)( " ( ,.), .#,)/"# 
/&4(( )(( .), !)&&)1  3   *, $-$)( )2$&
& .) )( -$ )!    )(( .), - $"/, 
4 
H )(( . .#  (- )/.*/. )! .# " ( ,.), .#,)/"#  - )(
/&4(( )(( .), !)&&)1  3   *, $-$)( )2$&
& .) .# ).# , -$ )! .#   )(( .), )1 )(( . .#
 )(( .), .) CH 1

420 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

DC Calibrator
'&#'& !%



Dual Banana to
BNC Adapters

Coaxial Cables
BNC T
Connector

Figure 45:Initial Test Hookup

 Initialize the oscilloscope:


H $%% %($ SETUP
H $%% & !+ !' '&&"! Recall Factory Setup
H $%% & %+ !' '&&"! OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the default settings:
H $%% SHIFT
&! ACQUIRE MENU
H $%% & !+ !' '&&"! Mode
&! #$%% & %+ !'
'&&"! Average 16
H $%% DISPLAY
H $%% & !+ !' '&&"! Graticule
&! #$%% & %+
!' '&&"! Frame
H $%% MEASURE
H $%% & !+ !' '&&"! Select Measurement for CHx

&! #$%% & %+ !' '&&"! Mean "' ) ( &" #$%%
MORE %($ & % &" %% & Mean %'$ !&
H & & ($& SCALE &"  
H $%% & VERTICAL MENU '&&"! ! &! & Offset !+
!' '&&"! & & "%& &"  
H & & ($& POSITION &"  
 Confirm input channels are within limits for DC delta voltage accuracy:
" & "")! %'%&#%,&%&  $%& skipping substep a since
CH 1 is already selected from step 1.
 Select an unchecked channel:
H Set the generator output to 0 V.
H $%% WAVEFORM OFF &" $ "( & !! '%& "!$ 
$" & %#*

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 421
Performance Tests

H Press the frontpanel button that corresponds to the next chan


nel you are to confirm.
H Press MEASURE.
H Press the mainmenu button Select Measurement for CHx;
then press the sidemenu button Mean. (You will have to press
MORE several times to access the Mean measurement.)
H Move the test hook up to the channel you select.
H Set the vertical SCALE to 100 mV.
H Set the vertical POSITION to 0 V.
H Press the VERTICAL MENU button and then the Offset main
menu button. Set the offset to 0 V.
b. Set the generator: Set the DC calibration generator to +0.35 V.
c. Record Measurement: Read the mean at the measurement readout
and record this number on a piece of scratch paper.
d. Set the generator: Set the DC calibration generator to -0.35 V.
e. Check against limits: Do the following subparts in the order listed.
H Use this formula to calculate voltage measurement accuracy.

700 mV - (mean from step c - (present mean))

For example:

700 mV - (347 mV - (-358 mV)) = -5 mV


H CHECK that the voltage measurement accuracy is within
"20.8mV.
f. Test all channels: Repeat substeps a through e for all channels.
3. Disconnect the hookup:
a. Set the generator output to 0 V.
b. Then disconnect the cable from the generator output at the input
connector of the channel last tested.

Check Analog Bandwidth


Equipment Required for TDS 410 and TDS 420: One mediumfrequency
leveled sinewave generator (Item 11), one 50  precision cable (Item 5),
and two 10X attenuators (Item1).
Equipment Required for TDS 460: One highfrequency leveled sinewave
generator and its leveling head (Item 12), one 50  precision cable (Item 5),
and two 10X attenuators (Item 1).
Prerequisites: See page 413.

422 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H &'' '*& SETUP " $&'' ( !"/!") )((#"
Recall Factory Setup
H &'' ( '/!") )((#" OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the default settings:
H ( ( #&-#"( SCALE (#  m' 
 " 
 #&
"' .

H &'' TRIGGER MENU
H &'' ( !"/!") )((#" COUPLING (" $&'' ( '
!") )((#" Noise Rej
H &'' SHIFT (" ACQUIRE MENU
H &'' ( !"/!") )((#" Mode (" $&'' ( '/!")
)((#" Average 16
H &'' Measure #+ $&'' ( !"/!") )((#" High-Low
Setup (" $&'' ( '/!") )((#" Min-Max

Medium
Frequency
Sine Wave
Generator

)($)(

Figure 46:Initial Test Hookup (TDS 410 and TDS 420)

 TDS 410 and TDS 420: Hook up the testsignal source: #""(
(&#)   W $&'#"   ( '"/+* #)($)( #  !)!/
&%)", *  '"/+* "&(#& (# CH 1 ( ( #)($)( # (
"&(#& (#  &&" &%)", # .-

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 423
Performance Tests

High
Frequency
Sine Wave
Generator

+*&+*

Leveling Head

Figure 47:Initial Test Hookup (TDS 460)

 TDS 460: Hook up the testsignal source: %$$* *(%+ *)


","$  * )$1-, %+*&+* %  1('+$. ","
)$1-, $(*%( *% CH 1 * * %+*&+* % * $(*%( *% 
(($ ('+$. % 0/
 Confirm the input channels are within limits for analog bandwidth: % *
%""%-$ )+)*&)*)*  ()* skipping substepsa and b since
CH 1 is already set up for testing from step 1.
 Select an unchecked channel:
H ()) WAVEFORM OFF *% (#%, * $$" +)* %$(#
(%# )&".
H ()) * (%$*1&$" +**%$ ** %(()&%$) *% * $$"
.%+ ( *% %$(#
H %, * ","$  *% * $$" .%+ )"*
 Match the trigger source to the channel selected:
H ()) TRIGGER MENU
H ()) * #$1#$+ +**%$ Source
H ()) * )1#$+ +**%$ ** %(()&%$) *% * $$"
)"*
 Set its input impedance:
H ()) VERTICAL MENU *$ &()) * #$1#$+ +**%$
Coupling
H ()) * )1#$+ +**%$  *% *%" * *% *   )**$
 Set the vertical scale: * * ,(*" SCALE *% %$ % * )**$)
")* $ "
1 
 $ 
 %( "
1


$%* .* ! *(* -* * # )**$

424 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

Table43:Analog Bandwidth (TDS 410 and TDS 420)

Vertical Attenuators Reference Amplitude Horizontal Test


Scale (10X) (at 50 MHz) Scale Frequency Limits
+ !  +  '$! $
 $ 
 *   +
 ! 
 
'$! $
 $ 
 * 



+ !     '$! $
 $ 
 * 

+ !  +  '$! $


 $ 
 *  

+    '$! $


 $ 
 * 

+  +  '$! $


 $ 
 *  

+  +  '$! $


 $ 
 *  +

+  +  '$! $


 $ 
 * +

+  +  '$! $


$  *   +

+  +  '$! $


$  *  +

Table44:Analog Bandwidth (TDS 460)

Vertical Attenuators Reference Amplitude Horizontal Test


Scale (10X) (at 6 MHz) Scale Frequency Limits
+ !  +  '$! $  $ 
 *   +
 ! 
 
'$! $  $ 
 * 



+ !     '$! $  $ 
 * 

+ !  +  '$! $  $ 


 *  

+    '$! $  $ 


 * 

+  +  '$! $  $ 


 *  

+  +  '$! $  $ 


 * +

+  +  '$! $  $ 


 *   +

+  +  '$! $  $  *  +

 Display the test signal: ! % !!(  $&"#%$ %! #$% $") %
##  $    % % %$% $ 
H #$$ MEASURE % "#$$ %  , & &%%! Select
Measurement for CHx
H !( "#$$ % $  & &%%! more & % %  & 
PkPk ""#$  % $  & %$ ! $ $!( % % %
#$$ % $, & &%%! PkPk
H #$$ CLEAR MENU

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 425
Performance Tests

H , ,! &*,'* '-,(-, +' ,! 0 #3# *'-, )-$+ ,!
**& %($",- "& $
3 
 & 
 '*
$
3

 ,!, '**+('&+ ,' ,! .*,"$ +$ +, "&
+-+,(
H *++ ,! *'&,3(&$ -,,'& SET LEVEL TO 50% + &++*1
,' ,*" *  +,$ "+($1
 Measure the test signal:
H &*+ ,! *)-&1 ' ,! &*,'* '-,(-, ,' ,! ,+, *3
)-&1 "& $
3 
 & 
 '* $
3


 ,!, '**+('&+ ,' ,! .*,"$ +$ +, "& +-+,(
H , ,! !'*"2'&,$ SCALE ,' &+ 
 & 
 '*
&+ 

H *++ SET LEVEL TO 50% + &++*1 ,' ,*" * ,! "+($1
H  ,! *+-$,+ , ,! 0 #3# *'-, /!"! -,'%,"$$1
%+-*+ ,! %($",- ' ,! ,+, +" &$  " -*
3 

First, increase the reference


frequency to the test
frequency; then decrease the
horizontal scale.

Second, read the results from


the readout of measurement
PkPk.

Figure 48:Measurement of Analog Bandwidth

 Check against limits:


H  ,!, ,! PkPk *'-, '& +*& "+ /",!"& ,! $"%",+
$"+, "& $
3 
 & 
 '* $
3


'* ,! -**&, .*,"$ +$ +,,"& .
H !& "&"+! !#"&  +, ,! !'*"2'&,$ SCALE # ,' ,!
m+ 
 & 
 '*  &+ 
 +,,"& 

426 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

%" (&+$ 1%" +!4&!1% ,# " % %++") 1 )) 3"/1& ) 0 )" 0"11&+$0
&0 1&*" ,+02*&+$ +! 2++" "00/6 ,2 *6 0(&- %" (&+$ 1%"
/"*&+&+$ 3"/1& ) 0 )" 0"11&+$0 &+ )" 8
  +!  
,/ )" 8   1%1 &0 0(&- 1%" #,)),4&+$ 0201"- % &# 1%&0
!&$&1&7&+$ ,0 &)),0 ,-" %0 -"/#,/*"! 0 #,)),40
H 00"! 1%" * 3"/1& ) 0 )" 0"11&+$ '201 %" ("! &+ 1%&0
-/, "!2/"
H 00"! 1%" Verify Internal Adjustment, Self Compensation, and
Diagnostics -/, "!2/" #,2+! 2+!"/ Self Tests, ,+ -$" 8 

NOTE

Passing the signal path compensation confirms the signal path for
all vertical scale settings for all channels. Passing the internal
diagnostics ensures that the factoryset adjustment constants that
control the bandwidth for each vertical scale setting have not
changed.

% Check remaining vertical scale settings against limits (optional):


H # !"0&/"! #&+&0% %" (&+$ 1%" /"*&+&+$ 3"/1& ) 0 )" 0"11&+$0
#,/ 1%" %++") 2+!"/ 1"01 6 /"-"1&+$ 0201"-0 ! 1%/,2$% $ #,/
" % ,# 1%" /"*&+&+$ 0 )" 0"11&+$0 )&01"! &+ )" 8
 
+!   ,/ )" 8   #,/ 1%" %++") 2+!"/ 1"01
H %"+ !,&+$ 0201"-" 0(&- 1%" 02-/10 1%1 12/+ ,+ 1%" 5
(8( *"02/"*"+1 2+1&) 6,2 %" (  +"4 %++")
H +01))/"*,3"  11"+21,/0 "14""+ 1%" $"+"/1,/ )"3")&+$
%"! +! 1%" %++") &+-21 0 &0 +""!"! 1, ,1&+ 1%" 0&5 !&3&8
0&,+ /"#"/"+ " 0&$+)0 )&01"! &+ 1%" 1)"
& Test all channels: "-"1 0201"-0  1%/,2$% $ #,/ )) %++")0

 Disconnect the hookup: &0 ,++" 1 1%" 1"01 %,,( 2- #/,* 1%" &+-21
,++" 1,/ ,# 1%" %++") )01 1"01"!

Check Delay Match Between Channels


Equipment Required: +" *"!&2*8#/".2"+ 6 )"3")"! 0&+"843" $"+"/1,/
1"*  ,+" -/" &0&,+ ,5&) )" 1"*  ,+"   1"/*&+1,/ 1"*

+!  !2)8&+-21 ,2-)"/ 1"*
Prerequisites: See page 413.
Procedure:
  20" 1%" 3"/1& ) -,0&1&,+ (+, 1, /"-,0&1&,+ +6 %++")
4%&)" !,&+$ 1%&0 %" ( , !, 0, &+3)&!1"0 1%" 1"01

 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 427
Performance Tests

 Initialize the front panel;


H ()) ),("" SETUP
H ()) * # $1#$+ +**%$ Recall Factory Setup
H ()) * ) 1#$+ +**%$ OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the initialized frontpanel control settings:
H % not !+)* * ,(* " &%) * %$ % $/ $$" +( $ * )
&(%+(
H * * %( 0%$*" SCALE *%  $)
H ()) SHIFT *$ &()) ACQUIRE MENU
H ()) * # $1#$+ +**%$ Mode $ *$ &()) * ) 1
#$+ +**%$ Average 16
 Hook up the testsignal source:
H %$$* * ) $ -, %+*&+* %  # +#1('+$/ ) $ -,
$(*%( *%    &( ) %$ %. " "   *(# $* %$
$  +"1 $&+* %+&"( ( *%  +(
1 
H %$$* * %+&"( *% %* CH 1 $ CH 2 Ensure that the
coupler cables are of equal length.

Medium
Frequency
Sine Wave
Generator

+*&+*

Dual Input Coupler


50  Terminator

Figure 49:Initial Test Hookup

 Confirm all channels are within limits for channel delay:


 Set up the generator: * * $(*%( ('+$/ *%  0 $
* #&" *+ %( %+*  ,  , ) %$) $ 
 $* ) /%+ ( !+)* $ * $(*%( #&" *+ &+) SET LEV
EL TO 50% ('+$*"/ *% )& +& * +&* $ % * -,%(#
#&" *+ %$ )($

428 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

 Save a CH 2 waveform: )** CH 2 +!& ()** *-)$$ WAVE


FORM '. ()** +! %"&1%&, ,++'& Save Waveform +!&
()** +! *"1%&, ,++'& To Ref 2
  /', ) +*+"&    *#"( +' *+( !
 Save a CH 3 waveform: '- +! ',($) )'% CH 2 +' CH 3 *' +!+
CH 1 & CH 3 ) )"-& )** CH 3 +!& ()** +! *"1%&,
,++'& To Ref 3
 Display all test signals:
H )** WAVEFORM OFF +." +' )%'-  & 
)'%
+! "*($/
H '- +! ',($) )'% CH 3 +' CH 4 *' +!+  &  )
)"-& )** CH 4 +' "*($/
H '. ()** +! )'&+1(&$ ,++'& MORE )** +! %"&1%&,
,++'&* Ref 2 & Ref 3
 Measure the test signal:
H '+ +! ('"&+ '& +! )"*"&   ' +! $+1%'*+ .-')%
.!) "+ )'*** +! &+) !')"0'&+$ )+",$ $"& !"* "* +!
time reference point ') +!"* .-')% '+ +! '))*('&"&
time reference point ') )" !+1%'*+ .-')%  " ,) 1
H )** CURSOR +!& ()** +! *"1%&, ,++'& V Bars
H )** CLEAR MENU
H '++ +! &)$ ,)('* #&' +' $" & '& ,)*') +' +! time
reference point ' +! $+1%'*+ .-')%   & +! '+!)
,)*') +' +! time reference point ' +! )" !+1%'*+ .-')%
  )** TOGGLE +' *."+! +.& +! +.' ,)*')* 
" ,) 1
H  +! %*,)%&+ )*,$+* + +! D: ,)*') )',+ &'+ +!
@: )',+ '& *)&

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 429
Performance Tests

First, display the live/reference


waveforms for all four channels.
Note their overlapping ground
references.

Second, identify the time reference


points of those waveforms.

Third, turn on the cursor and align


the V bar cursors to the time
reference points.
Fourth, read the results
here.

Figure 410:Measurement of Channel Delay

 Check all channels against limit:   '' ' (%&#% %#(' #"
&%" &  $&  ' (%&#% %#(' & $& &$ &(&'$ 
 Check CH 1 to CH 2 and CH 3 to CH 4 against limit:
H %&& WAVEFORM OFF #(% '!& '# %!#)  *)#%!&
H %&& CH 1
H %&& MORE
'" $%&& ' !",!"( (''#" Ref 2
H &(% '  + '*"  "  (&" ' !'#
&% " &(&'$  #)
H   '' ' (%&#% %#(' #" &%" & $&
H  +#( % '&'"     &$ '# &'$ 
H %&& WAVEFORM OFF '* '# '(%" #  " 
'"
$%&& CH 4 '# '(%" #" 
H %&& MORE
'" $%&& ' !",!"( (''#" Ref 3 '# &$ +
'  *)#%! &'#% " 
H &(% '  + '*"  "  (&" ' !'#
&% " &(&'$  #)
H   '' ' (%&#% %#(' #" &%" & $&
 Disconnect the hookup: &#""' '   %#! ' "%'#% #('$('
' ' "$(' #""'#%& # ' "" &

430 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

Time Base System ' %&$)&'  ($' &(&'(' (( &!( ($ ( # #
!, (" ' ','(" # & !'( '   )#& Warranted
Checks Characteristics # ($#  Specification.

Check Accuracy for LongTerm Sample Rate, Delay Time,


and Delta Time Measurements
Equipment Required: # ("-"& & #&($& ("   # $# %&-
'$# $+! ! ("

Prerequisites: See page 413.
Procedure:

TimeMark
Generator

)(%)(

Figure 411:Initial Test Hookup

 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:


 Hook up the testsignal source $##( (&$) 
  %&'$#
$+! ! ( ("-"& $)(%)( $  ("-"& & #&($& ($
CH 1 ( ( $)(%)( $ ( #&($& $&  "' "& &'
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H &'' '*&!! SETUP
H &'' ( "#-"#) )(($# Recall Factory Setup
H &'' ( '-"#) )(($# OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the initialized frontpanel control settings:
H ( ( *&(! SCALE ($
 "
H &'' VERTICAL MENU (# %&'' ( "#-"#) )(($#
Coupling &'' ( '-"#) )(($#  ($ # ( $)%!#
'((# ($ 50 
H &'' SET LEVEL TO 50%
H ' ( *&(! POSITION #$ ($ #(& ( ('( '#! $#
'&#

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 431
Performance Tests

H + +  ')!0'&+$ SCALE ' +  !& +!% * +'  %*


H )** TRIGGER MENU + & ()** +  %!&2%&, ,++'&
Mode & Holdoff '. ()** +  *!2%&, ,++'& Normal
H )** SET LEVEL TO 50%
H )** ')!0'&+$ MENU )** +  %!&2%&, ,++'& Record
Length + & ()** +  *!2%&, ,++'& 1000 points in 20
divs
H )** +  %!&2%&, ,++'& Trigger Position )** +  *!2
%&, ,++'& Pretrigger + & ,* +  General Purpose #&' +'
*+ ()+)!) +' 
 Confirm Main and Delayed time bases are within limits for accuracies:
 Display the test signal:
H ",*+ +  ')!0'&+$ POSITION +' %'- +  +)!) T +' + 
)! + & '& +' +  *)& '&+!&, +' ('*!+!'& +  +)!)T +'
$!& !+ +' +  &+) -)+!$ )+!,$ $!&
H )** +  %!&2%&, ,++'& Time Base
H )** +  *!2%&, ,++'&* Delayed Only & Delayed Runs
After Main
 Measure the test signal
H !)*+ *+ +  ')!0'&+$ SCALE ' +  D $/ +!% * +'
%*  & ,* +  General Purpose #&' +' *+ $/ +!%
+'  %*
H + +  ')!0'&+$ SCALE ' +  D $/ +!% * +'
&*
 Check longterm sample rate and delay time accuracies against
limits:  + + +  )!*!&  ' +  %)#) )'*** +  &+)
')!0'&+$ )+!,$ $!& +  ('!&+ .!+ !& 1  !-!*!'&* ' &+)
)+!,$ * !,)
2

432 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

First, align the trigger T to


the center graticule line.

Second, set the delayed


horizontal modes.
Third, enter a 10 ms delay
and set the horizontal scale
for the D time base to 500 ns.

Fourth, check that the waveforms rising


edge is within 3.0 horizontal divisions
on the center horizontal graticule line.

Figure 412:Measurement of Accuracy LongTerm and DelayTime

 Check deltatime accuracy against limits:


H   $   Main Only  # SCALE 

H           
H  SET LEVEL TO 50%
H  VERTICAL MENU
H   $   Bandwidth    $
   
#
H  SHIFT  ACQUIRE MENU "   $
  Mode    $   Average
H   General Purpose        !

H  MEASURE
H   $   HighLow Setup   
$   MinMax
H   $   Select Measurement for Ch1
H   $   -more-  PERIOD  
     PERIOD
H  CLEAR MENU

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 433
Performance Tests

H

      CH 1 Per  !    

 Disconnect the hookup:         
      CH 1

434 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

Trigger System  * ')&,)*  " + &*  )+)!*+!* + + )#+ +& +  !% %
#0 +)!) *0*+$* % ) #!*+ *  " ,%) Warranted Charac
Checks teristics !% +!&%  Specification.

Check Accuracy, Trigger Level or Threshold, DC Coupled


Equipment Required: %  #!)+!&% %)+&) +$  &% 
&%%+&) +$  % +.& ')!*!&% &/!# #* +$ 
Prerequisites:   &*!##&*&' $,*+ $+ +  '))(,!*!+* #!*+ &%
'
1 
Procedure:

DC Calibrator
,+',+ %*



Dual Banana to
BNC Adapter

Coaxial Cables BNC T Connector

Figure 413:Initial Test Hookup

 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:


 Hook up the testsignal source:
H + +  &,+',+ &   #!)+!&% %)+&) +&  -&#+*
H &%%+ +  &,+',+ &   #!)+!&% %)+&) + )&, 
,#1%% &%%+&) &##&. 0   ')!*!&% &/!#
# +& &% *! &    &%%+&)
H &%%+ +  %* &,+',+ & +  %)+&) + )&,  *&%
,#1%% &%%+&) &##&. 0   ')!*!&% &/!#
# +& +  &+ ) *! & +    &%%+&) &. &%%+
+   &%%+&) +& CH 1
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H )** *-)## Setup
H )** +  $!%1$%, ,++&% Recall Factory Setup
H )** +  *!1$%, ,++&% OK Confirm Factory Init

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 435
Performance Tests

 Confirm Main trigger system is within limits for Triggerlevel/Threshold


accuracy:
 Display the test signal:
H ' ' )%' SCALE '#
 !
H ' ' &'"% #('$(' #    %'#" "%'#% '#  
 Measure the test signal:
H %&& SET LEVEL TO 50%
H %&& TRIGGER MENU
H  ' !&(%!"' %&( '& %#! ' %#('  #* ' 
Level " ' !"( %'% '" %#! ' '%% %#(' " '
%'(  %
 Check against limits:
H ('%' ' '%% ) %#(' %#! '   %'#" "%-
'#% &''"  %&( ' & ' '%% ) (%+
H   '' ' '%% ) & (%' '# *'" " !
H %&& TRIGGER MENU %&& ' !"-!"( (''#" Slope
'" $%&& ' &-!"( (''#" #% "') & #$  #" '
' $' &(&'$ 
H ('%' ' '%% ) %#(' %#! '   %'#" "%-
'#% &''"  %&( ' & ' '%% ) (%+
H   '' ' '%% ) & (%' '# *'" " !
 Confirm Delayed trigger system is within limits for Triggerlevel/Threshold
accuracy:
 Select the Delayed time base:
H %&& HORIZONTAL MENU
H %&& ' !"-!"( (''#" Time Base
H %&& ' &-!"( (''#"& Delayed Only " Delayed Trig
gerable
H ' D  + #%,#"' SCALE '#
 m&
 Select the Delayed trigger system:
H %&& SHIFT '" $%&& ' %#"'-$" (''#" DELAYED TRIG
H %&& ' !"-!"( (''#" Level
 Measure the test signal: %&& ' &-!"( (''#" SET TO 50%
 ' !&(%!"' %&( '& " ' & !"(  #* ' 
Level
 Check against limits: # ' # #*" &($%'& " ' #%% &'

436 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

H #" " " "  $ #"   "


 "  '
" !""  !#" ! " "  $ # &
H "" " "  $ ! # " " %" " 
H  !! TRIGGER MENU  !! " '# #"" Slope
"  !! " !'# #""  "$ !   "
"
H #" " " "  $ #"   "
 "  '
" !""  !#" ! " "  $ # &
H "" " "  $ ! # " " %" " 
 Disconnect the hookup:
 First set the output of the DC calibration generator to 0 volts.
  !" "    "  " #"#" " " #"
"  CH 1

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 437
Performance Tests

Sensitivity, Edge Trigger, DC Coupled


Equipment Required:  $+! $( % "+&% !#!
 #   +! $( % "+&% !#!  #   
!"
* '   #
   ##$#!  #   

 ##$#!  # 
Prerequisites: See page 413.
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H !"" "%! SETUP
H !"" # +$ $## Recall Factory Setup
H !"" # "+$ $## OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the initialized frontpanel control settings:
H # # !)# SCALE ! # M  # " # "
H !"" HORIZONTAL MENU # !"" # +$ $##
Time Base
H !"" # "+$ $## Delayed Only # !"" #
"+$ $## Delayed Triggerable
H # # !)# SCALE ! # D ( # " # "
# !"" # "+$ $## Main Only
H !"" TRIGGER MENU # !"" # +$ $##
Mode & Holdoff & !"" # "+$ $## Normal
H !"" VERTICAL MENU # !"" # +$ $##
Coupling & !"" # "+$ $##  # "# #
 
"##
H !"" SHIFT # !"" ACQUIRE MENU & !"" #
+$ $## Mode # !"" # "+$ $##
Average 16

Medium
Frequency
Sine Wave
Generator

$#$#

Figure 414:Initial Test Hookup

438 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

" Hook up the testsignal source .--$"3 3'1.4&'   /1$"(2(.-


". 7( + " !+$ 3'$ 2(&- + .43/43 .% ,$#(4,<%1$04$-"8 2(-$ 6 5$
&$-$1 3.1 3. CH 1

 Confirm Main and Delayed trigger systems are within sensitivity limits
(50 MHz):
 Display the test signal:
H $3 3'$ &$-$1 3.1 %1$04$-"8 3. 9
H 1$22 MEASURE
H 1$22 3'$ , (-<,$-4 !433.- HighLow Setup 3'$- /1$22 3'$
2(#$<,$-4 !433.- MinMax
H 1$22 3'$ , (-<,$-4 !433.- Select Measurement for Ch1
H 1$22 3'$ 2(#$<,$-4 !433.- -more- 4-3(+ Amplitude //$ 12
(- 3'$ 2(#$ ,$-4 (32 (".- (2 2'.6- 3 3'$ +$%3 1$22 3'$ 2(#$<
,$-4 !433.- Amplitude
H #)423 3'$ 31(&&$1 MAIN LEVEL *-.! 3. .!3 (- 23 !+$ 31(&&$1$#
6 5$%.1,
H 1$22 CLEAR MENU
H $3 3'$ 3$23 2(&- + ,/+(34#$ %.1 !.43 3'1$$ -# ' +% #(5(2(.-2
.- 2"1$$- .6 %(-$ #)423 3'$ &$-$1 3.1 .43/43 4-3(+ 3'$ CH 1
Amplitude 1$ #.43 (-#(" 3$2 3'$ ,/+(34#$ (2  , $ #.43
, 8 %+4"34 3$ 1.4-#  ,
H (2".--$"3 3'$   /1$"(2(.- ". 7( + " !+$ 3 CH 1 -# 1$".-<
-$"3 (3 3. CH 1 3'1.4&'  33$-4 3.1
! Check for Main trigger system for stable triggering at limits:
H $ # 3'$ %.++.6(-& #$%(-(3(.-  23 !+$ 31(&&$1 (2 .-$ 3' 3 (2
".-2(23$-3 3' 3 (2 .-$ 3' 3 1$24+32 (- 4-(%.1, 1$&4+ 1 #(2/+ 8
31(&&$1$# .- 3'$ 2$+$"3$# 2+./$ /.2(3(5$ .1 -$& 3(5$ '(2
#(2/+ 8 2'.4+# not ' 5$ (32 31(&&$1 /.(-3 26(3"'(-& !$36$$-
.//.2(3$ 2+./$2 -.1 2'.4+# (3 :1.++ "1.22 3'$ 2"1$$- 3 '.1(<
9.-3 + 2" +$ 2$33(-&2 .%
;,2#(5(2(.- -# % 23$1 TRIG'D 1$, (-2
".-23 -3+8 +(3 3 %+ 2'$2 %.1 2+.6$1 2$33(-&2
H 1$22 TRIGGER MENU 3'$- /1$22 3'$ , (-<,$-4 !433.-
Slope
H 1$22 SET LEVEL TO 50%  3' 3 23 !+$ 31(&&$1 (2
.!3 (-$# %.1 3'$ 3$23 6 5$%.1, .- !.3' 3'$ /.2(3(5$ -# -$& 3(5$
2+./$2 2$ 3'$ 2(#$ ,$-4 3. 26(3"' !$36$$- 31(&&$1 2+./$2
42$ 3'$ 31(&&$1 MAIN LEVEL *-.! 3. 23 !(+(9$ 3'$ 31(&&$1 (%
1$04(1$#
H $ 5$ 3'$  (- 31(&&$1 2823$, 31(&&$1$# .- 3'$ /.2(3(5$ 2+./$ .%
3'$ 6 5$%.1, !$%.1$ ".-3(-4(-& 3. 3'$ -$73 23$/

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 439
Performance Tests

First, set a signal with an


amplitude at the minimum
trigger sensitivity.

Second, check for a stable


trigger at both the positive
and negative slope settings.

Figure 415:Measurement of Trigger Sensitivity

 Check delayed trigger system for stable triggering at limits: " '
""*! &(#%'& ! ' "%% &'
H %&& HORIZONTAL MENU '! #%&& ' !. !( (''"!
Time Base "* #%&& ' &. !( (''"! Delayed Only
H %&& SHIFT '! #%&& DELAYED TRIG %&& ' !. !(
(''"! Level
H %&& ' & !( (''"! SET TO 50%   ''  &'
'%% & "'! "% ' '&' *)"% "% "' ' #"&') !
!') &"#& " ' *)"%  & ' !% (%#"&
!" '" &'- ' '%%  %$(% %&& ' !. !(
(''"! Slope '! (& ' & !( '" &*' '*! '%%
&"#&
H ) ' , '%% &,&' '%% "! ' #"&') &"#
" ' *)"% "% "!'!(! '" ' !+' &'#
&" %'(%!
'" ' ! '  & %&& HORIZONTAL MENU '! #%&&
' !. !( (''"! Time Base "* #%&& ' &. !(
(''"! Main Only
 Confirm that the Main and Delayed trigger systems are within sensitivity
limits (at upper frequency limits):
 Hook up the testsignal source: &"!!' ' ""(# !&' !
&'#  "!!' '%"( '& )!  ' &! "('#(' " 
.%$(!, ) &!.*) !%'"% '" CH 1

440 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

 Set the Main and Delayed Horizontal Scales:


H . ." "),#3)(.& SCALE .) (- ), ." M #( .#' -
H ,-- ." -#4'(/ /..)( Delayed Only
H . ." "),#3)(.& SCALE .) (- ), ." D &2 .#' -
,-- ." -#4'(/ /..)( Main Only
 Display the test signal:
H . ." !(,.), ,+/(2 .)  3 
 ( 

),  3 

H . ." .-. -#!(& '*&#./ ), )/. #0 #0#-#)(- )( -,(
)1 #( $/-. ." !(,.), )/.*/. /(.#& ." CH 1 Amplitude
,)/. #(#.- ." '*&#./ #- ' )/. '2 &/./4
. ,)/( '
H #-)((. ." &0&#(! " . CH 1 ( ,)((. #. .) CH 1
.",)/!"   ..(/.),
 *. -.*  -/-.*-  (  )(&2

 Confirm that the Main and Delayed trigger systems couple trigger signals
from all channels: )#(! ." *,)/, Check Analog Bandwidth, 1"#"
!#(- )( *!
4 "%- )/*&#(!  2)/ "0 (). )( .". *,)4
/, ) -)  ., #(#-"#(! ."#- *,)/,  ." )&&)1#(! ()..

NOTE

Steps 1 through 3 confirmed trigger sensitivity for the Main and


Delayed triggering systems using the CH 1 input. Doing the proce
dure "% (&)! (1#." ensures that trigger signals are
coupled from all channels.

 Disconnect the hookup: #-)((. ." & ,)' ." !(,.), )/.*/.
. ." #(*/. )((.), ) ." "((& &-. .-.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 441
Performance Tests

Maximum Input Frequency, Auxiliary Trigger


Equipment Required:   '.$#' + ( % .)(  $&!$
&  &)! "$%!
- !* % &
      ! .
&!$ & 
Prerequisites: See page 413.
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:

To Rear Panel

Medium
Frequency
Sine Wave
Generator

'&"'&

Figure 416:Initial Test Hookup

 Initialize the oscilloscope:


H $%% %($ SETUP
H $%% &  . ' '&&! Recall Factory Setup
H $%% & %. ' '&&! OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the initialized frontpanel control settings:
H & & ($& SCALE &!  (!& %& & !$,! & SCALE &!
 %
H $%% VERTICAL MENU
H $%% &  . ' '&&! Coupling $%% & %. '
'&&!  &! &! & &! &
  %&& 
H $%% TRIGGER MENU $%% &  .'&&! SOURCE &
"$%% & %. ' '&&! -more- ' & Auxiliary ""$% 
& %  ' $%% & %. ' '&&! Auxiliary
H $%% & Coupling  . ' '&&! & "$%% & AC
%. ' '&&! 
 Hook up the testsignal source:
H ! &    ! &!$ &! & !'&"'& ! & % .)(
 $&!$

442 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

H %$$) %$   " )% %$ (  % )   %$$)%'


%$$)  (%$   " )% ) %)' (  % )  
%$$)%'
H %$$) %$ % ) "( !*() $()"" )% CH 1 %$$) )
%)' " !*() $()"" )% ) AUX TRIGGER $&*) ) ) ''
&$"
 Confirm the Trigger input:
 Display the test signal:
H ) ) $')%' %'   . %*'  + ( %$ ( $"
 Check the Main trigger system for stable triggering at limits:
H  ) %""%, $  $ ) %$  ()" )' ' ( %$ )) (
%$( ()$) )) ( %$ )) '(*")( $  *$ %'# '*"'  (&"-
)' ' %$ ) (") ("%& &%( ) + %' $) +  (
 (&"- (%*" not + )( )' ' &% $) (, ) $ ),$
%&&%( ) ("%&( $%' (%*" ) /'%"" '%(( ) ('$

First, set a signal with a four


division amplitude and a
10 MHz frequency.

Second, check for a stable


trigger at both the positive
and negative slope settings.

Figure 417:Confirming Auxiliary Triggering at Maximum Triggering Frequency


 Disconnect the hookup:  (%$$) ) " '%# ) $')%' %*)&*)
) ) $&*) %$$)%' % ) $$" "() )()

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 443
Performance Tests

Check Video Trigger Sensitivity


(Option 05 Equipped Models Only)
Equipment Required: $  %'#) +!% $')%' )#   W
%-!" " )#  $ %$ W )'#!$)%' )#

Prerequisites: See page 413.
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:
 Initialize the instrument:
H '(( (+'"" SETUP
H '(( )  #!$ #$* *))%$ Recall Factory Setup
H '(( )  (! #$* *))%$ OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the default setup:
H ) )  +')!" SCALE )%  #
H ) )  %'!/%$)" SCALE )%  m(
H '(( HORIZONTAL MENU
H '(( )  #!$ #$* *))%$ Record Length
H '(( )  (! #$* *))%$ 5000 points in 100 divs

Video
Generator

*)&*)

75 W
'#!$)%'

Figure 418:Initial Test Hookup

 Hook up the testsignal source: %$$) ) '%*  W &'!(!%$


%-!" " %""%, .  W )'#!$)%' )  %*)&*) %  
%'#) +!% $')%' )%  ( !*'
0
 Confirm the video trigger system is within limits:
 Display the test signal:
H ) +!% $')%' )%  %'#)
H ) )  %*)&*) % )  $')%' %'  !+ ()& '#& ,!) %"%'
*'()

444 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

H )** SET TO 50% * + +) ) MAIN LEVEL "%& +&
*+ # 1 +  *'#0 * )(, )
H )** TRIGGER MENU
H )** + $ % $%, ,++&% Mode & Holdoff % ')** +
*  $%, ,++&% Normal
 Fine adjust the sync pulse amplitude:  $'# +, & +  .-3
&)$ *&,# %&.  &,+  - * &%* '"3'" & + &##&. % *,3
')+* +&  % !,*+ + -)+ #  % ,%+ # + *0% ',#** $*,)
/+#0   - * &%* '"3+&3'" ,* % + )+ ,#
H )** VERTICAL MENU
H )** + $ % $%, ,++&% Fine Scale
H * + %)# ,)'&* "%& !,*+ +  %  % ,%+ # +
*0% ',#* $'# +, *   - * &%* $*,) ,* % + )+ 3
,# *  ,)
3 

Adjust the sync pulse


amplitude for 0.6 divisions.

Figure 419:Adjusting Sync Pulse Amplitude

 Check for stable triggering against limits:


H  + &##&. %  % + &%  *+# +) ) * &% ++ *
&%* *+%+ ++ * &% ++ )*,#+* %  ,% &)$ ),#)  *'#0
+) ) &% + *#+ *#&' '&* + - &) %+ -  *
 *'#0 *&,# not - +* +) ) '& %+ *. + % +.%
&''&* + *#&'* %&) *&,# + 2)&## )&** + *)% + &) 3
1&%+# *# *++ %* '')&') + &) - . % - & .-&)$*
+ TRIG'D # + )$ %* &%*+%+#0 # +

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 445
Performance Tests

H ()) TRIGGER MENU ()) *  $!% $%+ +**&% Type


*-!1!()* *& '&' +' !*) $%+ % * % *& *&# !* *& Video
H ()) *  $!% $%+ +**&% Class *& '&' +' !*) $%+ ()) !*
!% ) % *& *&# !* *& NTSC
H ()) *  $!% $%+ +**&% Scan *& '&' +' !*) $%+
H ()) *  )! $%+ +**&% Interlaced Field One %*( * 
!)'#. * $! )(%
H  * *  )*# *(!( !) &*!% -!* *  #)* *-& #!%) &
 !#  % *  !%%!% &  !#  !)'#.  *  #)*
#!% !)  +##  #!% +(*!&%   m) * % !* !) *  % & !#
1) -,&($  !% !+(
0
H ()) *  )! $%+ +**&% Interlaced Field Two %*( * 
!)'#. * $! )(%
H  * *  )*# *(!( !) &*!% -!* *  #)* &  !# 
% *  !%%!% &  !#  !)'#.  *  #)* #!% !)  /
 #!% +(*!&%   m) * % !* !) *  % & !#  1 )
-,&($  !% !+(
0
H ()) *  )! $%+ +**&% Non Interlaced Both Fields
H ()) *  $!% $%+ +**&% Mode and Holdoff  % '()) * 
)! $%+ +**&% Holdoff
H ) *  General Purpose "%& *& )* *  &#& *& 1

R1 waveform: Note that two full


lines start the display

R2 waveform: Note that 1 lines


start the display

R3 and R4 waveforms: Note that


with noninterlaced, both fields,
scan mode, CH 1 switches between
the R3 and R4 displays

Figure 420:Measurement of Video Sensitivity

446 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

H *..! .$! $*,%3*).' POSITION *).,*' '*&1%-! .* (*0! .$!


!) - *" *.$ "%!' - .* .$! !).!, *" .$! %-+'2
H  .$.  -.'! .,%##!, %- *.%)! 1$%'! '.!,).%)# !6
.1!!) "%!'  ) "%!'  " .$! '-. '%)! %- '.!,).%)# !.1!!) 
"/''  '%)! ) 5  '%)! %) /,.%*) 
 m- )
 m- ,!6
-+!.%0!'2 .$!) .,%##!,%)# %- */,,%)# *) *.$ "%!' -7-!!
10!"*,(- 
)  %) %#/,! 6 
 heck delay by lines:
H ,!-- .$! (%)6(!)/ /..*) Scan
H ,!-- .$! -% !6(!)/ /..*) Interlaced Field One
H *..! .$! $*,%3*).' POSITION *).,*' */).!, '*&1%-! )
'%#) .$! .,%##!, 4T .* !).!, -,!!)
H ,!-- .$! (%)6(!)/ /..*) TV Delay Mode
H ,!-- .$! -% !6(!)/ /..*) Delay by Lines
H -! .$! !)!,' /,+*-! &)* .* -!. .$! '%)! */). .* 10
H  .$. .$! -!'!.! '%)! %- .$! "%,-. '%)! .$. $- .$! *'*,
/,-. -%#)'
! Check sync trigger:
H -%)# .$! !,.%' POSITION &)* (*0! .$! 0% !* 10!"*,(
",*( .$! .*+ .* .$! *..*( *" .$! %-+'2
H  .$. .$! TRIG'D  -.2- *) ) .$! 10!"*,( %-
-.'!
H -%)# .$! !,.%' POSITION &)* ,!./,) .$! 10!"*,( .* .$!
!).!, *" .$! %-+'2

 Disconnect the hookup: %-*))!. .$! '! ",*( .$! #!)!,.*, */.+/.
. .$! %)+/. *))!.*, *" CH 1

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 447
Performance Tests

Output Signal Check  #$"'$ && "")% % & $&$%&% " & #$" " ,
#!%&"! %! && $ %& %  '!$ Warranted Characteristics
! &"!  Specification.

Check Probe Adjust Output


Equipment Required: ! %&!$,%%"$*  #$" &  
Prerequisites:  # ,
 %" &% &+! "%"%"# '%& (
#%% Check Accuracy LongTerm Sample Rate, Delay time, Time Mea
surement "! # ,
 ! Check DC Voltage Measurement Accuracy
(Averaged) "! # , 
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the instrument controls:

Figure 421:Initial Test Hookup

 Hook up testsignal: !%& & %&!$,%%"$* #$" "! CH 1


"!!& & #$" &# &" PROBE ADJ "! & $"!& #! ( &
#$" $"'! '!"!!&
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H $%% %($ SETUP
H $%% & !, !' '&&"! Recall Factory Setup
H $%% & %, !' '&&"! OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the initialized frontpanel control settings:
H $%% AUTOSET & & "$+"!& SCALE &"  m%
H $%% SHIFT &! #$%% ACQUIRE MENU
H $%% & !, !' '&&"! Mode &! #$%% & %, !'
'&&"! Hi Res

448 Performance Verification


Performance Tests

 Confirm that the Probe Compensator signal is within limits for amplitude
and frequency:
 Measure the amplitude and frequency of the probe compensation
signal:
H '(( MEASURE )$ &'(( ) # $0#$* *))%$ Select
Measurement for Ch1
H %, '&)"- &'(( ) ( 0#$* *))%$ -more- *$) "
Amplitude &&'( $ ) (  #$*  )( %$ ( (%,$ ) )
") '(( ) ( 0#$* *))%$ Amplitude
H &)"- &'(( ) ( 0#$* *))%$ -more- *$) " Frequen
cy &&'( $ ) (  #$*  )( %$ ( (%,$ ) ) ") '((
) ( 0#$* *))%$ Frequency
H '(( CLEAR MENU )% '#%+ ) #$*( '%# )  (&"- 
 *' 0

Figure 422:Measurement of Probe Compensator Limits

 Check against limits:  )) ) CH 1 Freq '%*) ( , ) $



. )% 
!. $"*( + $ )) ) '%*) %' Ch1 Ampl (
, ) $
/# )%

/# $"*( +
 Disconnect the test hookup: #%+ ) )() &'% ( ( '

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 449
 
  

450  
    
  
 
Adjustment Procedures

"#, ,-#(' ('-#', #' (+&-#(' ' -( $.,- -"     
  #!#-#3#'! ,#%%(,(),

Description5 " Adjustment Procedures + #/# #'-( -"+ )+-,


H "#, !'+% #' (+&-#(' (.- $.,-#'! -"#, (,#%%(,() ' -"
0+#--' )+(.+, (+ #',-%%#'! ' .,#'! -" $.,-&'- ,( -0+
H "  , TDS 420, & TDS 460 Adjustment Software #'%. 0#-"
-"#, &'.%  -" &-+#% #' -"#, ,-#('  (+ .,#'! -" $.,-4
&'- ,( -0+
H 0( 0+#--' )+(.+, (+ &'.%%2 $.,-#'! -" )+( ' -" &('#4
-(+ ,,&%2

Purpose5 , -"#, )+(.+ -( +-.+' -" (,#%%(,() -( (' (+&'


0#-" #-, Warranted Characteristics , %#,- #' -#('  Specification (.
' %,( ., -"#, )+(.+ -( ()-#&#3 -" )+ (+&' ( -" (,#%%(,()
"#, )+(.+ #, not +*.#+ -( /+# 2 -" (,#%%(,() (' (+&, 0#-" #-,
0++'- "+-+#,-#, )+ (+&' /+# #-#(' )+(.+, + (.' #'
-#(' 

Adjustment Interval5 ,  !'+% +.% -", $.,-&'-, ,"(.% 


(' /+2  "(.+, ( ()+-#(' (+ ('  2+ # ., #' +*.'-%2

Requirements for  (+ 2(. ( -"#, )+(.+ 2(. ' -( +,, -" (%%(0#'! +*.#+4
&'-,
Performance
Personnel
"#, )+(.+ #, ('%2 -(  )+ (+& 2 -+#' ,+/# -"'##',

Warmup Period
"#, (,#%%(,() +*.#+,   &#'.- 0+&4.) )+#( #'  _ -(
_
'/#+('&'-  (+ #- #, $.,- $.,-&'-, ('  (+ -" ()+-#'!
-&)+-.+ ", ,-#%#3 &2 ., ++(+, #' )+ (+&'

Access
1)- 0"' $.,-#'! -" &('#-(+ ,,&%2 -" #'- #, '(- +&(/ 
&('#-(+ $.,-&'- #, '(- (' , )+- (  +(.-#' $.,-&'-5 ,
Complete Adjustment (' )! 4


TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 51


Adjustment Procedures

System
!+( )2//2:,1* &20387(5 $1' 3(5,3+(5$/6 $5( 5(48,5(' 72 $'-867 7+,6 26&,//2>
6&23( 7+( $'-8670(17 62)7:$5( '2(6 127 581 21 6<67(06 7+$7 '2 127 0((7
all 5(48,5(0(176 /,67('
H !+( minimum &20387(5 5(48,5(' ,6 $1 R t 25 $ 675,&7 &203$7,%/(
:,7+ $1 (,*+7 = &/2&. 63((' 25 )$67(5 $ 17(/R  352&(6625 0,1,>
080 6 25 &203$7,%/(6 7+$7 $5( %$6(' 21 2/'(5 352&(66256 17(/R
 $1'  $5( 127 $&&(37$%/(
H !+( recommended &20387(5 ,6 $  25 &203$7,%/( :,7+ $7 /($67 $
 = &/2&. 63((' 17(/R
 6;t 25 %(77(5 :,7+ $ 0$7+ &2352&(6625
,167$//(' "+(1 2%7$,1(' :,7+ ,76 237,21$/ 0$7+ &2352&(6625 ,167$//('
7+( !(.7521,; 
 &21752//(5 /,67(' ,1 7+( (48,30(17 /,67 21 3$*(
>  ,6 $1 (;$03/( 2) $ 5(&200(1'(' &20387(5
H   R
 25 +,*+(5
H  (6,'(17  :,7+  $9$,/$%/(
H  +$5' '5,9(
H  +,*+>'(16,7< )/233< '5,9(
 ,1&+   25  ,1&+  
H   %2$5'? $7,21$/ 167580(176R > > 25
>  > 3$&.$*( 7+$7 ,1&/8'(6 7+(  ,6 $9$,/>
$%/(? !(.7521,; 3$57 180%(5
 
H 8,7$%/( .(<%2$5' $1' 021,725

Test Equipment
!+( (48,30(17 /,67 21 3$*( > /,676 $// 7(67 (48,30(17 5(48,5(' 72 $'-867
7+,6 26&,//26&23(

Usage !+( )2//2:,1* 723,&6 &29(5 :+$7 ,6 5(48,5(' 2) <28 :+(1 $'-867,1* 7+( 26&,/>
/26&23( $1' :+$7 ,6 '21( %< 7+( 62)7:$5( /62 7+( 3(5)250$1&( 2) ,1',9,'8>
$/ $'-8670(176 ,6 ',6&866('

Performing the Adjustments


"+(1 86,1* 7+( $'-8670(17 62)7:$5( <28 $5( 127 5(48,5(' 72 0$18$//<
$'-867 $1< &,5&8,76 !+( 62)7:$5( $'-8676 7+( &,5&8,76 86,1* (;7(51$/ 67$1>
'$5'6 <28 3529,'( ,1 5(63216( 72 3520376 21 7+( &20387(5 6&5((1 #285
52/( ,6 72 3529,'( 7+26( 7(67 6,*1$/6 $1' 72 352037 7+( &20387(5 72 &217,18(
,1&( 7+( 352%( $1' 021,725>$66(0%/< $'-8670(176 5(48,5( 0$18$/ $'-867>
0(17 2) &,5&8,7 &20321(176 7+(< $5( 127 3$57 2) 7+( $'-8670(17 62)7:$5(
"5,77(1 352&('85(6 )25 7+(6( $'-8670(176 %(*,1 21 3$*( >

52 Adjustment Procedures
Adjustment Procedures

Complete Adjustment
 )'*&. $/-.'(. #- ." *, ),'( ) && $/-.'(.- )(.#( #(
." $/-.'(. ) .1, *&/- ." *,) $/-.'(. )( *! 4  ", ),
.) )  )'*&. $/-.'(. do all adjustments in the software, completely
and in sequence, then do the written probe adjustment procedure.
",)/!")/. ."#- -.#)( 3)'*&. $/-.'(. #- /- - $/-.  #(
). .". ." *,)/, Monitor Adjustment *! 4  #- not ,+/#, .)
)  )'*&. $/-.'(.

Individual Adjustments
" $/-.'(. -) .1, )(.#(-  -+/( ) #(#0#/& $/-.'(.-
" &#-. ) .")- $/-.'(.- )&&)1-
H #!(& ." )'*(-.#)(
H )&.!  ,( $/-.'(.
H #!" ,+/(2 -*)(- $/-.'(. 
 )(&2
H )1 ,+/(2 -*)(- $/-.'(.
H ,#!!, %1 $/-.'(.
&& ."- -) .1,4- $/-.'(.- , ' #(.,(&&2 2 ." $/-.'(.
-) .1, ( && $/-.'(.- , )( 1#.")/. ,')0& ) ." )-#&&)-)*
#(.

Partial Adjustment
" $/-.'(. -) .1, &&)1- 2)/ .) '% #(#0#/& $/-.'(.- )104
, /-/&&2 && $/-.'(.- , ' /(&-- 2)/ , $/-.#(! #,/#.- #( ."
)/,- ) .,)/&-")).#(! ." )-#&&)-)*  ." #( ),'.#)( /(,
Complete Adjustment Adjustment After Repair, ( Adjustment Dependen
cies  ), )#(! ( #(#0#/& $/-.'(.

Adjustment After Repair


 ., ." ,')0& ( ,*&'(. )  ')/& / .) &.,#& #&/, 2)/
#.", '/-. )  )'*&. $/-.'(. ), () $/-.'(. #- ,+/#, *(4
#(! )( ." ')/& ,*&  & 4

Table51:Adjustments Required for Module Replaced

Module Replaced Adjustment Required


+/#-#.#)( ), )'*&. $/-.'(.
..(/.), ), )'*&. $/-.'(.

,)(. (& --'&2 )( +/#,

)1 )&.! )1, /**&2 )'*&. $/-.'(.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 53


Adjustment Procedures

Table51:Adjustments Required for Module Replaced (Cont.)

Module Replaced Adjustment Required


 **$#/1 &$'#+ !,*+$%+

 **$#/ &% (, )

*'#/ **$#/ &% (, )

,. # )/ &-) ,''#/ &% (, )


"'#% **$#/ &% (, )

&% +&) **$#/ &% (, )

1If a firmware update is done, a complete adjustment must be done.

Adjustment Dependencies
&$ !,*+$%+* '% &% + *,**,# ') &) &$'#+ &% & &+)
!,*+$%+* &) .$'# + &#+ )% !,*+$%+ $,*+ '**
&) %/ &+) !,*+$%+* %  *,**,##/ &$'#+  &##&- %
+# # *+* + !,*+$%+* % + ) '%% *

Table52:Adjustments and Dependencies

Adjustment Prior Completion Requirements


&#+ )% !,*+$%+ &%
&- )(,%/ *'&%* &#+ )%
!,*+$%+

  )(,%/ *'&%* &#+ )%


!,*+$%+   &%#/

) ) !,*+$%+ &#+ )%

)& !,*+$%+ &#+ )% &- )(,%/


*'&%* %   )(,%/
*'&%*

&% +&) !,*+$%+ &%

54 Adjustment Procedures
Adjustment Procedures

Equipment Required The test equipment required to adjust the TDS 410, TDS 420, & TDS 460
Digitizing Oscilloscopes is listed here.

Table53:Test Equipment, Fixtures, and Supplies

Item Number and Minimum Requirements Example Purpose


Description
1 Computer system See description under Tektronix RIC 386 Software based
 on page 52 for adjustments
minimum and recom
mended requirements

2 Adapter, BNC female Tektronix 103002800 Tektronix 103002800 Probe adjustment


to BNC female

3 Adapter, probe tip to Tektronix 013022700 Tektronix 013022700 Probe adjustment


BNC, 50  termina
tion

4 Adjustment tool 0.1 inch hex on both GC Electronics #8606 A26Monitor


ends adjustment

5 Attenuator, 10X Ratio: 10X; impedance Tektronix part number Softwarebased


(two required) 50 ; connectors: female 011005902 adjustments and
BNC input, male BNC probe adjustment
output
6 Attenuator, 2X Ratio: 2X; impedance Tektronix part number Softwarebased
50 ; connectors: female 011006902 adjustments
BNC input, male BNC
output
7 Cable GPIB IEEE Std 488.11987/ Tektronix part number Softwarebased
IEEE Std 488.21987 002099101 adjustments

8 Coupler, dual input Female BNC to dual male Tektronix part number Softwarebased
BNC 067052502 adjustments

9 Cable, precision 50 , 36 in, maletomale Tektronix part number Softwarebased


coaxial BNC connectors 012048200 adjustments

10 Connector, dual Female BNC to dual ba Tektronix part number Softwarebased


banana nana 103009000 adjustments

11 Generator, DC cal Variable amplitude to Data Precision 8200 Softwarebased


ibration 10 V; accuracy to adjustments
0.05%

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 55


Adjustment Procedures

Table53:Test Equipment, Fixtures, and Supplies (Cont.)

Item Number and Minimum Requirements Example Purpose


Description
12 Generator, leveled 200 kHz to 250 MHz; TEKTRONIX SG 5031 or Softwarebased
sine wave, medium Variable amplitude from SG50302 Leveled Sine Wave adjustments
frequency 5mV to 4 Vpp into 50 W; Generator
flatness 3 %; harmonic
content: 2nd harmonic
down -30 dB from
fundamental; all others
down -40 dB

13 Generator, leveled 250 MHz to 500 MHz; TEKTRONIX SG 5041 Leveled Software based
sine wave, high Variable amplitude from Sine Wave Generator with its adjustments
frequency 5mV to 4 Vpp into 50 W; leveling head or a TEKTRONIX
6 MHz reference; SG 50302 Programmable
harmonic content: 2nd Leveled Sine Wave Generator
harmonic down -30 dB with its leveling head
from fundamental; all
others down -40 dB

14 Probe, 10X, included A P6138 probe Tektronix number P6138 Signal interconnection
with this instrument

15 Photometer 0.1 to 200 Footlamberts TEKTRONIX J16 Photometer Contrast adjustment


(0.343 to 686 Candelas) with J6503 Luminance Probe

16 Graticule, external TEKTRONIX 067020600 TEKTRONIX 067020600 A26Monitor linearity


check

17 Generator, pulse High amplitude pulse TEKTRONIX PG 506A Calibra Software based
with variable amplitude of tion Generator1 adjustments and
60 V to 100 V. probe adjustment

18 Pulser, tunnel diode TEKTRONIX 067068101 TEKTRONIX 067068101 Probe adjustment

1Requires a TM 500 or TM5000 Series Power Module Mainframe.


2Requires a TM5000 Series Power Module Mainframe.

Adjustment The following instructions guide you through installing the software on your
system, setting up the oscilloscope for adjustment, and starting the adjust
Instructions ment of the oscilloscope by the software.

Hardware Installation
1. Install the proper GPIB card (see System on page 52): Use the manual
accompanying your GPIB card to install and configure that card.

56 Adjustment Procedures
Adjustment Procedures


 Configure the GPIB card:
 %&/ /,#03." &/ ,*-0&)" 3&0% .!/ ,+#&$1."! #,.  +! 
,-".0&,+ %" #,)),3&+$ 0)" )&/0/ 0%" !"#1)0 .! /"00&+$/
 # 0%"/" /"00&+$ ,+#)& 0 3&0% 5,1. %.!3." /"01- /"" 5,1. 
.! *+1) #,. )0".+0" /"00&+$/

Table54:GPIB Board Configuration

Board Settings GPIBPCII1 GPIBPCIIA1


/"  !!."//


%"4
+0"..1-0 &+"

 %++")

1Systems using the combination card (GPIBPCII/IIA) can be configured as either a GPIB
PCII or GPIBPCIIA.

 # 5,1 %2" *,." 0%+ ,+"  .! &+/0))"! 0%&/ !'1/0*"+0
/,#03." //1*"/ 0%" #&./0 .! ."#"."+ "!  "" 5,1.  .!
*+1) #,. &+#,.*0&,+ ,+ %,3 0, !"0".*&+" 3%& % .! &/ 5,1. 7
.!

Software Installation
  1/" 0%&/ &+/0))0&,+ -., "!1." 3%"+ &+/0))&+$ 0%&/ /,#03."
,+  +"3 ,*-10". %&/ &+/0))0&,+ -.,$.* 1/"/ -.*"0"./ 5,1
/1--)5 /"" /0"-
 /1/0"-  0, ."0"  1/0,* /0.081- #&)" ,+
5,1. %.! !&/( !&." 0,.5 #0". &+/0))0&,+ 5,1 3&)) " &+/0.1 0"! 0,
.1+ 0%&/ /0.081- 0 % #&)" 3%"+"2". 5,1 !, /,#03."8/"! !'1/08
*"+0/ /, &0 + ,+#&$1." 5,1. ,*-10". -.,-".)5 "#,." &0 .1+/ 0%"
!'1/0*"+0 -.,$.* , not /&*-)5 ,-5 0%" /,#03." #&)"/ #.,* ,+"
,*-10". 0, +,0%". /&+ " 0%" /0.081- 0 % #&)" 5,1 ,-5 *&$%0 +,0
*0 % 0%" ,*-10". 5,1 ,-5 &0 0,
 Create a working disk: /&+$ 0%" -.,-".  ,**+!/ ,-5 0%"
!'1/0*"+0 /,#03." #,. 5,1. !&$&0&6&+$ ,/ &)),/ ,-" 0,  3,.(&+$ !&/(

 Install the software to hard disk:
 +/0)) 5,1. 3,.(&+$ !&/( &+  #),--5 !.&2" +! /3&0 % 0, 0%0 !.&2"
 /" 0%" --.,-.&0" ,**+!/ 0, !&/-)5 0%" #&)" ))"! README.
"! 0%&/ #&)" "#,." ,+0&+1&+$ 3&0% 0%&/ -., "!1."
 5-" &+/0)) +/0)) /(/ 5,1 0, /-" &#5 0%" %.! !&/( ,+ 3%& % 0,
&+/0)) 0%" !'1/0*"+0 /,#03." 0 )/, -.,*-0/ 5,1 0, /-" &#5 /"2".8
) 8 .! ,+#&$1.0&,+ -.*"0"./
! %" !'1/0*"+0 /,#03." &/ &+/0))"! &+  !&." 0,.5 ))"!
TDS400.ADJ

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 57


Adjustment Procedures


 Store your installation disk: "*,2" 4,1. &+/0))0&,+ !&/( +! /0,." &0 &+ 
/" 1." -) "

SoftwareBased Adjustments
Equipment Required: )) &0"*/ 0%0 ." )&/0"! #,. 5,#03."6/"! !'1/06
*"+0/ 1+!". 51.-,/" &+ )" 6
,+ -$" 6 
 Hook up the oscilloscope:
 ,++" 0 0%"  )" 0"*  0, 0%"  -,.0 0 0%" ,*-10".
.". -+") %"+ *1)0&-)"  .!/ ." &+/0))"! ,++" 0 0, 0%"
 .!
 ,++" 0 0%"  )" 0"*  0, 0%"  -,.0 0 0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-"
.". -+")
 ,3". ,+ 0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-"
! ,3". ,+ +! ,,0 4,1. /4/0"*
 Set up the oscilloscope:
 ."// SHIFT 0%"+ -."// UTILITY
 "-"0"!)4 -."// 0%" *&+6*"+1 100,+ System 1+0&) I/O &/ %&$%6
)&$%0"! &+ 0%" -,- 1- *"+1
 ."// 0%" /&!"6*"+1 100,+ TALK/LISTEN
! /" 0%" "+".) 1.-,/" (+, 0, /"0 +4 !!."// "03""+ 
+! 

 Let the oscilloscope warm up: )),3   *&+10" 3.* 1- -".&,! "#,."
4,1 "$&+ /0"- 
 Start the adjustment software:
 %+$" !.&2"/ 0, 4,1. %.! !.&2"
 %+$" !&." 0,.&"/ 0,  
 4-"  
! ,)),3 0%" &+/0.1 0&,+/ / -.,*-0"! ,+ 4,1. ,*-10". / .""+
%" !'1/0*"+0 /,#03." -.,*-0/ 4,1 0, "+0". 0%" *&"+0 0"*-".6
01." Enter the exact ambient temperature, within 1_C. &)1." 0,
"+0". 0%" 0"*-".01." / '1/0 /-" &#&"! ."/1)0/ &+ + !'1/0*"+0 ,#
0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-" 0%0 + !"$.!" ,/ &)),/ ,-" -".#,.*+ "  .,//
0%" /-" &#&"! ,-".0&+$ 0"*-".01." .+$"
 When adjustment is completed:
 , !,  ,*-)"0" !'1/0*"+0 / !"#&+"! ,+ -$" 6
 !, 0%"
-., "!1." Probe Adjustment ,+ -$" 6

58 Adjustment Procedures
Adjustment Procedures

Probe Adjustment %" (&' !' & ) !'" '% #%'& Compensate the Probe, Mea
sure the Probe Bandwidth ! Adjust the Probe High Frequency Re
sponse.  #%" !*' & *'! %$(%  '& +"( % !&'%(' '" not
" '  %$(!+ %&#"!& (&' !'

Compensate the Probe


Equipment Required:   
#%" '   ! ' #%" (&' !'
'"" !( &  #%" &&"%+
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the oscilloscope controls:

Figure 51:Hookup for Probe Compensation

 Hook up testsignal source: !&' ' &'!%-&&"%+ #%" '"


CH 1 "!!' ' #%" '# '" PROBE ADJ "! ' %"!' #!
) ' #%" %"(! (!"!!'
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H %&& &)% SETUP
H %&& ' !- !( (''"! Recall Factory Setup
H %&& ' &- !( (''"! OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the initialized frontpanel control settings:
H %&& AUTOSET ' ' "%,"!' SCALE '"  m&
H %&& SET LEVEL TO 50%
H %&& VERTICAL MENU
H (& ' !- !( (''"! Bandwidth ! #(& ' &-
!( (''"! 20 MHz
H %&& SHIFT ! #%&& ACQUIRE MENU

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 59


Adjustment Procedures

H    "  Mode    "


 Hi Res

Figure 52:Performing Probe Compensation

 Compensate the Probe:


                !

            
              


Probe compensated correctly

Probe overcompensated

Probe undercompensated

Figure 53:Proper and Improper Probe Compensation

510 Adjustment Procedures


Adjustment Procedures

 Disconnect the hookup: "+'&&, ,! (*' *'% ,! (*' #
#-+, ,*%"&$+ $. (*' "&+,$$ '&   & $. ,!
'+"$$'+'( '&,*'$ +,-( + "+ '* '"& ,! &0, (*, ' ,! (*'
#-+,%&,

Measure the Probe Bandwidth


Equipment Required (TDS 410 and TDS 420 Only): & %"-%2*)-&2
1 +"& /. &*,'* ,% '&   (*"+"'& '0"$ $ ,% 
'&  %$ ,' %$  (,* ,%  '&   ,' (*' ,"(
(,* ,%  & '&    (*' ,%

Equipment Required (TDS 460 Only): & !" !2*)-&1 +"& /.
&*,'* /",! ",+ $.$"& ! ,%   '&  %$ ,' %$ 
(,* ,%  '&   ,' (*' ,"( (,* ,%  & '&
   (*' ,%

Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the oscilloscope controls:

Last, pull forward to


remove the groundlead
assembly.

Second, unscrew the ribbed


ferrule tip cover and pull
forward to remove.

First, pull forward to


remove the retract
able hook tip.

Figure 54:Exposing the Inner Probe Tip

 Expose the Inner Probe Tip: '$$'/ ,! "&+,*-,"'&+ "& " -* 2


TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 511
Adjustment Procedures

Medium
Frequency
Sine Wave
Generator

('#('

BNC Female
to Female BNC to Probe
BNC Adapter Tip Adapter

Figure 55:Initial Test Hookup (TDS 410 and TDS 420 Only)

High
Frequency
Sine Wave
Generator

('#('

BNC Female
to Female BNC to Probe
Leveling Head BNC Adapter Tip Adapter

Figure 56:Initial Test Hookup (TDS 460 Only)

 Hook up testsignal source:


H   !   !+ "!!' ' "('#(' "  ( ,
%$(!+ &! *) !%'"% '%"( 
  #%&"! 
'"     '"    #'% & (%
,

H   !+ "!!' ' "('#(' "  ,%$(!+ &!
*) !%'"% '%"( '& )!  '"     '"
   #'% & (%
, 
H "!!' '    '"    #'% '"   '"
#%" '# #'%
H ( ' #%" '# %" ' #%" "!  !'" '  '"
#%" '# #'%

512 Adjustment Procedures


Adjustment Procedures

 Initialize the oscilloscope:


H *++ +.*$$ SETUP
H *++ ,! %"&2%&- -,,'& Recall Factory Setup
H *++ ,! +"2%&- -,,'& OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the initialized frontpanel control settings:
H *++ Autoset
H , ,! .*,"$ SCALE ,'  %
H   &   &$0 , ,! !'*"1'&,$ SCALE ,'  m+
H   &$0 , ,! !'*"1'&,$ SCALE ,'  &+
H *++ SHIFT !& (*++ ACQUIRE MENU
H *++ ,! %"&2%&- -,,'& Mode !& (*++ ,! +"2%&-
-,,'& Hi Res
H *++ MEASURE
H *++ ,! %"&2%&- -,,'& HiLow Setup !& (*++ ,!
+"2%&- -,,'& MinMax
H *++ ,! %"&2%&- -,,'& Select Measurement for Ch1
H (,$0 (*++ ,! +"2%&- -,,'& -more- -&,"$ PkPk
((*+ "& ,! +" %&- *++ ,! +"2%&- -,,'& PkPk
H *++ CLEAR MENU
 Confirm probe bandwidth:
 Display and measure the test signal:
H   &   &$0 '&",'* ,! CH 1 PkPk *'-,
/!"$ 0'- +, ,! '-,(-, ' ,! &*,'* '*   %  "."2
+"'&  #1 **& +" &$
H   &$0 '&",'* ,! CH 1 PkPk *'-, /!"$ 0'- +,
,! '-,(-, ' ,! &*,'* '*   %  "."+"'& 1
**& +" &$
H   &   &$0 , ,! !'*"1'&,$ SCALE ,' &+
& +, ,! *)-&0 ' ,! &*,'* ,'   1
H   &$0 , ,! !'*"1'&,$ SCALE ,'  &+ & +, ,!
*)-&0 ' ,! &*,'* ,'
 1
H  ,! %+-*%&, *+-$,+ , ,!   #2# *'-, '&
+*&
 Check against limits:  ,!, ,! CH 1 PkPk *'-, "+ *,*
,!& '* )-$ ,'  %

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 513
Adjustment Procedures

 Disconnect the hookup:


 *,(1# 0$! ,.+! ".+)  0+ ,.+! 0%,  ,0!.
 " /1/0!,  3/ ,//!  0$! ,.+!  &1/0)!*0 %/ "%*%/$!  !2!./!
0$! %*/0.10%+*/ %* %#1.! 6
 ,#! 6 0+ .!%*/0(( 0$! .!0.0(!
$++' ,.+! 0%,
 " /1/0!,  3/ not ,//!  (!2! 0$! ,.+! 0%, !4,+/!  !)+2!
0$! ,.+! ".+)  * #+ +* 0+ 0$! *!40 ,.+! 1.! Adjust the
Probe High Frequency Response

Adjust the Probe High Frequency Response


+ *+0 ,!."+.) 0$%/ ,.+! 1.! 1*0%( 5+1 $2! "%./0 +),(!0! 0$! ,.+! 1.!/
Compensate the Probe * Measure Probe Bandwidth +* ,#!/ 6 *
6 .!/,!0%2!(5
+ *+0 ,!."+.) 0$%/ ,.+! 1.! %" 5+1 $2! /1!//"1((5 +),(!0! Measure
the Probe Bandwidth. .+!  &1/0)!*0 %/ +),(!0!
Equipment Required (TDS 410 and TDS 420 Only): *! ,1(/! #!*!.0+.
0!)   +*!  ,.!%/%+* (! 0!) +*!  "!)(! 0+ "!)(! 
 ,0!. 0!)  +*!   0+ ,.+!  ,0!. 0!)  * +*!   
 ,.+! 0!)
 (/+ .!-1%.! %/ 0$! ,.+!  &1/0)!*0 0++( %*(1 !
3%0$ 0$!    ,.+! !//+.%!/
Equipment Required (TDS 460 Only): *! ,1(/! #!*!.0+. 0!)   +*!
 ,.!%/%+* (! 0!) +*! 01**!( %+ ! ,1(/!. 0!)  +*! 
"!)(! 0+ "!)(!   ,0!. 0!)  +*!   0+ ,.+!  ,0!.
0!)  +*!     ,.+! 0!)
 * +*!  00!*10+. 0!) 
(/+ .!-1%.! %/ 0$! ,.+!  &1/0)!*0 0++( %*(1 ! 3%0$ 0$!    ,.+!
!//+.%!/
Procedure:
 Install the test hookup and preset the oscilloscope controls:

Use a small standard screw driver


to pry between the cover and
metal cord connector to pop off
the cover.

Repeat for lower cover.

Figure 57:Exposing the Probe Body

514 Adjustment Procedures


Adjustment Procedures

 Access Inner Probe Tip and Adjustment Ports:


H    !  $   ! Measure
Probe Bandwidth.    #   !   ! & 
$   
H #   !   ! &  "   %
"

Calibration
Generator

! !

Figure 58:Initial Test Hookup (TDS 410 and TDS 420 Only)

Calibration
Generator

! !

Precision Cable Tunnel Diode Pulser 10X attenuator

Figure 59:Initial Test Hookup (TDS 460 Only)

 Hook up testsignal source (TDS 410 and TDS 420 Only):


H   & ! ! !      
!        CH 1 !  &
!&


TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 515
Adjustment Procedures

 Hook up testsignal source (TDS 460 Only):


H &%%+ +! !" !2$'#"+, &,+',+ &  #")+"&% %)+&)
+!)&, !    ')"*"&% # +& +! "%',+ &  +,%%# "&
',#*) * " ,) 2 
H &%%+ +! &,+',+ & +! +,%%# "& ',#*) +!)&, !  
++%,+&) +& 
H + +! +)" )"% #-# & +! +,%%# "& ',#*) +& $"%"$,$
 Initialize the oscilloscope:
H )** *-)## SETUP
H )** +! $"%2$%, ,++&% Recall Factory Setup
H )** +! *"2$%, ,++&% OK Confirm Factory Init
 Modify the initialized frontpanel control settings:
H + -)+"# SCALE +& $
H )** VERTICAL MENU !% ')** +! $"%2$%, ,++&%
Coupling )** +! *"2$%, ,++&%  +& +& # +&  
&,'#"% 
H )** SHIFT !% ')** ACQUIRE MENU
H )** +! $"%2$%, ,++&% Mode !% ')** +! *"2$%,
,++&% Hi Res
H )** CLEAR MENU
 Adjust the Probe:
 Display and store the reference signal:
H 
 % 
 %#0 + +! !" !2$'#"+, &,+',+ &
+! %)+&) &)  *"/ "-"*"&% *(,) .- &% *)% *
" ,) 2
H 
 %#0 + +! !" !2$'#"+, &,+',+ & +! %)+&)
&)  +&   at the input to the tunnel diode pulser * " 2
,) 2
H 
 %#0 -% +! +)" )"% #-# & +! +,%%# "&
',#*) ,%+"#  "- +& *"/ "-"*"&% *(,) .- '')* &% *)%
H ,*! SET LEVEL TO 50% * )(,") +& +)" ) +! *" %#
H -% +! !&)"1&%+# SCALE +& %*
H )** HORIZONTAL MENU
H )** +! $"%2$%, ,++&% Trigger Position % ')** +!
*"2$%, ,++&% 10%
H ,*! SHIFT !% ')** SAVE WAVEFORM
H )** +! $"%2$%, ,++&% Save Waveform !% ')** +!
*"2$%, ,++&% To Ref 1

516 Adjustment Procedures


Adjustment Procedures

Calibration
Generator

%$!%$

 

 
    
  
  
  


Figure 510:Probe Test Hookup (TDS 410 and TDS 420 Only)

Calibration
Generator

%$!%$

 

 
    
  
  
  


Figure 511:Probe Test Hookup (TDS 460 Only)

H "## MORE  !%# $ (% %$$  Ref 1


 
   

H    ' # $ $ $%   !%#" $  
" & $  $$%$ "
H    ' $ $ %$!%$  $ $%   !%#"
$" % 
  $
  !$" $ 
 $ !" 
$! !$"
H      ' # $ $ "$  "(
$ " $ 
H      ' $ $ %$!%$  $ "(
$  "$ " $" % 
  $
  !$" $

 $ !"  $! !$"

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 517
Adjustment Procedures

H %*+## + ')& &%  


H #, + ')& + ' )&$ + ')& %+& +  +& ')& + '
'+)
H )** + $ %0$%, ,++&% Coupling % ')** + * 0$0
%, ,++&%  +& +&# +& W &,'# %
H )** HORIZONTAL MENU
H )** + $ %0$%, ,++&% Trigger Position ')** + * 0
$%, ,++&% 10%
 Make the adjustments:
H &+ + -) &,* !,*+$%+* %  ,)
0
H %,##/ !,*+ + )&%+0&)%) )*'&%* & + ')& +& *+
$+ + )*'&%* & +   .-&)$ &+ ++ + * $&)
$'&)+%+ +& $+ + )*'&%* ,) % +  )*+
%* +%
,) % + %+ )  )*+  %* + !,*+$%+* +
H   ,)
0 +& * .+ )* &% + )&%+ &)%) ++ +
-) &,* !,*+$%+* +

R1 Not Used R2

C1

LF Comp

Figure 512:Locations of Probe Adjustments

 Recheck Probe Bandwidth:


H & + ')&,) Measure the Probe Bandwidth +& " 
+ ')& %&. $+* +* %. + )(, )$%+
H  %. + * $+ !,*+$%+ * &$'#+ " ' +& *+' 
H  %. + * not $+ )& + * ')&,) %)* % )&%+
&)%) &-)*&&+ *# +#/ )#+ - +& + *+&) .-&)$
H '+ + * *+'  ,%+ # %. + * $+

518 Adjustment Procedures


Adjustment Procedures

15 ns
R1

10 ns
R2

5 ns
C1

First, adjust R1 and R2 for best overall match.

Second, adjust C1 for best match between front


corners.

Third, repeat the first two steps as needed due to


interaction between adjustments.

Figure 513:Adjustments vs. FrontCorner Response

 Disconnect the hookup:         
     
 !  !   
  

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 519
Adjustment Procedures

Monitor Assembly . -.3 $. 3()2 /1.#%$41% 6(%- /%1&.1,)-' ! 1.43)-% !$*423,%-3


-+8 $. 3()2 /1.#%$41% )& 3(% $)2/+!8 .- 3(% ,.-)3.1 !22%,"+8 (!2
Adjustment "%#.,% 4-2!3)2&!#3.18 %% Complete Adjustment .- /!'% : 

CAUTION

High voltages are accessible on the A26Monitor assembly. Do not


touch the circuit board when the power is on. Do not touch the CRT
anode button even if the power is off. Wear safety glasses when
working with the CRT.

WARNING

Static electricity can damage this circuitry. When standing the CRT
on its front panel place it on a clean padded surface.

(% %04)/,%-3 1%04)1%$ 3. $. 3()2 /1.#%$41% )2 +)23%$ )- !"+%9 : 


Equipment Required: -%  (.3.,%3%1 6)3( !   4,)-!-#% 1."%
3%,   .-% ,.-)3.1 !$*423,%-3 3..+ 3%,
 !-$ !- %73%1-!+ '1!3)#4+%
3%, 
Procedure:
 Access the inside of the oscilloscope: %% Removal and Installation
Procedures )- %#3).- 3. 1%,.5% 3(% #!")-%3
 Adjust the vertical and horizontal sync:
! & 3(% $)2/+!8 1.++2 5%13)#!++8 !$*423    
 3. 3(% #%-3%1 .&
3(% 23!"+% $)2/+!8 1!-'% %% )'41%9 :

" & $)!'.-!+ +)-%2 !1% /1%2%-3 .- 3(% $)2/+!8 !$*423    
 3.
3(% #%-3%1 .& 3(% 23!"+% $)2/+!8 1!-'%
 Adjust the display brightness:
! Display the Circle test pattern:
H )2#.--%#3 3(% /.6%1 /+4' &1., 3(% .2#)++.2#./%
H %3 3(%  26)3#(  +.#!3%$ -%!1 3(% &1.-3 .& 3(%  9
".!1$ !2 &.++.62

Switch No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Open  

Closed      

520 Adjustment Procedures


Adjustment Procedures

H  $ $ ! &" !% $ $ # # !


H  &"  $ # # !
H  &  $  %$#  " $ # # ! $ &" %!
H "## SHIFT  UTILITY
H !$' !"## $ )% %$$  System %$ Diag/Err
# $  $ ! ! %! %
H !$' !"## $ )% %$$  Area %$ Display #
$  $ ! ! %! %
H !$' !"## $ #)% %$$  -more- %$ Circle
!!"#  $ # % %# Circle
H "## $ )% %$$  EXECUTE  !"## $ #)
% %$$  Ok Confirm Run Test
 Make the brightness adjustment:
H  $ 
    # %"( )

H. LIN (L400)
H. SIZE (L310)

FOCUS (R411)

V. POS (R445)
V. SIZE (R452)
V. SYNC (R453)
V. LIN (R462)
H. PHASE (463)
Left Side of Instrument H. SYNC (R473)
BRITE (R482)
VID. GAIN (R483)

Front of Instrument

Figure 514:Monitor Adjustment Locations

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 521
Adjustment Procedures

H %/-.   /).$' .# &",*/) ,-. , '$) - $) .#  '/($4


)) +.# - $"/, 4  $-++ , 1#$' .# '$) - $) .#
 '/($)) +.# , 0$-$' 
 Adjust the display contrast:
 Display the White Box test pattern:
H , -- .#  ). , ($)4( )/ /..*) .* $-+'2 .# ($)4( )/
H , -- .# ($)4( )/ /..*) Tests
H  + . '2 +, -- .# -$ 4( )/ /..*) -more- /).$' White
Box ++ ,- $) .# -$ ( )/ /-# White Box
H , -- .# ($)4( )/ /..*) EXECUTE # ) +, -- .# -$ 4
( )/ /..*) Ok Confirm Run Test

5% Patch 10% Patch

Figure 515:Five and Ten Percent Luminance Patches

 Make the contrast adjustment:


H *.  
  *) .#  3*)$.*, -- ('2 -
$"/, 3 4 
H *)$.*, .# '/($)) .  ). , -, ) /-$)"   +#*.*( . ,
)  '/($)) +,* 
H %/-.  
  !*,  , $)" *!  !**.4'( ,.-


) '-
H !  
)    '," %/-.( ). + ,!*,( .# ,$"#.) --
%/-.( ). "$)

522 Adjustment Procedures


Adjustment Procedures

 Adjust the display focus:


 Display the Composite test pattern:
H "## $ $" )% %$$  $ #!' $ )%
H "## $ )% %$$  Tests
H !$' !"## $ #)% %$$  -more- %$ Compos
ite !!"#  $ # % %# Composite
H "## $ )% %$$  EXECUTE  !"## $ #)
% %$$  Ok Confirm Run Test
 Make the focus adjustment:
H $  
 # %"()
H %#$   " #$ &"  %# $   %"  ""#  $
$ $"  $ #" # %"()

Center

All Four Corners

Figure 516:Composite Pattern for Focusing

 Adjust the display position and size:


 Display the 16 12 test pattern:
H "## $ $" )% %$$  $ #!' $ )%
H "## $ )% %$$  Tests

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 523
Adjustment Procedures

H *-&2 *+,, -" ,#5'(. .--)( -more- .(-#& 16x12


**+, #( -" ,# '(. .," 16x12
H +,, -" '#(5'(. .--)( EXECUTE "( *+,, -" ,#5
'(. .--)( Ok Confirm Run Test
 Make the position and size adjustment:
H & -" 1-+(& !+-#.&   )/+ -" +)(- ) -" 
H )- -" 

  
   
  
(  4  )(-+)&, , #!.+4 5

H $.,- -" 1-+(& !+-#.& ")+#3)(-&&2 ( /+-#&&2 ( #
(,,+2 

 
 
 (   ,) -"- -" (-+, )
-" ).-+ ).(+#, ) -" #,*&2   -,- *--+( +
0#-"#( -" &#'#-, '+% )( -" 1-+(& !+-#.&

524 Adjustment Procedures


Adjustment Procedures

16 12
Test Pattern
on the CRT

Limit Lines

External Graticule with


Marked Limit Lines

Test Pattern

Figure 517:External Graticule Limit Lines

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 525
Adjustment Procedures

 Adjust geometry and linearity:


 Set up for geometry and linearity adjustment:  0', - &'+ ()2
')% +  !*($0 ('*!+!'& ",*+%&+ ()')% *+(1

 Make the linearity adjustment:
H '+ 
   * !,)1 2
H ",*+ 
 *' + + $+)&+ -)+!$ $!&* ' +  !*($0 

 +*+ (++)& ) .!+ !& +  $!%!+* %)# '& +  /+)&$
)+!,$  +  $!&* & &'+  ",*+ .!+ !& + '* $!%!+*
)($ +  
1'&!+') **%$0 %',$
H  &**)0 ()')% *+(1
!&
 Restore the oscilloscope to normal operation:
 *+') +  !( *.!+ +' +  *++!&* + + '$$'.

Switch No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Open

Closed        

 '.) ' +  '*!$$'*'(


  Removal and Installation Procedures !& +!'&
+' )!&*+$$ + 
!&+ & '+ ) %',$* )%'- !& *+( 

526 Adjustment Procedures



Maintenance Information

 !+ +,!'& '&,!&+ ,  !&'*%,!'& & ,' ' (*!'! & '**,!.


%!&,&& '& ,         !!,!2!& +!$$'+'(+
(!!$$1 ,  '$$'/!& +-+,!'&+ * !&$-

H Maintenance Information4  !+ +-+,!'& , !&$-+ , !+ !&,*'3


-,!'& ($-+ &*$ !&'*%,!'& '& (*.&,!& % ,' !&,*&$
%'-$+ / & '!& %!&,&&

H Inspection and Cleaning4 &'*%,!'& & (*'-*+ '* !&+(,3


!& ,  '+!$$'+'( & $&!& !,+ 0,*&$ & !&,*&$ %'-$+

H Removal and Installation Procedures4 *'-*+ '* ,  *%'.3


$ ' ,!. %'-$+ & *($%&, ' &/ '* *(!* %'-$+
$+' !&$- !+  (*'-* '* !+++%$1 ' ,  '+!$$'+'( '*
$&!&

H Troubleshooting4 &'*%,!'& '* !+'$,!& !$ %'-$+ &$-


* !&+,*-,!'&+ '* '(*,!& ,  '+!$$'+'( !&,*&$ !&'+,! *'-3
,!&+ & ,*'-$+ '',!& ,*+ '+, ' ,  ,*+ %# -+ ' , +
!&,*&$ !&'+,! *'-,!&+ ,' +( -$, !+'$,!'& ,'  %'-$
*.! (*+'&&$ %-+,  (*(* ,' +$1 +*.! ,  '+!$$'+'(  !+
%&-$ !+ '* )-$!! +*.! (*+'&&$ '&$1  ,  Safety Summary ,
,  *'&, ' , !+ %&-$  1'- * -&%!$!* /!, ,  '(*,!'& ' , !+ '+!$3
$'+'( * Operating Information '* +*.!!& ,  '+!$$'+'( '
(*.&, $,*'3+,,! %  * Preventing ESD '& ( 3 
'* +*.!!& ,  '+!$$'+'(

Procedures Not In   '$$'/!& +,!'&+ '&,!& !&'*%,!'& & (*'-*+ *$, ,' '!&
%!&,&&
This Section
H ,!'&  Operating Information '.*+ !&+,*-,!'&+ -+-$ / & '(*,3
!& ,  '+!$$'+'( !& '** ,' ,*'-$+ '', !,   +,!'& $+' ,!$+
,  +*.! +,*,1 & $!+,+ '(,!'&+ '* ',!&!& %!&,&& +*.!
& '* *($!& !$ %'-$+
H ,!'&
 Theory of Operation '&,!&+  !*-!, +*!(,!'& , , 
%'-$ '* $'# $.$
H ,!'&  Performance Verification '&,!&+ (*'-*+ , , * -+-$
!& !+'$,!& (*'$%+ ,' %'-$+ 1 ,+,!& '+!$$'+'( (*'*%&
H ,!'&  Adjustment Procedures *+++ ,* *(!* "-+,%&,
& ,  !&,*.$ ,/& (*!'! "-+,%&,+ , '&,!&+  (*'-*
'* "-+,!& ,  !&,*&$ !*-!,+ ' ,  '+!$$'+'(

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 61


Maintenance Information

H  .$)(  Diagrams )(.$(-  &)% $",' /-$(" $($0$/& ')/& -


- &)%- ( ( $(. ,)(( .$)( $",' -#)1$(" )(( .$)(-  4
.1 ( .# ')/& -
H  .$)(  Mechanical Parts List, &$-.- && !$ & , *& & ')/& - 2
*,. (/' ,

Preventing ESD
CAUTION

Static discharge can damage any semiconductor component in this


oscilloscope.

Precautions
# ( * ,!),'$(" (2 - ,0$ 1#$# , +/$, - $(. ,(&  -- .) .# )-$&&)4
-)*  # , .) .# !)&&)1$(" *, /.$)(- .) 0)$ '"$(" $(. ,(&
')/& - ( .# $, )'*)( (.- / .) & .,)-..$ $-#," 
 $($'$3 #(&$(" )! -..$4- (-$.$0 ')/& -
 ,(-*),. ( -.), -..$4- (-$.$0 ')/& - $( .# $, -..$ *,). . 
)(.$( ,-  & (2 *%" .#. )(.$(- -..$4- (-$.$0 ')/& -
 $-#," .# -..$ 0)&." !,)' 2)/, )2 2 1 ,$("  ",)/( 
(.$-..$ 1,$-. -.,* 1#$& #(&$(" .# - ')/& - ) - ,0$ )!
-..$4- (-$.$0 ')/& - )(&2 .  -..$4!, 1),% -..$)(

 ) (). , ')0 .# )-$&&)-)* $( . /(& -- 2)/ #0 ' . *, /.$)(
(/' ,  )0  )(-$ , && $(. ,(& ')/& - -..$4- (-$.$0 
 ).#$(" *& )! " ( ,.$(" ), #)&$("  -..$ #," -#)/& 
&&)1  )( .# 1),% -..$)( -/,! 
 (& $,/$. ),- 2 .# $, " - 1# ( *)--$& 
 ) (). -&$ .# ')/& - )0 , (2 -/,! 
 0)$ #(&$(" ')/& - $( , - .#. #0  !&)), ), 1),%4-/,! )0 ,4
$(" *& )! " ( ,.$("  -..$ #," 
 ) (). /- #$"#40 &)$.2 )'*, --  $, 1# ( & ($(" /-. !,)'
')/& -

Susceptibility to ESD
&  4 &$-.- .# , &.$0 -/- *.$$&$.2 )! 0,$)/- &-- - )! - '$)(/4
.),- ..$ 0)&." - )! % .) % , )'')( $( /(*,). .  (0$,)(4
' (.-

62 Maintenance
Maintenance Information

Table61:Relative Susceptibility to StaticDischarge Damage

Semiconductor Classes Relative


Susceptibility
Levels1
 &)  $!)&!),!+* &) !*)+ !),!+* &) #!%0 
) $!)&!),!+* .!+  !%',+* $&*+ *%*!+!-
 

 &++"/ *!%# !&* 

 &++"/  

! 0)(,%/ !'&#) +)%*!*+&)*



!%) $!)&!),!+*

&.0'&.)  &++"/ 

 #*+ *%*!+!-

1Voltage equivalent for levels (voltage discharged from a 100pF capacitor through resis

tance of 100 ohms


1=100 to 500 V 6 = 600 to 800 V
2 = 200 to 500 V 7 = 400 to 1000 V (est.)
3 = 250 V 8 = 900 V
4 = 500 V 9 = 1200 V
5 = 400 to 600 V

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 63





 
  

64 



Inspection and Cleaning

Inspection and Cleaning &%& "* '" !&#' "% %' !   "!
! "* '" ! ' +'%"% ! !'%"% " '  
  
 
 
 '-! &"&"#& !&#'"! ! !! % "! &
#%)!') !'!! %)!') !'!! *! "! %(%, ,
#%)!' "&"&"# (!'"! ! !! '& %',
%)!') !'!! "!&&'& " )&(, !&#'! ! !! '
"&"&"# ! (&! !% % *! "#%'! '
"* "'! '" " !'!! #!& "! ' &)%', " ' !)%"! !' !
* ' "&"&"# & (& #%"#% '  '" #%"% #%)!') !'.
!! & (&' "% "&"&"# (&' !'

General Care  !' #& # (&' "(' " ' "&"&"# ! ' &  "% " .
#"!!' " ' "&"&"# ""! &,&'   !' &"( !"% , 
! # *! "#%'! ' "&"&"#  %"!' ")% #%"''& ' %"!'
#! ! &#, %" (&' !   !&' ' %"!' ")% *! &'"%.
! "% '%!&#"%'! ' "&"&"#

Inspection and !&#' ! ! ' "&"&"# & "'! & "#%'! "!'"!& %$(%
 "'"! " %' "! " #"!!'& !& ! (& ' '" ")%' !
Cleaning Procedures %"*!  %' '& & ! !&('! !' #%)!'! !' '
&&#'"! %' &" #%")& ! '% "!('"! #' '' "( (&
! "&"&"# (% &#, (!% .( ', "!'"!&

CAUTION

Avoid the use of chemical cleaning agents which might damage the
plastics used in this oscilloscope. Use only deionized water when
cleaning the menu buttons or frontpanel buttons. Use a 75%
isopropyl alcohol solution as a cleaner and rinse with deionized
water. Before using any other type of cleaner, consult your Tektronix
Service Center or representative.

Avoid the use of high pressure compressed air when cleaning dust
from the interior of this instrument. (High pressure air can cause
ESD.) Instead, use low pressure compressed air (about 9 psi).

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 65


Inspection and Cleaning

Inspection Exterior

#!$ $ %$#  $ # # !  "  '"  ## !"$#
%# ) #  % # # !# $$ !!" $ &  " !!
" $"'# %# # %   $ " %( $ &"(  ""$ !")
$   !" " $( "!" $# $$  % %# !"# 
%"( "  $ %"$"  $ $ # # !

Table62:External Inspection Check List

Item Inspect For Repair Action

$ " $ !


"# #"$#  "$ #  ! $&  %
  &"  "'" " #$#
" $)!  # ##  "  #  # !" " "! ## " $&
 #

$ "# "  ## " #%$   ! $&  %#
" " '#
 "  $$# "$   $ "# %$ "$

""(  


""$ !"$  ! $&  %
$ $

## "# ## $# " !"$#  $# $ !# !  " ## $#
"  " "( #   "( #  $&  %#
 $ "#

Cleaning Procedure Exterior

CAUTION

To prevent getting moisture inside the oscilloscope during external


cleaning, use only enough liquid to dampen the cloth or applicator.

  &  # %#$  $ %$#  $ # # ! '$  $ "
 $
  & " "$ '$  $ "  $ !   "!%")
! # $"$))'$" # %$   $ %# "#&"#

 $  $ " #" '$  $)"  $ ! '$$"# )
!" !(    " !""(  $ " !%"! # $")
$))'$" # %$ 

66 Maintenance
Inspection and Cleaning

Inspection Interior
# '' ( "' # ( #' #'#$ #& "'$(#" "  "" && (#
( Removal and Installation Procedures " (' '(#"
"'$( ( "(&" $#&(#"' # ( #' #'#$ #& ! " +& )'"
  - '  ) (' #)" '#)   &$& !!( ,
 ",  (& !#)  ' &$     - " (#"  (# '  ( '
"''&, (# )'( ( #' #'#$

CAUTION

To prevent damage from electrical arcing, ensure that circuit


boards and components are dry before applying power to the oscil
loscope.

Table63:Internal Inspection Check List

Item Inspect For Repair Action


&)( #&' ##' &#" #& #&&# '# & #"- !#* (   !#)  " &$  (
"(#"'
)&" &)( #&'
)&" +(  &' !#) 
&#" #& & &)(-&)" $ ("
''(#&'
)&" & &#" #&  '(& !#* ( !#)  +( ( ) (, &''-
#"(#" (#& " &$  ( +(  &' !#) 

# & #""(#"' #  '# & #& &#'" #"(' '# & #"( "  " +( '#$&#$,
 ## 

$(#&' ! #& " '' #&&# !#* ( !#)  +( ( ) (, $-
'# & #" ' #& (&!" ' (#& " &$  ( +(  &' !#) 
&#! ( (#&,

!#")(#&' ##' , "'&( " '#(' '(#&( &! , '( ##' '!#")(#&' -
$"' !#* *' (( * '(#&( $"'
&) , '(&(" $"' ' &%)& (# (
( '#( )'" #"-"#' $ &' "
&"'&( &! , "')& (( '(&(""
(#" #' "#( & $"' )'" (!
(# & #

&" "  ' ##' $ )' #& #""(#&'


)&" &! , '( #""(#&' $& #& &$ 
&#" #& &, +&" !#) ' +( (* +&' #&  '

''' "(' " #&!(#"' (&(" &$& #& &$  '''

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 67


Inspection and Cleaning

Cleaning Procedure Interior


   ., )#(! -.*- (   ')/& #- &( /*)( #(-*.#)( -%#*
." ,'#(#(! -.*-

 &)1 ) /-. 1#." ,3 &)15*,--/, #)(#4 #, **,)2#'.&3 *-#


 ')0 (3 ,'#(#(! /-. 1#."  &#(. , &)." '*( #( #-)*,)*3&
&)")&   -)&/.#)( ( ,#(- 1#."  1,' #)(#4 1., 
)..)(5.#** **&#.), #- /- /& ), &(#(! #( (,,)1 -*- ( )(
#,/#. ),-

  -.*-  ( ) (). ,')0 && ." /-. ), #,. ." )-#&&)-)* '3
 -*,3 1-" /-#(!  -)&/.#)( )   #-)*,)*3& &)")& 3 )#(!
-.*- .",)/!" 
 #( -- .) ." *,.- .)  &( 3 ,')0#(! -#&3 --#&
-"#&- ( *(&- - Removal and Installation Procedures
 *,3 1-" #,.3 *,.- 1#." ." #-)*,)*3& &)")& ( 1#. -)(-
), ." '$),#.3 ) ." &)")& .) 0*),.
 - ").  _ .)  _ #)(#4 1., .) ."),)/!"&3 ,#(- ." *,.-
 ,3 && *,.- 1#." &)15*,--/, #)(#4 #,
 ,3 && )'*)((.- ( --'&#- #( ( )0( ), ,3#(! )'*,.'(.
/-#(! &)15.'*,./,  _ .)  _ #,/&.#(! #,

Lubrication
", #- () *,#)# &/,#.#)( ,+/#, ), ."#-)-#&&)-)*

68 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

# #$ $# "%"# " "&  #$$  


  $" %# ( $" "  %
##( " "$ #$  $   $# % #  %

Preparation
WARNING
Please Read

Before doing this or any other procedure in this manual, read the
Safety Summary found at the beginning of this manual. Also, to
prevent possible injury to service personnel or damage to
oscilloscope components, read
" "&  % (
 "$ '" in Section 2 and "&$  in this section.

# #$ $# $ '


H # " "$"( "$ $$ (%  $ " "(  $
"%"# $$ '
H #$  !% $ "!%" $ "&  %#
H "%"# " "&  "#$$  $ $" 
 %#
H ###( "%" " "&   $ " %# " $
##  $  $  " "##(  $# %# $ $
##   $ ###( # "( (  '
 $(  $ ##   #$"%$# "  $ $%
 " % %" Inspection and Cleaning $ $  
$# #$
H " % $" "# "   $ %#  $#
## 

WARNING

Before doing any procedure in this subsection, disconnect the


power cord from the line voltage source. Failure to do so could
cause serious injury or death.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 69


Removal and Installation Procedures

List of Modules
($#  !'(' !! "$)!'

Cable Removal
')!!, !' & %&(!!, $& $"%!(!, &"$* ' # ( $)&' $ &.
"$*#  "$)! (, %!) #($ $+*& !! ! &%!! !' &
"$)!' # #  &%! , $# ( Access Procedure. )& .
'$+' ( !' # (& &$)(#

General Instructions

READ THESE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE REMOVING A


MODULE.
&'( & $*& ( Summary of Procedures (( $!!$+' ($ )#&.
'(# $+ ( %&$)&' & &$)% # & Equipment
Required $&  !'( $ ( ($$!' # ($ &"$* # #'(!! "$)!'
# (' $'!!$'$%
&# )& . &$)&' && ($ -&$#( -&& -($% (
$ ( $'!!$'$% #$( &$" ( )& + '' & &&#
If you are disassembling this oscilloscope for cleaning, $ ($ (
%&$)& Disassembly for Cleaning $# % . 
If you are removing a module for service, # , $# (
%&$)& Access Procedure % .
 , $!!$+# ( #'(&).
($#' # (( %&$)& ,$) &"$* ( "$)! ($  '&* +!
&"$*# ( "#")" #)"& $ ($#! "$)!'

Summary of Procedures
 %&$)&' & '& # ( $&& # + (, %%& # ('
'($# # ($# ,$) # !$$ )% #, %&$)& $& &"$*! # &#'(!.
!($# $ #, "$)! # ( Table of Contents $ (' "#)!
H  Access Procedure $# % .
&'( &(' ,$) ($ ( %&$)&'
(( &"$* #, "$)!' (( ")'(  &"$* ($ '' ( "$)!
($  '&* ( (# &(' ,$) ($ ( %&$)& ($ &"$* ((
"$)!
H Procedures for Module Removal and Installation $# % .  & (
%&$)&' $& &"$*# "$)!' These procedures assume you have
done the access procedure.

610 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

H Disassembly for Cleaning  


   
  
  
  
         
 
   

    

   Inspection and Cleaning
     . The 
   
 procedure
does not use the access procedure.

NOTE

Read the cleaning procedure before disassembling the


oscilloscope for cleaning.

Figure 61:Oscilloscope Orientation

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 611
Removal and Installation Procedures

Equipment Required4   '$$'/!& ,''$+ * *)-!* ,' '%($,$1


!+++%$ ,  '+!$$'+'( !&,' !,+ %'-$+   ,''$+ *)-!* ,' *%'.
& !&!.!-$ %'-$ * $!+, !& ,  !*+, +,( ' !,+ (*'-*
$$ ,  ,''$+ * +,&* ,''$+ *!$1 .!$$ *'% ,''$ +-(($!*+

Table64:Tools Required for Module Removal

Item Name Description


No.
 */*!.* &$ (,+ '*0R3*!.* !,+
 3
'*0 ,!( '*0R3*!.* !, '* 3
+!2 +*/
+

 3 '*0 ,!( '*0R3*!.* !, '* 3 +!2 +*/


+ + '&$1 '* *%'.$ ' , 
!&, &$

$,3$ +*/*!.* */*!.* '* *%'.!& +*/+


, , . +,&*3 +


$3&'+ ($!*+ ,&* ,''$ + '* *%'.!&
 +#,+

-#3!$$ ($!*+ !&  + '* *%'.!& ,  $'/


.'$, ('/* +-(($1

-, *!.*
 !& + '* *%'.!& *, *'-&
$+

&$3,!( ,/2*+ + '* #&' & + , *%'.$

 $,3$ +(-*  (*'3$!# ,''$ /!,  ,!( $!#  $,


$ +*/*!.* + ,' (*++
 +#,+ !&,' ($

 '$*!& !*'& 
/,, + '* *%'.$ ' +'%
$+ & ,  )-!+!,!'& ++%3
$1

 $!(3"/ ($!*+ + '* *%'.!& ,  *'&, ,


*'% ,  !&,

 *'&, '.*  !+ '(,!'&$ ++'*1 (*',,+ , 


*'&, ' ,  '+!$$'+'( / & ('+!3
,!'&  '/& !& ,  *%'.$
(*'-*+

612 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Access Procedure  "& /",! ,!"+ (*'-* /!& 0'- !. "&,""  %'-$ ,'  *%'.
'* +*." & !. * General Instructions '-& *$"* "& ,!"+ +,"'&
 Locate module to be removed:
 "& ,! %'-$ ,'  *%'. "& ,! %'-$ $','* " *%+
" -*+ 1 1  & 1
( + 1  1  & 1 *+(,".$0
 ', ,! &-%* ' ,! " -* "& /!"! 0'- '-& ,! %'-$ &
,! %'-$ &%
 Access the module:
  0'- !. $', ,! %'-$ ,'  *($ "& " -* 1 ' ,!
'$$'/"& +-(*,+
H ' ,' $ 1 '& (  1

H "& ,! (*'-* ,!, "&$-+ ,! &% ' ,! %'-$ &',
"& +,(
H *'*% ,! ++ "&+,*-,"'&+ $"+, '* ,! (*'-* '-& ,'
++ & *%'. ,! %'-$
H #"( ,' ,! & ' ,!"+ (*'-* +,(  '* *"&+,$$,"'& "&1
+,*-,"'&+
  0'- !. '-& ,! %'-$ ,'  *%'. "& ",!* " -* 1 '*
" -* 1
 "&, *%'.$ "+ *)-"*
H "*+, ' Line Fuse and Line Cord '& (  1  *%'."& '&$0
,! $"& '*
H !& ' Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and
Cabinet Handle and Feet '& (  1
 *%'."& '&$0 ,! **
'.* & "&,
H '&,"&- /",! +,( 
  0'- !. $', ,! %'-$ ,'  *($ "& " -* 1  ' ,!
'$$'/"& +-(*,+
H ' ,' $ 1 '& (  1 
H "& ,! (*'-* ,!, "&$-+ ,! &% ' ,! %'-$ &',
"& +,(
H *'*% ,! ++ "&+,*-,"'&+ $"+, '* ,! (*'-* '-& ,'
++ & *%'. ,! %'-$
H #"( ,' ,! & ' ,!"+ (*'-* +,(  '* *"&+,$$,"'& "&1
+,*-,"'&+
  0'- !. $', ,! %'-$ ,'  *($ "& " -* 1
 0'- *
*%'."& '& ' ,! "$ *($$ $+ ' ,! '$$'/"&
+-(*,+
H ' ,' $ 1 '& (  1

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 613
Removal and Installation Procedures

H  $ !" %" $$ %# $   $   $ 
#$! 
H " " $ #$"%$ # #$  $ $  " $$ !" %" $
##  " & $ 
H   ' $ #$"%$ # #$  $ $  " $ "#$$  
$   ($ $# !" %"
 Reinstall all modules removed:  $ #$"%$ #  % $ $  
$ !" %" $$ " &# $  % $  #"&+ $) %
) %  "#$   %# " &  !" %"# "  % %"
Procedures for Module Removal and Installation '   '# $#
## !" %"

Table65:Access Instructions for Modules in Figure 62

Procedure Including Module to Page Access Instructions


be Removed No
 FrontPanel Knobs and Shafts *   ) $ !" %" #$ $ $
  & ) $  % ) % '$ $ #"&
 Line Fuse and Line Cord *   ) $ !" %" #$ $ $
  & ) $  % ) % '$ $ #"&

 Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabi *   Line Fuse and Line Cord " & ) $   "
net, Rear EMI Gasket, and
Cabinet Handle and Feet   $ !" %" #$ $ $ " & ) $  %#
) % '$ $ #"&

Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, *   Line Fuse and Line Cord " & ) $   "
Menu Buttons, and Front EMI
Gaskets   Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and
Cabinet Handle and Feet " & ) $ ""  &" 
$
  $ !" %" #$ $ $ " &   %# %*
 $  %# ) % '$ $ #"&

A06 FrontPanel Assembly, *   Line Fuse and Line Cord " & ) $   "
ESD Shield, and Menu Flex
and Probe Code Flex Circuits   Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and
Cabinet Handle and Feet " & ) $ ""  &" 
$
  Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, Menu Buttons, and Front EMI
Gaskets
 $ !" %" #$ $ $ " &   %# %*
 $  %# ) % '$ $ #"&
   $ !" %" #$ $ $  not " & $
% ( "%$ %## $ #  "! '$  '
 %

614 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Line Cord

Rear Cover
Rear EMI
Gasket

Cabinet
Mounting
Screw
Front
Foot (2)
Handle
Assembly
Fuse Cap
Line Fuse

Rear Foot (2)

Menu Flex
Circuit

Menu Button
Elastomer

ESD Shield

Front EMI
Gaskets (4)
Menu Button
Trim Ring
Front Cover
(Optional)

Probe Code
Flex Assembly

A06 Front Panel


Assembly

Front Panel
Knobs & Shafts

Figure 62:Cabinet and FrontPanel Mounted Modules

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 615
Removal and Installation Procedures

Table66:Access Instructions for Modules in Figure 63

Procedure Listing Module to be Page Access Instructions


Removed No
 A05 Attenuator Assembly and /
 % Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, Menu Buttons, and Front EMI
Shield Gaskets & / 
% A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Sup
ports " () ( &'%*' $*#'
$ ) ( )" #%+
%$". )  !*#&' %' ((#".

% A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield, and Menu Flex
and Probe Code Flex Circuits & /
 % $%) '#%+ )
#$* "-  '* )
% ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
A26 Monitor Assembly /
  % ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"

A08 Jumper Board Assembly, /   % ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
D1 Bus, and Board Supports
A03 CPU Assembly /   % A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Sup
ports '#%+ $ %$". ) %' (*&&%')(
% ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
A02 Display Assembly /
 % A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Sup
ports % $%) '#%+ )  !*#&' %' ((#".
% ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
A09 DSP Assembly /  % A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Sup
ports % $%) '#%+ )  !*#&' %' ((#".
% ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
 A01 Backplane Assembly and /  % A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Sup
its Mount ports % $%) '#%+ )  !*#&' %' ((#".
% $ %'' ) &'%*'( $*#' /  $"*( + $ ) (
)"

% ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
 Fan and Fan Mount /  % ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
 A25 Low Voltage Power Sup /   Only  '#%+ $ ) &"()  #%*$) )) (*'( ) %,
ply and its Mount %") %,' *&&". % $ %'' ) &'%*'( $*#/
'   $"*( + $ ) ( )"
% &'%*' Fan and Fan Mount % $%) '#%+ ) $
#%*$)

% ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
 A07 Auxiliary Power Supply /   % ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
 Line Filter /  % ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"
 Backup Batteries /   % ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"

A04 Acquisition Assembly /   % A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Sup
ports % $%) '#%+ ) %' (*&&%')(
% ) &'%*' " () ) ") )% '#%+ ) #%*"

616 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

A07Auxiliary Mounting
Power Supply Screw

Fan Mount
A26Monitor
Assembly
Fan
Mounting
Screw A25Low Voltage Power
Supply Assembly
Mount: Backplane
and LV Power Supply

Line Filter

Mounting Screw
BNC
Connector

Mounting Screw

Mounting
Screws

D1 Bus

Cable
Retainer
A02Display
A01Backplane Assembly
Assembly A09DSP
Assembly
A03CPU
Battery (2) Assembly
Board
Mounting
Support (3)
Screw
Battery
Clamp (2) A04Acquisition
Assembly

Mounting
Screw

A08Jumper
Assembly
Attenuator A05Attenuator
Shield Assembly

Figure 63:Internal Modules

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 617
Removal and Installation Procedures

Table67:Access (and Removal) Instructions for Cables in Figure 64

Name of Cable Access and Removal Instructions


 Backplane to Acquisition  ! & #$"'$ A01 Backplane Assembly and its Mount !
Backplane to Attenuator  , 
 "") & %% !%&$'&"!% "'! &$ &" %% !
$ "( & #! %% +
!%"$ & % &"  $# '%!   )&& %"$,
! $"! ! $ "( &

($% &% !%&$'&"!% &" !%& & $# !& 
 Backplane to Front Panel  ! & #$"'$ A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield,
CPU to Front Panel and Menu Flex and Probe Code Flex Circuits !  , 
 "") & %% !%&$'&"!% "'! &$ &" %% !
$ "( & $"!& #! %% +  % #' !&"
&& %% + $ $ "( ! & #$"%%
!#' &  &"  $# $" & #! %% ,
+  '$ ,
"$  "&"!

($% &% !%&$'&"!% &" !%& & $# !& 

Backplane to Low Voltage Power   ! $" & &"# " & "%"%"# ! '!#' &
Supply  & & % & & $"!& " & #! ! ")
("& #")$ %'##+ "'%
 ($% &% !%&$'&"!% &" !%& & $# !& 

Aux Supply to Line Filter  ! & #$"'$ A07 Auxiliary Power Supply !  , 
Aux Supply to Low Voltage Power  "") & %% !%&$'&"!% "'! &$ &" %% !
Supply $ "( & '*$+ #")$ %'##+ %% +
!%"$ &  &"  $# '%!   )&& %"$!
$"! ! $ "( & $" & '*$+ #")$ %'##+

($% &% !%&$'&"!% &" !%& & $# !& 

Aux Supply to Low Voltage Power   $ "(! & '* %'##+ &" ") ("& #")$ %'##+ &"
Supply to Ground Lug $"'! '  '!#' &  $" & ") ("&
Line Filter to Ground Lug #")$ %% + ! $" & '*$+ #")$ %'##+ %% ,
%
  $ "(! & ! &$ &" $"'! '  '!#' & $"
& ! &$ '  '$ ,

%!   ! !'& $($ &  $ "( & !'&% &&
%'$ &  &"  $ "( $" & ' ! $ "( &

($% &% !%&$'&"!% &" !%& & $# !& 

618 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Table67:Access (and Removal) Instructions for Cables in Figure 64 (Cont.)

Name of Cable Access and Removal Instructions


 Monitor    ! A02 Display Assembly   &
 #    !  !    
"  % %    !! 
 %   
 !        ! &  
 
 !     !$% # !%  &
!&    

"   !       

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 619
Removal and Installation Procedures

Line Filter to Aux Supply to Low


Ground Lug Voltage Power Supply to
Aux Supply to Ground Lug
Line Filter

Backplane to Aux
Power Supply

Monitor Cable
Backplane to Low
Volt. Power Supply

D1 Bus

Backplane to
Acquisition (Soldered
at Backplane)
Backplane to
Front Panel

CPU to Front
Panel

Backplane to
Attenuator (Soldered
at Backplane)

Figure 64:Cables and Cable Routing

620 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Procedures for # ' Access Procedure $ - #% #" "+ $%#(% " '&
&'#"
Module Removal
and Installation
FrontPanel Knobs and Shafts
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: ) "+ 
$% # " -'$ '*,%& '!  " ' "#& '#  %!#) #"
' %#"' $" 
 Orient the oscilloscope: ' ' #& #&#$ &# '& #''#! & #*" #"
' *#% &(% " '& %#"' & " +#(
 Remove the knob(s): % '# (% -
*  #" ' # #*"
&(&'$&
 %&$ "+ "# +#( *& '# %!#) " $( ' &'%' #(' %#! '
%#"' $" & ' + '# %' &#!  %" '*" ' & #
' "# " ' %#"' $" 
 "&%' ' '*,%& '*" ' "# " %#"' $" " (& '!
'# %!#) ' "# " '& &'
 Disassemble the knob and shaft: ( ' &' #(' # ' "#

 Reinstallation:
 # %"&'   " ' "& # ' "# '# ' " # ' &' "
$(& ' " ("' ' &"$&
 "&%' ' &' # ' &&!  "# "'# '& #  " ' %#"' $"
&&! + ("' ' &'#$&
 #'' ' "# *  ' + $(&" "*%& ("' ' &' & $&
"'# '& %$'  (& ' "#  ' *+ " '# &' ' "#
&&! +

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 621
Removal and Installation Procedures

When reinstalling the


knobs, note there are two
sizes. Be sure to reinstall
the proper size knob in the
proper location.

Figure 65:Knob and Shaft Removal

622 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Line Fuse and Line Cord

WARNING

         !  
             "

            % ( 


#) "!&!%! #  # #  $"   !  #
#! !    #    $!
)
   # # ""  " #" ## " & 
# &! "$!  #" !! "  ($  ($ ! "!% # 
!  # '# "#  ($ ! "!% #  $" " # "# 

(1) Unplug

(2) Rotate

Line Fuse
Line Cap

(3) Pull

Figure 66:Line Fuse and Line Cord Removal


   
  #  !  # !! %!  $!
)

 & !% # )! !#  ( !"# $ $ #
 ! ! #" ! #

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 623
Removal and Installation Procedures

 "40 $./- ,0% 0%" )&+" ,.! +! 0%" ."0&+&+$ )*- +! .,00"
0%"* !"$.""/ ,1+0".7 ), (3&/"
! 1)) 0%" )&+" ,.! +! )*- 35 0, ,*-)"0" 0%" ."*,2)

 Remove line fuse: &+! 0%" #1/" - ,+ 0%" .". -+") "" &$1." 7 
,3 ."*,2" 0%" #1/" - 5 01.+&+$ &0 ,1+0". ), (3&/" 1/&+$ 
#)07)!"! / ."3!.&2". +! ."*,2" 0%" )&+" #1/"
 Reinstallation:, &+ ."2"./" /0"-/ +!
0, ."&+/0)) 0%" )&+" #1/" +!
0%"+ 0%" )&+" ,.!

Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and


Cabinet Handle and Feet
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed:

 2" %+!5  / ."3!.&2". 3&0%  /&6" 7 ,.4R 0&- 0"*/  +! 
# ."*,2&+$ 0%"  $/("0 0 0%" &+/&!" .". ,# 0%" &+"0 )/,
%2" %+!5  -&. ,# +""!)"7+,/" -)&"./ 0"* 
 (" /1." 0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-" #.,+0 ,2". &/ &+/0))"! &# &0 &/ +,0 &+/0)) &0
5 /+--&+$ &0/ "!$"/ ,2". 0%" 0.&* .&+$
 , 0" 0%" .". ,2". +! &+"0 &+ 0%" ), 0,. !&$.* Cabinet
and FrontPanel Mounted Modules &$1." 7
 Orient the oscilloscope:
 1)) ,10 ,+ ,0% ,# 0%" %1/ ,+ 0%" &+"0 %+!)" 0, 1+), ( &0 #,.
-,/&0&,+&+$ %&)" %,)!&+$ 0%" %1/ 1+), ("! .,00" 0%" %+!)"
0,3.!/ 0%" ,00,* ,# 0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-"
 "0 0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-" /, &0/ # " &/ !,3+ 3&0% &0/ #.,+0 ,2". ,+ 0%"
3,.( /1.# " +! &0/ ,00,* # &+$ 5,1 "#"."+ " &$1." 7 ,+
-$" 7 / 5,1 !, 0%" #,)),3&+$ /0"-/
 Remove the front feet: # ."*,2&+$  #.,+0 #,,0 #,. ."-) "*"+0 1/"  -&.
,# /)&-7'3 -)&"./ 0, #&.*)5 $.&- 0%" #,,0 0%"+ -1)) 3&0%  01.+&+$ *,0&,+ 0,
."*,2" "2"./" 0%" -., "// 0, &+/0)) 0%" ."-) "*"+0 #,,0 # +, ,0%".
*,!1)"/ ." "&+$ /".2& "! /(&- 0, 0%" "+! /0"-  ,# 0%&/ -., "!1."

 Remove rear cover: "*,2" 0%" #,1. 7 ,.4R / ."3/ /" 1.&+$ 0%"
.". ,2". 0, 0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-" &#0 ,## 0%" .". ,2". # +, ,0%". *,!1)"/
." "&+$ /".2& "! /(&- 0, 0%" "+! /0"-  ,# 0%&/ -., "!1."
 Remove the rear feet: # ."*,2&+$  .". #,,0 #,. ."-) "*"+0 1/" 5,1.
#&+$"./ 0, -."// 0%" #,,0 ,10 #.,* &+/&!" 0%" .". ,2". "2"./" -., "//
0, &+/0)) 0%" ."-) "*"+0 #,,0 # +, ,0%". *,!1)"/ ." "&+$ /".2& "!
/(&- 0, 0%" "+! /0"-  ,# 0%&/ -., "!1."
 Remove the cabinet:
 "*,2" 0%" 7 ,.4R / ."3 0 0%" )"#0 /&!" ,# 0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-"
 ./- 0%" 03, %+!)" %+!)" %1/ +! -1)) 0%"* ,103.! / &# 0,
.,00" 0%" %+!)"

624 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Label

Mounting Screws (4)

Label

EMI Gasket: Access from


the front of the cabinet.

Rear Foot: Push out from


inside the rear cover.

Handle Assembly:
Remove the internal
screws and pull out
handle hubs to remove.

Front Foot: Rotate


and remove.

Mounting Screw

Figure 67:Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, EMI Gasket, and Cabinet Handle and Feet Removal

           


      
   

   

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 625
Removal and Installation Procedures

" 1 1&# /#/ ,$ 1&# ! '+#1 %/0- '10 )#$1 +" /'%&1 #"%#0 (# !/#
+,1 1, '+" ,/ 0+% 1&# ! '+#1 ,+ 1&# '+1#/+) ! )'+% 0 6,2 /#7
*,3# 1&# ! '+#1
# $ +, ,1&#/ ! '+#1 *,"2)#0 /# #'+% 0#/3'!#" 0('- 1&# /#01 ,$ 1&'0
-/,!#"2/#
 Remove the handle assembly: $ /#*,3'+% 1&# &+")# 00#* )6 $,/
!)#+'+% ,/ /#-)!#*#+1 ", 1&# $,)),4'+% 02 01#-0
 ,/('+% $/,* 1&# '+0'"# ,$ 1&# ! '+#1 /#*,3# 1&# 7
,/5R
0!/#4 0#!2/'+% #!& &+")# &2 1, 1&# ! '+#1
 ,/('+% $/,* 1&# ,210'"# ,$ 1&# ! '+#1 %/0- 1&# 14, &+")# &2 0
+" -2)) 1&#* ,214/" $/,* 1&# ! '+#1 2+1') 1&#6 /# ,21 ,$ 1&#
! '+#1
! &')# &,)"'+% 1&# &+")# &2 0 -2))#" ,21 )'$1 1&# &+")# 46 1,
/#*,3#

  ", 01#- 1, /#*,3# 1&#  %0(#1 $/,* 1&# /#/ ,$ 1&#
! '+#1 2+)#00 '1 *201 # /#-)!#" "2# 1, "*%# $ 6,2 /# +,1
/#-)!'+% 1&1 %0(#1 0('- 1, 01#- 
&#+ /#'+01))'+% 1&#  %0(#1 +" 1&# ,0!')),0!,-# ! '+#1
!/#$2))6 $,)),4 1&# '+01/2!1',+0 %'3#+ +)#00 1&# '+01/2!1',+0 /#
-#/$,/*#" -/,-#/)6 1&# ,0!')),0!,-# *6 +,1 *##1 '10 #*'00',+0
/#.2'/#*#+10 
 Remove the EMI gasket: $ /#*,3'+% 1&#  %0(#1 $,/ /#-)!#*#+1 ",
1&# $,)),4'+% 02 01#-0
 ,!1# 1&#  %0(#1 1, # /#*,3#" '+ 1&# "'%/* Front Cover,
Rear Cover, Cabinet, EMI Gasket, and Cabinet Handle and Feet
Removal '%2/# 7 
 ,,( $,/ 1&# -,'+1 4&#/# 1&# #+"0 ,$ 1&# %0(#1 1,2!& '+ 1&# !&++#)
1 1&# /#/ #"%# ,$ 1&# ! '+#1
! 0#  -'/ ,$ +##")#7+,0# -)'#/0 1, -/6 2- ,+# ,$ 1&# #+"0 ,$ 1&#
%0(#1
" /0- 1&#  %0(#1 +" %#+1)6 -2)) '1 ,21 ,$ 1&# '10 !&++#)
 Reinstallation of cabinet and rear cover:
 $ 1&#  %0(#1 40 /#*,3#" -/#00 1&#  %0(#1 !( '+1, '10
%/,,3# 1 1&# /#/ #"%# ,$ 1&# ! '+#1 &#+ '+01))'+% *(# 02/#
1&# #+"0 ,$ 1&# %0(#1 1,2!& 21 ", +,1 ,3#/)- 21 ,$$ #5!#00
)#+%1& '$ /#.2'/#" 1, -/#3#+1 ,3#/)-
 ## 01#- 1, /#'+01)) 1&# &+")# 00#* )6 '$ '1 40 /#*,3#" $
'+01))'+%  +#4 &+")# 00#* )6 )0, ", 1&# $,)),4'+%
H '+" 1&# ) #) 1&1 *1!&#0 6,2/ *,"#) ,$ ,0!')),0!,-#
    ,/  

626 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

H & $ &" " $   $ #$() 


 $ $ $   "## "( $ #$
   "&"# "" #$ #    $ "#$ $ $ '
#"& $ ' "%$#  "!%"$#
H  " $ $  " # $ $  $" 
""## #  ##"(
H  # $ $ $ $ ##   #%" $$ $
" "% $ ""  $  ### ## $ $ "&
$ $
#$  $ ""  $ $
H #$ $ %" #"'# $ $ ""   $$ $  )#
$"!% " #$ $ # #"' $ $ $ #  $
$ $ $# #"' $  )#
  #$  ' ""  #  $ '
H  $  " "$ # " (%" "" 
H & $ &" " $   $ #$() 
 $ $ $   "## "( $ #$
  $ "%" Line Fuse and Line Cord $ "#$ $  "
'  $# $ ##  "##(

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 627
Removal and Installation Procedures

Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, Menu Buttons, and Front EMI


Gaskets
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed:
 * #-  +$$# '%)& ("

 $( ( "$)!' ($  &"$* # ( !$($& &" Cabinet
and FrontPanel Mounted Modules )& .
 Orient the oscilloscope: ( ( $'!!$'$% '$ (' && ' $+# $# (
+$& ')& # (' $(($" ' # -$)
 Remove the front cover:  ( ' #'(!! &'% ( &$#( $*& - (' !(
# &( ' # '#% ( $ $ ( &$#( $ ( $'!!$'$% #
&#'(!!# !# # '#% ( $*&  $#

Trim Ring: To remove, grasp its back edge


and press up on its two tab locks. Flex the
trim ring upward; then pull it forward. Repeat
for the bottom edge of the trim ring.

Tab Lock

Trim Ring

Menu Button (17)

Menu Elastomer

Figure 68:Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, and Menu Buttons Removal

  ($) ( &$# $#(( %$#(' $# ( "#) !'($"&


#'(!! # ( (&" &# !'$ $ #$( ($) ( $#((' $# (
"#) )(($# !, &)( ,%$' +# -$) &"$* ( (&" &# $)
'$)! +& !# !$( !$*' (( & & $ !#( +# #!#
( "#) !'($"& $& +# ($)# ( "#) )(($# !, &)(
"$)#( $# ( &$#( '''

628 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Remove the trim ring:


 ./- 0%" 0.&* .&+$ 5 &0/ 0,- "!$" +! -.5 &0 1- +! )&#0 &0 #,.3.! 0,
/+- &0 ,## ,# 0%" 0,- #.,+0 ,# 0%" *&+ %//&/
 "-"0 0%" -., "// -.5&+$ ,+ 0%" ,00,* "!$" ,# 0%" 0.&* .&+$ 0,
,*-)"0" &0/ ."*,2)
 5 0%" 0.&* .&+$ ,+ &0/ # " ,+ 0%" 3,.( /1.# "

 Remove the EMI gaskets: # /".2& &+$ 0%" #.,+0  $/("0/ )&#0 0%"* ,10
,# 0%" 0.&* .&+$
 Remove the menu elastomer: # /".2& &+$ 0%" *"+1 ")/0,*". )&#0 &0 ,10 ,#
0%" 0.&* .&+$
 Remove the menu buttons: # /".2& &+$ 0%" *"+1 100,+/ )&#0 0%"* ,10 ,#
0%" 0.&* .&+$
 Reinstallation:
 # 0%" *"+1 100,+/ 3"." ."*,2"! &+/".0 " % 100,+ &+0, &0/ %,)" &+
0%" 0.&* .&+$
 # 0%" *"+1 ")/0,*". 3/ ."*,2"! )&$+ &0 ,2". 0%" *"+1 100,+
%,)"/ &+ 0%" 0.&* .&+$ +! -."// &0 &+ 0, &+/0)) 2,&! 0,1 %&+$ 0%"
.,+ ,+0 0 -,&+0/ ,+ 0%" ")/0,*".
 &0%,10 &+/0))&+$ 0%"  $/("0/ )&$+ 0%" 0.&* .&+$ 0, 0%" #.,+0 ,#
0%" %//&/ +! -1/% &0 ,+ 0, /"0 " /1." 0%0 ,0% -&./ ,# #)"4
), (/ ,+" -&. " % 0 0%" &+/&!" 0,- +! ,00,* ,# 0%" 0.&* .&+$
/+- ,2". 0%" "!$" ,# 0%" %//&/
! , 0%" #,)),3&+$ /1-.0/ 0, &+/0)) 0%"  $/("0/ /"" &$1." 6
H +/0)) 0%" #.,+0 ,2". ,+ 0%" ,/ &)),/ ,-"
H 5 0%" / ,-" /, &0/ #.,+0 ,2". &/ ,+ 0%" 3,.( /1.# "
H )&$+   $/("0 /, &0 )5/ "03""+ +5 -&. ,# !' "+0 #)"4
), (/ ),+$ 0%" $.,,2" "03""+ 0%" &+"0
H /&+$  3,,! /-1!$". -1/% 0%"  $/("0 1+0&) &0 &/ #&.*)5
/"0"! 0 0%" ,00,* ,# 0%" $.,,2" 0 /%,1)! +,0 ,2".)- "&0%".
#)"4 ), (
H "-"0 0%" -., "// '1/0 !"/ .&"! 0, &+/0)) 0%" ."*&+&+$ 0%.""
$/("0/
" # 0%" 0.&* .&+$ &+/0))"! &+ /1/0"- &/  +"3 0.&* .&+$ )/, !, 0%"
#,)),3&+$
H &+! 0%" )") 0%0 *0 %"/ 5,1. ,/ &)),/ ,-" *,!")  
  ,.  
H "*,2" 0%" ,2".&+$ #.,* 0%"  ( ,# 0%" /0& (56 ( )")
)&$+ &0 0, 0%" %+!)" /"" &$1." 6 ,+ -$" 6
 +! -."//
#&.*)5 0, &+/0))

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 629
Removal and Installation Procedures

Spudger

EMI Gaskets (4)

Figure 69:EMI Gasket Removal and Installation

          


  

H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet   !         

H Line Fuse and Line Cord   !      
      

630 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield, and Menu Flex and


Probe Code Flex Circuits
 Access the module:  ,.+ 2). "/ *+ )+' -" Access Procedure
)( *! 3 ( +')/ -" ').&, , #(,-+.-
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed:
 / "(2  &- & ,+0+#/+ -'

 )- -" ').&, -)  +')/ #( -" &)-)+ #!+' Cabinet
and FrontPanel Mounted Modules #!.+ 3
 Orient the oscilloscope: - -" ),#&&),)* ,) #-, )--)' #, )0( )(
-" 0)+% ,.+  ( #-, +)(- #, #(! 2).

 Remove the frontpanel assembly:
 (,+-  &-3& ,+0+#/+ -' #(-) -" ,&)- - -" +)(-3+#!"- )
-" ",,#, .," #(0+, -) +&, -" ,(* &)% - -" +#!"- ,#
 # - -" +)(-3*(& ,,'&2 ).- ) -" +)(- ) -" '#( ",,#, .(-#&
2). ( +" -" #(-+)((- &, )((-#(! #- -) /+#)., )-"+
').&,
 (*&.! -" )&&)0#(! &, +)' -"#+ $%, )( -" +)(-3*(&
,,'&2
H " 3-)3 +)(- *(& & - 
H " '(. &1 #+.#- - 
H " *+) ) &1 #+.#- - 

H " %*&(3-)3 +)(- *(& & - 


 #(&&2 &# - -" +)(-3*(& ,,'&2 ).- ) -" +)(- ) -" '#(
",,#, -) )'*&- -" +')/&
 Remove the ESD shield:  +*&#(! -"#, ,"#& ()- ")0 -" ,'&&
.-).- )( -" ,"#& #, &#!( -) -" ,(* &)% - -" &)0+3& - )+(+ )
-" ,,'&2 ( + +( )+ &-+ +*&'(- "( *.&& -" 
,"#& ) -" & - ! ) -" +)(- *(& -) +')/ " ,"#& ,(*, )(
( ) 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 631
Removal and Installation Procedures

Menu Flex
Circuit
Front Panel
Assembly

ESD Shield

Probe Code
Flex Circuit

Figure 610:A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield, and Menu Flex and Probe Code Flex Circuits
Removal

 Remove the Probe Code Flex Circuit:  &%!# $& !## ( %&$
$ !, &)( &"$* ( $)& .
$&,R '&+' # !( ( +- &$"
( &$#( $ ( "# '''
&$&" '(% $#!-  '''"!# $& !## # !)&($#
$"%$##(' &"$* # '(% & #$( ! &%!! (&.
+' ' % ($ '(% ($ $#(#) (' %&$)&
 Further disassembly of frontpanel assembly:  ( &$#( %#! $& (
&$#(.%#! )(($#' & ($  '&* $ ( $!!$+# ')'(%'
 "$* ( &$#(.%#! $#(&$! #$' &$" ( &$#(.%#! ''"!-
)'# ( "($ '& # FrontPanel Knobs and Shafts $#
% .
 !' ( (& '#% !$ ' ( (  $ ( &)( $& #
(# (!( ( $& +- &$" ( ''"!- )#(! ( )#%!)' &$"
 
  )& .
 ! ( &)( $& $)( &$" ( &(#&' $)# ( ( 
$%%$'( ( '#% !$ ' # !( ( +- &$" ( &'( $ ( ''".
!-

632 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Front Panel
Board
Menu Button
Elastomer

ESD Shield

Press Latch
to Release

Knobs and
Shafts

Flex the latches (3) downward


to release board. Then, rotate
the board and pull it down.

Figure 611:Disassembly of the FrontPanel Assembly

  !!! "  "((!!' "! #!


# ( !  # $ ! "  #  " !! #!
" ! #  ( !  #
 Remove the control potentiometer(s):  $ "   "'
  "   ## " # "  """ !  
"   "  "( !!'
   !"
'       # &  #"
%"   ! #"   " " ' $  "  #" ! ' "
!" ' "  !# ! " " ! ! " !"  " "# "!
 # 

 Remove the menu flex circuit: # " &  #" %'   "  " 
"  !!!  &  #" !   ' "! !"' 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 633
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Reinstallation:
" ' 4)& .&/5 '-&8 $*2$5*4 7"3 2&.06&% */ 34&1  %0 4)& '0--07*/(
35#1"243 40 */34"-- " /&7 $*2$5*4 2&'&2&/$& *(52& :  0/
1"(&:

H   405$) 4)& $0/4"$43 0/ 4)& .&/5 '-&8 $*2$5*4 7*4) 9052
#"2& '*/(&23 !05 3)05-% 7&"2 $-&"/ $-04) (-06&3 4)"4 "2& '2&& 0'
-*/4 7)&/ */34"--*/( 4)& .&/5 '-&8 $*2$5*4 0/ 4)& '20/4 $)"33*3
H *1& 4)& '20/4 0' 4)& $)"33*3 53*/( *3012019- "-$0)0- "/% "
$-&"/ -*/4:'2&& $-04) &4 4)& $)"33*3 %29 0.& "%)&3*6& '20.
4)& '-&8 $*2$5*4 905 2&.06&% 7*-- #& -&'4 0/ 4)& '20/4 0' 4)& $)"3:
3*3 )*3 *3 /02."-
H */% 4)& 3$02& -*/& */ 4)& "%)&3*6& #"$,*/( "/% 1&&- 4)& #"$,*/(
0'' 0' 4)& .&/5 '-&8 $*2$5*4
H "2&'5--9 "-*(/ 4)& 4)2&& )0-&3 0/ 4)& .&/5 '-&8 $*2$5*4 40 4)&
-0$"402 345%3 0/ 4)& '20/4 0' 4)& ."*/ $)"33*3 )&/ 4)& "-*(/:
.&/4 *3 $022&$4 12&33 4)& '-&8 $*2$5*4 "("*/34 4)& $)"33*3 30 *4
"%)&2&3 40 4)& $)"33*3
H -&"/ 4)& 352'"$& 0' 4)& .&/5 '-&8 $*2$5*4 +534 */34"--&% 53*/(
*3012019- "-$0)0- "/% " $-&"/ -*/4:'2&& $-04)
# && 34&1  40 */34"-- 4)& 120#& $0%& '-&8 $*2$5*4 *' *4 7"3 2&.06&%
$ && 34&1 40 */34"-- 4)&  3)*&-% *' *4 7"3 2&.06&%
% ' 4)& '20/4:1"/&- "33&.#-9 7"3 %*3"33&.#-&% '02 $-&"/*/( */ 34&1 
"11-9 " 4)*/ $0"4*/( 0' #&"2*/( (2&"3& 07 02/*/( 

 40 4)&
470 37*4$) 1"44&2/3 $*2$5-"2 1"44&2/3 '02 4)& 6&24*$"- 3$"-& 204"29
37*4$)&3 0/ 4)& $*2$5*4 #0"2% )&/ 2&6&23& 35#34&13 "% 40
2&"33&.#-& 53*/( *(52& : "3 " (5*%&
& 0 */ 2&6&23& 02%&2 35#34&13 " 4)205() % 2&6&23*/( 4)& 120$&:
%52& 054-*/&% */ &"$) 34&1 & 352& 40 %2&33 4)& :40:'20/4:1"/&-
$"#-& 30 4)"4 4)& -001 0' &842" $"#-& -&/(4) *3 */ 4)& '20/4:1"/&-
$"6*49 0' 4)& $)"33*3 "3 3)07/ */ *(52& : 
' && 4)& '0--07*/( 120$&%52&3 40 */34"-- 4)03& .0%5-&3 2&.06&% #9
4)& "$$&33 120$&%52&
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet 1"(& :
 40 2&*/34"-- 4)& $"#*/&4 "/% 2&"2
$06&2
H Line Fuse and Line Cord 1"(& :
 40 2&*/34"-- 4)& -*/& $02%
7)*$) $0.1-&4&3 4)& 03$*--03$01& 2&"33&.#-9

A05 Attenuator Assembly and Shield


 Access the module: & 352& 905 )"6& 1&2'02.&% 4)& Access Procedure
0/ 1"(& : "/% 2&.06&% 4)& .0%5-&3 "3 */3425$4&%

634 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: ( !+ 


%$)$($ )&  %, - "$*R &# & %  ! 
 Orient the oscilloscope: & & "%"%"# %" &% &"# % ")! "! &
)"$ %'$ ! &% $"!& % ! +"'

 Remove the Attenuator Assembly:
 !#' & #! &" &&!'&"$  & 
 %! '$ - %  ' $ "( & "'$ - "$*R %$)%
%'$! & &&!'&"$ %% + &" & $"!& " & %%%
 & & &&!'&"$ %% + )+ $" & "%"%"# &" " #&
&% $ "(

A05 Attenuator Assembly

Mounting Screws (4)

Attenuator Shield

Figure 612:A05 Attenuator Removal

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 635
Removal and Installation Procedures


 Reinstallation:
   "  !     "  "
 !    !      $
   # !        !
" $   !
H A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield, and Menu Flex and
Probe Code Flex Circuits   %
H Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, Menu Buttons, and Front EMI Gas
kets   %
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet  %        
"
H Line Fuse and Line Cord  %      
#     $

636 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

A26 Monitor Assembly

NOTE

The display tube and the displaydriver board are a single module
and must be removed and replaced as such. They are listed as a
single module in the '## (*) !)*

 Access the module:  )+( /&+ , '(&($ *  Access Procedure


&% ' 1 % ($&, *  $&+#) ) !%)*(+*
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: , %/ 
)(-(!,( -!*  )!0 1 &(.R *!' *$)  %  &* * 
$&+# *&  ($&, !% *  #&*&( !($ Internal Modules
!+( 1 ' 1 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: * *  !!*!0!% &)!##&)&' )& !*)
&**&$ !) &-% &% *  -&(" )+( -!* !*) (&%* !% /&+

WARNING

Monitor assembly handling: Use care when handling a monitor. If


you break its display tube it may implode, scattering glass
fragments with high velocity and possibly injuring you. Wear
protective clothing, including safety glasses (preferably a fullface
shield). Avoid striking the display tube with or against any object.

Monitor storage: Store the monitor with its display tube face down
in a protected location, placing it on a soft, nonabrasive surface to
prevent scratching the face plate.


 Remove the monitor:
 " *  '(+*!&%) &+*#!% !% *  WARNING &, ( *&
!+( 1 - !# &!% *  &##&-!% )+)*')
 %'#+ *  $!% # *   * % (&** *  !!*!0!% &)!##&1
)&' )& !*) *&' !) &-% &% *  -&(" )+( -!* !*) &**&$ !%
+'-()

 $&, *  * ( 1 &(.R )(-) )+(!% *  $&%!*&( ))$1


#/ *& *  &**&$ & *  $!%  ))!). *+(% *  !!*!0!% &)!##&1
)&' *& *  &(!%**!&% )*#!)  !% )*' 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 637
Removal and Installation Procedures

WARNING


      
 
     
 
 
          
 
           

  "( & &$ - "$*, %$)% %'$! & "!&"$ %% +
&" & &"# " & %%%  '$ - &" "& & %$)%
 '% '# "! & & &"# & " "! & &$ $! ! #' & &
"$!$ " & &$ $! "$)$ %&+  & &"# & " %
%")! ! '$ - "! # - 
 & & $$ " & "!&"$ %% + '#)$ %&+  &
"!&"$ %% +  ! & ! %%% '!& & %&"#% "'& 

! ") & & %&$& '# "'& " & & &"# " & ! %%% &"
" #& & $ "(
  ! & WARNING "! "!&"$ !! &&  &+
#$% %&#
" &% "!&"$ $ "( #$"'$ %&"$ & "!-
&"$ %% + !  #$"&& "&"!  &  ")! "!  %"&
!"!$%( %'$ &" #$(!& %$&! &  #&

638 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

A26 Monitor
Assembly

EMI Clip

Monitor
Frame

Mounting
Screws (6)

Figure 613:A26 Monitor Assembly Removal

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 639
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Reinstallation:
 , ),' #( ,0,- ),,
4
 ,0,-#(! ." ,')0& #(-.,/.#)(- #(
" -.* ( -/-.* .) ,#(-.&& ." --'&2  ."  &#*- )(
." ')(#.), , ,*&  -/, .) (., ."' #( ." ()."
, ) ." .)* ( )..)' ) ." "--#-
  ." )&&)1#(! *,)/,- #( ." ),, &#-. .) ,*& ')/&-
,')0 2 ." -- *,)/,
H A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield, and Menu Flex and
Probe Code Flex Circuits )( *! 4 
H Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, Menu Buttons, and Front EMI Gas
kets )( *! 4
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet *! 4
 .) ,#(-.&& ." #(. ( ,,
)0,
H Line Fuse and Line Cord *! 4  .) ,#(-.&& ." &#( ),
1"#" )'*&.- ." )-#&&)-)* ,--'&2

A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports


 Locate the modules to be removed: #( ." ')/&- .)  ,')0 #(
." &).), #!,' Internal Modules #!/, 4 )( *! 4  ), #(
#!/, 4
)( *! 4
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: . ." #!#.#3#(! )-#&&)-)* -) #.-
& . -# #- )1( 1#." #.- ,)(. #(! .) ." & . ) 2)/
 Remove the board supports: *,-- ." -(* &)% . ." )..)' (
) ." ), -/**),. ( .#&. ." -/**),. )/.1,- .) ,')0 ,)' ."
"--#- *. ), ." -)( ( ."#, ), -/**),.- 
#!/, 4


 Remove the D1 Bus: ,-* ."  /- 2 #.- & */&& . ( */&& .)
/(*&/! #. ,)'  ) ." #-*&2 --'&2 "( !,-* ." & (
*/&& .) /(*&/! #. ,)'  ) ." +/#-#.#)( --'&2 (  ) ." 
--'&2  #!/, 4

 Remove the jumper board assembly: ,-* ." $/'*, ), --'&2
2 )**)-#. !- ( */&& )/. .) /(*&/! #. ,)'  ) ." ..(/.),
--'&2 (  ) ." +/#-#.#)( --'&2 % , .) */&& ."
$/'*, ), -.,#!". )/. 1#."  '#(#'/' ) ,)%#(! ').#)( 
#!/, 4

 Reinstallation: ) -.*- .",)/!"  ,0,-#(! #(-.,/.#)(- #( " -.*
.) ,#(-.&& (2 ')/& ,')0

640 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

D1 Bus

Board Support (3)

A08Jumper Board

Figure 614:A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports Removal

A03 CPU Assembly


 Access the module:  *,) 0', !- ()')% +! Access Procedure
'& (  2 & )%'- +! %',$* * "&*+),+
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: - !&0 
*).)"-) ."+!  *"1 2 ')/R +"( +%*  &  '+ +!
%',$* +'  )%'- "& +! $'+') " )% Internal Modules
" ,) 2 (  2 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: + +! " "+"1"& '*"$$'*'( *' "+*
$+ *" "* '.& ."+! "+* )'&+ "& +' +! $+ ' 0',

 Remove the CPU board: *"& " ,) 2 *  ," ()')% +!
'$$'."& *,*+(*
 &($, +!  +' )'&+ (&$ $ )'% +! )'&+2(&$ **%$0
+ 

 %'- +! *"& $ 2 ')/R *). )'% +! )#+ '-)"& +!
unused rearpanel slot + +! "&*" )) ')&) ' +! %"& !**"*

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 641
Removal and Installation Procedures

 $ " ! (  &R ! %   "  " "" !# !


" CPU assembly " " !     "  !!!
     "   " !! $ " ! (
 &R ! %   "  " "" !# ! "   !!' "
"   "  !!!.

CAUTION

Note that the screw removed in step d is shorter (0.250 inch/


6.35 mm) than the screws (0.625 inch/15.875 mm) removed in
substeps b and c.  !#  " !" " ! " ! %  "!  
" % !" "   See Figure 615.

 ! "   ' "!   # #"%  " ## "  
 
"  !!'
  "    " %' #" #" '#   " "" '  "

 # " "" ' 
  "   " !"  " %' #"  "  !!! " (
" "! $

Mounting
Screw (Short),
CPU Assembly

Mounting
Screw, Unused
Board Bracket

Mounting
Screw, CPU
Assembly

A03 CPU Assembly

Figure 615:A03 CPU Removal

642 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Reinstallation:
 #.$,.* '+ .#2#./# ,."#. /1 /0#-/  % .#2#./'+% 0&# .#*,2)
'+/0.1!0',+/ '+ #!& /0#- +" /1 /0#- 0, .#'+/0)) 0&# //#* )5 $0#.
-)1%%'+% '+ 0&#  0, $.,+0 -+#) ! )# 0  # /1.# 0, ".#//
0&# ! )# /, 0&0 0&# ),,- ,$ #40. ! )# '/ 01!(#" #&'+" 0&# $.,+08
-+#) //#* )5 / /&,3+ '+ '%1.# 8  &# ! )# /&,1)" !,*#
$.,*  ,+ 0&#  //#* )5 +" .,10# "'.#!0)5 0&.,1%& 0&#
!&//'/ ,-#+'+% 0, 0&# $.,+08-+#) !2'05
 ## 0&# $,)),3'+% -.,!#"1.#/ '+ 0&# ,."#. )'/0#" 0, .#-)!# *,"1)#/
.#*,2#" 5 0&# !!#// -.,!#"1.#
H A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports ,+
-%# 8   ,." /1--,.0/
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet -%# 8  0, .#'+/0)) 0&# ! '+#0 +" .#.
!,2#.
H Line Fuse and Line Cord -%# 8  0, .#'+/0)) 0&# )'+# !,."
3&'!& !,*-)#0#/ 0&# ,/!')),/!,-# .#//#* )5

A02 Display Assembly


 Access the module: # /1.# 5,1 &2# -#.$,.*#" 0&# Access Procedure
,+ -%# 8
+" .#*,2#" 0&# *,"1)#/ / '+/0.1!0#"
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: 2# &+"5 
/!.#3".'2#. 3'0&  /'6# 8 ,.4R 0'- 0#*/  +"  ,!0# 0&#
*,"1)#/ 0, # .#*,2#" '+ 0&# ),!0,. "'%.* Internal Modules
'%1.#7 8
,+ -%# 8

 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: #0 0&# "'%'0'6'+% ,/!')),/!,-# /, '0/
)#$0 /'"# '/ ",3+ 3'0& '0/ $.,+0 $!'+% 0, 0&# )#$0 ,$ 5,1
 Remove the display board: /'+% '%1.# 8 /  %1'"# -#.$,.* 0&#
$,)),3'+% /1 /0#-/
 +-)1% 0&# *,+'0,. 0, "'/-)5 ! )# 0  

 #*,2# 0&# /'+%)# 8 ,.4R /!.#3 $.,* 0&# .!(#0 0&0 /#!1.#/
0&# CPU assembly 0 0&# '+/'"# .#. !,.+#. ,$ 0&# *'+ !&//'/

! #*,2# 0&# /'+%)# 8 ,.4R /!.#3 $.,* 0&# .!(#0 0&0 /#!1.#/
0&# display assembly 0 0&# '+/'"# .#. !,.+#. ,$ 0&# *'+ !&//'/
" ,.('+% $.,* 0&# .#. ,$ 0&# ,/!')),/!,-# .#*,2# 0&# /'+%)# 8
,.4R /!.#3 $.,* 0&# .!(#0 0&0 /#!1.#/ 0&# "'/-)5 //#* )5 0,
0&# .#. ,$ 0&# *'+ !&//'/.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 643
Removal and Installation Procedures

CAUTION

Note that the screw removed in step d is shorter (0.250 inch/


6.35 mm) than the screws removed in substeps b and c
(0.625 inch/15.875 mm). Be sure to install the short screw in its
proper location when reinstalling the board. Installation of the long
screw will damage the display assembly circuit board.

 ! "   & "!   # #"%  " ## "    
"  !!& " " " $

Mounting
Screw (Short),
Display Assembly

Mounting
Screw, CPU
Assembly

Mounting
Screw, Display
Assembly

D1 Bus (Removed by
A02 Display the Access Procedure)
Assembly

Figure 616:A02 Display Assembly Removal

 Reinstallation:
     $ !   !#!"! ' $ ! " $
!" #"!   !#!" " !" " !!&
  " %  # !  "   !" "  #!
$ & " !!  # 
H A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports 

'   !# "!   #! &

644 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet *" 4  -) + $(,-&& -# $( - ( + +
)/ +
H Line Fuse and Line Cord *" 4  -) + $(,-&& -# &$( )+
0#$# )'*& - , -# ),$&&),)* + ,, '&2

A09 DSP Assembly


 Access the module:  ,.+ 2). #/ * +!)+'  -# Access Procedure
)( *" 4 ( + ')/  -# ').& , , $(,-+.- 
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed:

 / #(2  ,+ 0+$/ + 0$-#  ,$3 4


)+1R -$* - ', 
(
 )- -# ').& , -)  + ')/  $( -# &)-)+ $"+' Internal
Modules $".+ 4 )( *" 4 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope:  - -# $"$-$3$(" ),$&&),)* ,) $-,
& !- ,$ $, )0( 0$-# $-, !+)(- !$(" -) -# & !- )! 2).
 Remove the DSP Assembly: , $".+ 4 ,  ".$ * +!)+' -#
!)&&)0$(" ,.,- *,
 (*&." -# -- +24%.* & - 


  ')/ -# ,$("& 4


)+1R ,+ 0 !+)' -# +% - -#- , .+ ,
the display assembly - -# $(,$ + + )+( + )! -# '$( #,,$,

  ')/ -# ,$("& 4


)+1R ,+ 0 !+)' -# +% - -#- , .+ ,
the DSP assembly - -# $(,$ + + )+( + )! -# '$( #,,$,
 )+%$(" !+)' -# + + )! -# ),$&&),)*  + ')/ -# ,$("& 4

)+1R ,+ 0 !+)' -# +% - -#- , .+ , -#  ,, '&2 -)


-# + + )! -# '$( #,,$,.

CAUTION

Note that the screw removed in step d is shorter


(0.250 inch/6.35 mm) than the screws removed in substeps b
and c (0.625 inch/15.875 mm). Be sure to install the short screw in
its proper location when reinstalling the board. Installation of the
long screw will damage the DSP assembly circuit board.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 645
Removal and Installation Procedures

Mounting
Screw (Short),
DSP Assembly
Mounting
Screw, Display
Assembly

Mounting
Screw, DSP
Assembly

D1 Bus (Removed by
the Access Procedure)
A09 DSP Assembly

Figure 617:A09 DSP Assembly Removal

 $%# & "$ * &%  ! #' "'&)$ &" '!#' & $"  "
& #! %% * &" " #& & $ "(
 Reinstallation:
 $"$ ! $($% "$$ %'%&#%
+
 $($%! & $ "(
!%&$'&"!% !  %'%&# &" $!%& & %% *
  & "")! #$"'$% ! & "$$ %& &" $# "'%
$ "( * & %% #$"'$
H A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports "!
# +
 "$ %'##"$&% !  '% "!*
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet # +
 &" $!%& & !& ! $$
"($
H Line Fuse and Line Cord # +  &" $!%& & ! "$
) " #&% & "%"%"# $%% *

A01 Backplane Assembly and its Mount


 Access the module:  %'$ *"' ( #$"$  & Access Procedure
"! # + ! $ "( & "'% % !%&$'&
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed:

646 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

 2" %*!5  / ."3!.&2". 3&0%  /&6" 7 +.4R 0&, 0")/  *! 
*!  #(07(!"! / ."3!.&2". 0")

 + 0" 0%" )+!1("/ 0+ " .")+2"! &* 0%" (+ 0+. !&$.) Internal
Modules &$1." 7 +* ,$" 7 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: "0 0%" !&$&0&6&*$ +/ &((+/ +," /+ &0/
("#0 /&!" &/ !+3* 3&0% &0/ #.+*0 # &*$ 0+ 0%" ("#0

 Remove the backplane assembly: /&*$ &$1." 7 /  $1&!" ,".#+.)
0%" #+((+3&*$ /1/0",/
 %"." )5 " 1*1/"! +.! . '"0/ )+1*0"! +* 0%" .". ,*"(
0%0 +.."/,+*! 0+ 1*1/"! +.! /(+0/ &* 0%" backplane assembly.
+. *5 1*1/"! . '"0 !+ 0%" #+((+3&*$ /1,.0/ 0+ .")+2" &0

H ")+2" 0%" /&*$(" 7 +.4R / ."3 0%0 /" 1."/ 0%" 1/"!
. '"0 0 0%" &*/&!" .". +.*". +# 0%" )&* %//&/
H +.'&*$ #.+) 0%" .". +# 0%" +/ &((+/ +," .")+2" 0%" /&*$("
7 +.4R / ."3 #.+) 0%" . '"0 0%0 /" 1."/ 0%"  /7
/")(5 0+ 0%" .". +# 0%" )&* %//&/.
 *,(1$ 0%"  ',(*" 0+  -1&/&0&+* (" 0  +# 0%"  -1&/&0&+*
//")(5
 *,(1$ 0%"  ',(*" 0+ 00"*10+. (" 0  +# 0%" 00"*10+.
//")(5
! *,(1$ 0%"  ',(*" 0+  ,+3". (" 0  +# 0%"  ,+3".
/1,,(5
" *,(1$ 0%"  ',(*" 0+ #.+*0 ,*"( (" 0  +# 0%"  ',(*"
//")(5
# *,(1$ 0%"  ',(*" 0+ (+3 2+(0$" ,+3". (" 0  +# 0%"
 ',(*" //")(5

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 647
Removal and Installation Procedures

Mounting
Screw (5)

A01 Backplane
Assembly

Lift latches (4)


to release the board.

Figure 618:A01 Backplane Assembly and its Mount Removal

       "R !      


 
   $        !  
!           
   "        $ 

  %   !    "    "
      
    "  #        
                " 
       " 

648 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

 " ( #& '  & #  #)&  , #' &'$ ( #& - (
 "& (#'  , #' " &#(( ((  )$+&' ' ( -
" $) ( #& #)( # (' &("& ' #( ( (' #$$#'( 
 ' -#) ( ( $ " ''! - #)( # ( ''' ) (
$ " (# ((")(#& " $ " (# %)'(#"  ' )$
(&#) (& ' #(' " ( #((#! # ( '''
! ( ( ''! -  # ( +- #)( # ( ''' (# #!$ ( (
&!#* 

 Reinstallation:
 &#&! " &*&' #&& ')'($' . ! &*&'" ( &!#*
"'(&)(#"' "  ')'($ (# &"'( ( ''! - '&* (
# #+" $&)(#"' ' -#) # ( ')'($'
H  ')& (# ) ( $ " (# ((")(#& " $ " (#
%)'(#"  ' )$ (&#) (& ' #(' " ( #((#! # (
''' +" #" '($
H  ')& (#  " ( #& (# ( &("& ' #( +" #"
'($ 
H ( ( #& )"( ( #)& &("&' '"$ #*& (  # (
$ " ''! - +" #" ')'($ 
  ( # #+" $&#)&' " ( #&& '( (# &$  !#) '
&!#* - ( '' $&#)&
H A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports #"
$ .  #& ')$$#&(' "  )' #" -
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet $ .  (# &"'( ( "( " &&
#*&
H Line Fuse and Line Cord $ .  (# &"'( ( " #&
+ #!$ (' ( #' #'#$ &''! -

Backup Batteries

CAUTION

The batteries used in this oscilloscope can present a fire or chemi


cal burn hazard if mistreated. Do not recharge, rapidly discharge,
disassemble, heat above 100_C, or incinerate.

Replace batteries with the part number listed in the Replaceable


Parts List, Section 10, only. Use of another battery presents a risk
of fire or explosion.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 649
Removal and Installation Procedures

Dispose of used batteries promptly. Small quantities of used batter


ies may be disposed of in normal refuse. Keep away from children.
Do not disassemble, and do not dispose of in fire.

%"!!&"! " & &&$% $" &$ #'% $%'&% ! & "%% "
 %( $"!& #! %&'#% ! %( )("$ %
'%& !&
"!%&!&% %&"$ !&$!* )! & "%"%"# % '%& $
!"& "%&
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: "& &
backup battery &"  $ "( ! & "&"$ $ Internal Modules
'$ , # , 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: & & &+! "%"%"# %" &%
&"# % ")! "! & )"$ %'$ )& &% $& % ! *"'
 Remove backup battery 1: !#' & ,'# &&$*  &  "
&  %% * ! #' & &&$* "'& " &%  # !$ & $"!&
" & %%% &" $ "(

Plugs into J5 of the


A03CPU Assembly

To J5 of the
A09 DSP
Assembly

Figure 619:Battery Removal

650 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Remove backup battery 2: %'#+ *  "1+' **(/ # * 


&
*   ))$#/  % '+## *  **(/ &+* & !*) #$' %( *  (&%*
& *   ))!) *& ($&,

 Remove the battery retaining clip:  ('#$%* & *  **(/ #!' !)
%))(/ +%)(- *  #!' (&$ *   ))!) / (&**!% !* &+%*(1
#&"-!)
 Reinstallation:
  *  **(/ (*!%!% #!') -) ($&, !%)*## !* / )(-!% !*)
* ( )*+ !%*& *   ))!)
 & )*')  %  (,()!% *  ($&,# !%)*(+*!&%) *& (!%)*## * 
 **(/
  *  &##&-!% '(&+() !% *  &(( #!)* *& ('# $&+#)
($&, / *  )) '(&+(
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet ' 1  *& (!%)*## *  !%* % ((
&,(
H Line Fuse and Line Cord ' 1  *& (!%)*## *  #!% &(
- ! &$'#*) *  &)!##&)&' ())$#/

A25 Low Voltage Power Supply and its Mount


 Access the module:  )+( /&+ , '(&($ *  Access Procedure
&% ' 1 % ($&, *  $&+#) ) !%)*(+*
 Locate modules to be removed:

 , %/  )(-(!,( -!*  )!0 1


&(.R *!' *$)  % 
%  '!( & +" !## '#!() *$ 
 !% *  #&- ,&#* '&-( )+''#/ % ! !* !) *&  ($&, * 
'&-(1)+''#/ $&+%* !% *  #&*&( !($ Internal Modules !1
+( 1 &% ' 1 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: * *  !!*!0!% &)!##&)&' )& !*)
&**&$ !) &-% &% *  -&(" )+( % !*) (&%* !) !% *& *  (! *

CAUTION

When releasing the low voltage power supply from its mount, take
care not to push on the board components. Rather, push on the
board edge when performing the following step and its substeps.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 651
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Remove the low voltage power supply:


  % $   " $   ##) $ 
  % $   " $  '" #% ) $ 
 " $"% $   "$ ' $  '# "&
Access Procedure), "& $ + "(R #"' $ $ $" 
$ '" #% ) "
 #  "  %+ "# #!%* $ "#   $ %"
( # $ $ $   $ ' &$ '" #% ) ##).
  "# $$ $ " %$ ') " $ ( # 
% % $
'"  '" $ $# $ $  " $
' &$ '" #% )
 $ $ ' &$ '" #% ) ##) %$  $ ### $
 $ $# "&

Mounting Screw (1) Use pliers to release


board latches
To Aux Power
Supply

Press release latches


in while pulling up
on mount.

Figure 620:A25 Low Voltage Power Supply Removal

652 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

  & )*' +%#)) )(,!!%  (&"% '&-( )+''#. $&+%*


&( ($&,!% * * $&+%* &( #%!%

 Remove the powersupply mount:


 # *  !!*!/!% &)!##&)&' )& !*) #* )! !) &-% -!* !*) *&'
!% .&+
 '()) *  *-& (*!%( #&") % )#! *  '&-(0)+''#. $&+%*
*&-() *  *&' & *  !!*!/!% &)!##&)&' *& +%#&" (&$ * 
 ))!)
 !* *  '&-(0)+''#. $&+%* &+* & *   ))!) *& &$'#* * 
($&,#  % (!%)*##!% *  '&-(0)+''#. $&+%*  )+( *&
'()) !* #+) !%)* *   ))!) &( )#!!% !* *&-() *  &*0
*&$ & *   ))!) *& #&"
 Reinstallation:
  *  '&-( )+''#. $&+%* -) ($&, & *  &##&-!% )+'(*)
H & !% (,() &(( )+)*')   (,()!% *  ($&,#
!%)*(+*!&%) !%  )+)*' *& (!%)*## *  ))$#.
H  A02 Display Assembly &% ' 0
 *& (!%)*## * * )0
)$#.
H  A09 DSP Assembly &% ' 0  *& (!%)*## * * ))$#.
H  A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports
&% ' 0  *& (!%)*## *  &( )+''&(*) %  +) &%#.
 (&($ !% (,() &(( )+)*') 0  (,()!% *  ($&,#
!%)*(+*!&%) !%  )+)*' *& (!%)*## *  ))$#. Be sure to
seat the board until all of the four flex locks are locked.
  *  &##&-!% '(&+() *& ('# *  $&+#) ($&, .
*  )) '(&+(
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet ' 0  *& (!%)*## *  !%* % ((
&,(
H Line Fuse and Line Cord ' 0  *& (!%)*## *  #!% &(
- ! &$'#*) *  &)!##&)&' ())$#.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 653
Removal and Installation Procedures

Fan and Fan Mount


 Access the module:  *,) 0', !- ()')% +! Access Procedure
'& (  2 & )%'- +! %',$* * "&*+),+
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: '+ +!
%',$* +'  )%'- "& +! $'+') " )% Internal Modules
" ,) 2 (  2 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: + +! " "+"1"& '*"$$'*'( *' +!+
"+* '++'% "* '.& & "+* )) "* "& 0',
 Remove the fan:
 &($, +! ('.) $ ') +! fan )'%  '& +! Auxiliary Power
Supply
 $* +! +.' $/ $'#* *,)"& +! +'( ' +! & +' +! &
%',&+, +!& $"+ +! & ',+ )'% +! +'( ' +! !**"*
 !& )"&*+$$"& +! &,  *,) +! +.' $'#* *&( "&+' ($ +'
*,) +! &
  ' *+(
,&$** *)-""&  )'#& & %',&+ ') )%'-"&
+!+ %',&+ ') $&"& 


 Remove the fan mount:
 '++ +! " "+"1"& '*"$$'*'( *' +! *" +!+ !',** +! &
mount "* "& ,(.)*
 ()** +! +.' $/ $'#* +' )$* +!% * " ,) 2
 !"$ !'$"& +! $/ $'#* )$* *$" +! & %',&+ *' "+* ',)
)+"&) $, * *$" )'% +!") *%$$ )+"&) !'$* "& +! !**"* "&+'
+!") $)  )$* !'$*
 '- +! & %',&+ "&.) *' "+* )+"&) $, * ) ',+ ' +! $) 
)+"&) !'$* & $"+ "+ ',+ ' +! !**"* +' )%'-

654 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Lift flex locks.


Fan

Releasing the Fan Mount Lugs


Left Rear of Scope
Move fan mount
inward and lift.

Fan Mount

Press flex locks.


Retainer Lugs
(4)

Figure 621:Fan and Fan Mount Removal


 Reinstallation:
  "  #" %! $     $ !   !#!"!
  $ ! " $ !" #"!   !#!" " (
!" "  #".  !#  " !" "  #" ! "! "% &
! ! " !#  "  " !!!
   $ !   !#!"!  " !" " .
  " %  # ! "  " #! $ '
" !!  # 
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet 
( " !" " "  
$
H Line Fuse and Line Cord 
(  " !" "   
% "! " !! !!'

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 655
Removal and Installation Procedures

Line Filter
 Access the module:  &(% ,#( ) $%#%! ' Access Procedure
#" $
. " %!#) ' !#( & & "&'%('
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: ) ", 
&%*%)% *'  &- . #%+R '$ '!&  "  #' ' "
 '% " ' #'#% %! Internal Modules (%
. $
. 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: ' ' '-" #& #&#$ &# '&
#''#! & #*" #" ' *#% &(% " '& %% & " ,#(
 Remove the line filter: % '# (%
. *" #" ' # #*"
&(&'$&
 "$ ( ' '% #""'#%& ' ' "  '%.
 !#) ' '*# &%*& !#("'" ' "  '% '# ' &&& (
'  '% #(' '%#( ' %% # ' &&& '# #!$ ' ' %!#).


Figure 622:Line Filter Removal

656 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Reinstallation:

WARNING

When reconnecting the  #$ "  $ to the   be


sure to connect the neutral side of the line filter to the blackstriped
lead and the load side to the whitestriped lead.

It is not necessary to disconnect the earth ground from the chassis


lug that it is bolted to. If, however, you have done so, be sure to
install the earth lead (and its nut) from the line filter before installing
the earth lead (and its nut) from the low voltage power supply.

   !     !  !  %


        $
   "        ! $
   
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet 
%       
!
H Line Fuse and Line Cord 
%      
"    $

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 657
Removal and Installation Procedures

A07 Auxiliary Power Supply


 Access the module:  *,) 0', - ()')% +  Access Procedure
'& ( 2 & )%'- +  %',$* * !&*+),+
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed:

 - &0  *).)!-) .!+  *!1 2 ')/R +!( +%*  & 
&   !& &,+2)!-) +% 
 '+ +  auxiliary power supply !& +  $'+') !)% Internal
Modules !,) 2 '& ( 2 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: + +  !!+!1!& '*!$$'*'( *' !+*
'++'% !* '.& '& +  .')# *,) & !+* )) !* !& 0',

 Remove the auxiliary power supply: )& !,) 2 . !$ '!&
+  '$$'.!& *,*+(*
 &($, +  %'&!+')2('.) $ + 
 +  &2('.) $ +  
+  $ )'% +  #($& **%$0 +   & +  $ )'%
+  $'. -'$+ ('.) *,(($0 **%$0 + 
 '. )$* & !*'&&+ +  )%'+2('.) $ . ) !+ "'!&*
+  $ )'% +  $'. -'$+ ('.) *,(($0 **%$0.
 &($, +  +.' '&&+')* + +  $!& !$+).

WARNING

When reconnecting the ,/!$!)0 ('.) *,(($0 **%$0 to the $!&


!$+) be sure to connect the neutral side of the line filter to the
blackstriped lead and the load side to the whitestriped lead.

 %'- +  +.' 2 ')/R *).* %',&+!& +  ,/!$!)0 ('.)


*,(($0 **%$0 +' +   **!*  & (,$$ ,( '& +  ') +'
)$* !+ )'% +  +.' )+!&)* !+ +  ') ',+ ' +   **!* +'
'%($+ +  )%'-$

658 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

Figure 623:Auxiliary Power Supply Removal

 Reinstallation:
   #   " !  #  ! #
 !"!   " ! !  ! !  %  " !
! !  "! ! !$ "!  !    !
 % $  !
  ! $ "  !   ! !  "
# % !  "
H A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports 

&  "!   " %

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 659
Removal and Installation Procedures

H A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield, and Menu Flex and


Probe Code Flex Circuits %$ & 1
H Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, Menu Buttons, and Front EMI Gas
kets %$ & 1
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet & 1  *% ( $)*"" *  $* $ ((
%,(
H Line Fuse and Line Cord & 1  *% ( $)*"" * " $ %(
-  %#&"*) * %) ""%)%& ())#"/

A04 Acquisition Assembly


 Access the module:  )+( /%+ , &(%(# * Access Procedure
%$ & 1 $ (#%, * #%+") ) $)*(+*
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed: , $/ 
)(-( ,( - *  ) 0 1
%(.R * & *#)  $  %* *
acquisition assembly $ * "%*%(  (# Internal Modules  +( 1
%$ & 1 
 Orient the digitizing oscilloscope: * *   * 0 $ %) ""%)%& )% *)
%**%# ) +& - * *) (%$*  $ /%+
 Remove the acquisition assembly: )  +( 1 )  + 
 $&"+ * " (%# * !&"$ ))#"/ (%#  $ *
" (%# * '+ ) * %$ ))#"/ * 

 #%, * ) . )(-) )+( $ * '+ ) * %$ ))#"/ *% *
%**%# % * )) ) $ " * %+* * '+ ) * %$ ))#"/ *% %#1
&"* *) (#%,"

660 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

A04 Acquisition Board

Mounting Screws (6)

Figure 624:A04 Acquisition Board Removal


 Reinstallation:
     $ !   !#!"! '  $ ! " $
!" #"!   !#!" " !" " !!&
  " %  # !  "   !" "  #!
$ & " !!  # 
H A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports 
 '  " !" " #     #! &
H Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet  '  " !" " "  
$
H Line Fuse and Line Cord  '  " !" "   
% "! " !! !!&

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 661
Removal and Installation Procedures

Main Chassis
 Remove the main chassis: " ( &!#* # ( main chassis
&%)&' ( &!#* # *&() -  !#) ' $&#&! ( $&#)&
Disassembly for Cleaning (( # #+'
 Reinstallation:  &"'( (#" "'(&)(#"' " Disassembly for
Cleaning.

Disassembly for ' $&#)& ' #& '''! - # ( (." #' #'#$ "(# ('
"*) !#) ' '# (- "   "  (  "" "'(&)(#"'
Cleaning " Inspection and Cleaning #" $ / # (' '(#" #& '''! "
(' #' #'#$
 Assemble equipment and locate modules to be removed:
 * "-  '&+&*& +(  '. / #&,R ($ (!'  " 
 / #&,R ($ (!    (/  '&+&*& (!
  $& #
" /($ (+.&' (!  )  $ &' (!   (  
'$)& (!  "  '# &" &#" (! 
 ! &. -#)&'  +( ( !#) '  )'(&( " )&' / / 
" /

 Remove all modules: # " ( #&& '( ( # #+" $&#)&'
- & #)" )"& Procedures for Module Removal and Installation
+ '(&(' #" $ /
 Line Fuse and Line Cord $ / 
 Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet $ /

 Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, Menu Buttons, and Front EMI Gaskets
$ / 
 A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield, and Menu Flex and Probe
Code Flex Circuits $ / 
 Fan and Fan Mount $ /

 A25 Low Voltage Power Supply and its Mount $ / 
 A26 Monitor Assembly $ /

 A07 Auxiliary Power Supply $ / 

662 Maintenance
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Line Filter & / 


 A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports
&/ 
! A03 CPU Assembly & / 
" A02 Display Assembly & / 
# A09 DSP Assembly & / 
$ A01 Backplane Assembly and its Mount & / 
% Backup Batteries & / 
& A05 Attenuator Assembly and Shield & / 
' A04 Acquisition Assembly & /
 Reassembly: % )+)*&) ' $ * %(( ")* )(, * %""%-$
$)*(+*%$) ) .%+ % *#
H  &(%+() "" %+* $ * )+)*&) ** %""%- ($)*"" "" *
#%+"). $ %$ *) &(%+() % *( )*&) $ (,()
%((
H $ ($)*""$ * #%+") $%( $. $)*(+*%$) ** ('+(
%$$*$  " %( +) *%  #%+" ** .%+ , $%* .* $/
)*"" %+ -"" #! * $))(. %$$*%$) -$ .%+ $)*""
* #))$ #%+" "*(
H $%( $. $)*(+*%$) *% % * Access Procedure  ))
&(%+( ) %$". +) -$ (#%,$ $,+" #%+") %(
)(,$ $%* -$ %$  )))#".())#". %( "$$
H $%( $. $)*(+*%$) (*$ .%+ *% ) %*( &(%+() *%
($)*"" #%+") (#%, . * )) &(%+(  )+)*&)
** %""%- (* .%+ *% * &(%+() $ *% ($)*"" "" % *
#%+")
 A04 Acquisition Assembly & /
 A05 Attenuator Assembly and Shield & / 
 Backup Batteries & / 
 A01 Backplane Assembly and its Mount & / 
 A09 DSP Assembly & / 
 A02 Display Assembly & / 
 A03 CPU Assembly & / 
 Line Fuse and Line Cord & /

 A08 Jumper Board Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board Supports
&/ 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 663
Removal and Installation Procedures

 Line Filter  


 A07 Auxiliary Power Supply  
 
 A26 Monitor Assembly  

 A25 Low Voltage Power Supply and its Mount  
 
 Fan and Fan Mount  
 
 Trim Ring, Menu Elastomer, Menu Buttons, and Front EMI Gaskets
  
 
 A06 FrontPanel Assembly, ESD Shield, and Menu Flex and Probe
Code Flex Circuits  

 Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet
Handle and Feet  


664 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

 !+ +-+,!'& '&,!&+ !&'*%,!'& & (*'-*+ +!& ,' $( 1'-


!+'$, -$,1 %'-$+ !& ,  '+!$$'+'(   %'-$ &+ ,'  *($
'$$'/ ,  Removal and Installation Procedures $', !& , !+ +,!'& 
+*.!!&    '$$'/ ,  (*'-*+ '* ,    -, !&'* $$
**&+ ,'   &  

CAUTION

This oscilloscope operates over several ranges of line voltage (see


'-* '$, & *)-&1 on page 116 of Section 1, (!!2
,!'&). Before stepping the line voltage from one range to a higher
range, set the principal power switch (rear panel) to its OFF posi
tion. Failure to do so can damage the oscilloscope.

Diagnostics   '+!$$'+'( + ,/' $.$+ ' !&,*&$ !&'+,!+ , , '-+ '& .*!12
!& "-+,!& & ! &  !+'$,!& -$,1 %'-$+
', $.$+ ' !&,*&$ !&'+,!+ *('*, &1  %'-$+ &'* !&,*+
 , 1 ' !&   %'-$ &'* !&,* -+ ,  ,*'-$+ '',!& (*'2
-*+ !& , !+ +,!'& ,' ,*%!& / ! %'-$ &+ ,'  *($
  ,/' $.$+ ' !&'+,!+ * ,  + '*, '&!& +, & & 0,&
+, , , ,+,+ ,  '+!$$'+'( !*-!,*1 !&2(, & ,#+ %'* ,!% ,
('/*2-( ,  '+!$$'+'( -,'%,!$$1 0-,+ ,  + '*, +,   02
,& +, !+ '(,!'&$ & !+ 0-, 1 -+!& ,  '$$'/!& (*'-*

**)-!+!,+
'/* -( ,  '+!$$'+'( & $$'/   %!&-, /*%2-(
'* '!& , !+ (*'-*
 Display the System diagnostics menu:
 *++ SHIFT , & (*++ UTILITY
 (,$1 (*++ ,  %!&2%&- -,,'& System -&,!$ Diag/Err !+
! $! , !& ,  %&- , , ('(+ -(
 (,$1 (*++ ,  %!&2%&- -,,'& Area -&,!$ All !+ ! $! ,
!& ,  %&- , , ('(+ -(
 Run the System Diagnostics: *++ ,  %!&2%&- -,,'& Execute , &
(*++ ,  +!2%&- -,,'& OK Confirm Run Test
 Wait:   !&,*&$ !&'+,!+ ' & 0 -+,!. .*!!,!'& ' (*'(*
'+!$$'+'( -&,!'&  !+ .*!!,!'& /!$$ ,# '-, ,/' %!&-,+  &
!&!+  ,  '+!$$'+'( !+($1+  *('*, ' &1  %'-$+ &'*
!&,*+

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 665
Troubleshooting

Firmware Updates
# "!   $ !  $  ! ! #    $"
  # !  !"!  !    !  !  !  
 # "! !   !   !  $  !

NOTE

You must set both switches of the Protection switch to the unpro
tected position before updating the firmware. Figure 625 shows
how to set the switch. After loading the firmware, be sure you set
both switches back to the protected position and cycle power.

 $" #! !   # "!  Optional Accessories  %


! Mechanical Parts List  ! ! "

Flip both switch levers toward


the board (closed) to enable
updating of firmware.

Figure 625:Accessing the Protection Switch

666 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting 48-30)17 /-67)( -1 !%&/)6> ? ?


 ?  %1( ? 2* 7,-6 0%18%/ 25 )48-9%/)17
)48-30)17 0%< &) 86)*8/ :,-/) 7528&/)6,227-1+ 7,-6 26'-//26'23) 216758'?
Equipment 7-21 2* %1( 6)7?83 2* 27,)5 7528&/)6,227-1+ )48-30)17 %5) %/62 /-67)( -1 7,-6
3%57 2* 7,) 0%18%/

Table68:Troubleshooting Test Equipment, Fixtures, and Supplies

Item Number and Minimum Requirements Example Purpose


Description
 2162/) 257 !).7521-; 3%57 180&)5 !).7521-; 3%57 180&)5 !528&/)6,227-1+ 86-1+
 ? 
?   
 6)) -+? 7,) 2162/) 257
85)> ? 
20387)5 R> '203%7-&/) !528&/)6,227-1+ 86-1+
7,) 2162/) 257

;7)16-21 '%&/) 2162/) 3257 72 '20387)5 !528&/)6,227-1+ 86-1+


'211)'7-21 7,) 2162/) 257

!)/)'20081-'%7-21 5266 !%/.R !528&/)6,227-1+ 86-1+


62*7:%5) 7,) 2162/) 257

6'-//26'23)  = *25 7,) !!# !   )1)5%/ 7528&/)6,227?


!   %1( !   25 !   25 !   -1+

>= *25 7,)
!  

Console Port Set Up


!,) '2162/) 3257 %//2:6 <28 72 6)) ()7%-/)( (-%+1267-' 0)66%+)6 :,)1
*%8/76 -1 7,) 26'-//26'23) 35)9)17 (-63/%< 2* 7,) 1250%/ (-%+1267-'6 "6) 7,-6
352')(85) 72 6)7 83 7,) '2162/) 3257

NOTE

You may need a DB9 to DB25 adaptor, null modem adaptor,


gender changer adaptor, and an extension cable to connect the
console port to your personal computer (see Figure626). Using
Table69 you can wire a cable to take the place of a DB9 to DB25
adaptor, null modem adaptor, gender changer, and an extension
cable.

 Equipment required: 2162/) 3257>7)0  % 3)5621%/ '20387)5 25


7)50-1%/>7)0  %1( 7)/)'20081-'%7-21 7)50-1%/ 62*7:%5)>7)0  *25
7,) 3)5621%/ '20387)5 $285 3)5621%/ '20387)5 :-// %/62 5)48-5) % ?
72 ? %(%3725 18// 02()0 %(%3725 +)1()5 ',%1+)5 %(%3725 %1( %1
);7)16-21 '%&/) 72 '211)'7 7,) '2162/) 3257 72 <285 3)5621%/ '20387)5
6)) -+85)> ? 
 Prerequisites: 2:)5 2** 7,) 26'-//26'23)

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 667
Troubleshooting

 Accessing J3: 0),' 1(% Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI
Gasket, and Cabinet Handle and Feet $)0!00%+"*6 ./-#%$2/% /%+-3%
1(% #!"),%1

Table69:Connections for a 9 to 25 Pin Null Modem Cable

DB9 Signals DB9 Pin DB25 Pin DB25 Signals


   
   

 


!,$   !,$ 

 

  

 

 


,20%$   9 ** 1(%/0 ,20%$


 Connecting the equipment: 11!#( 1(% #-,0-*%8.-/1 #!"*% 1-  -, 1(%
 7 +-$2*% 0%% )'2/%7 8  !,$ 20),' !, %51%,$%/ #!"*% -/
!$!.1-/0 1- 1(% 8  0%/)!* .-/1 -& 6-2/ .%/0-,!* #-+.21%/ -/
8  1%/+),!*
 Configure the personal computer:
! Load the software: -!$ 1%*%#-++2,)#!1)-, 1%/+),!* 0-&14!/% ),1-
6-2/ .%/0-,!* #-+.21%/
" Select the software port: -,&)'2/% 1(% 1%*%#-++2,)#!1)-, 0-&14!/%
0- 1(!1 )1 !##%00%0 1(% 0%/)!* .-/1 1(!1 6-2 #-,,%#1%$ 1- 1(% #-,0-*%
.-/1 -+ -/ -+
# Configure port parameters: %1 1(% 1%*%#-++2,)#!1)-, 0-&14!/% -/
1%/+),!* .!/!+%1%/0
H !2$ !1%  
H !/)16 -,%
H !1! )10 
H 1-. )10 
H 2.*%5 2**
H /-1-#-* -,%
H %/+),!* 

$ Select terminal mode: &1%/ #-,&)'2/),' 1(% 0-&14!/% .!/!+%1%/0


04)1#( 1(% 0-&14!/% 1- 1%/+),!* +-$%

668 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

 Use the console port:         


   

            

Console Port
Part Number
174261300

Extension Cable

Figure 626:Console Port Connections

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 669
Troubleshooting

Press on the principal


power switch on the back of
the oscilloscope. Power off and remove the
cover using the Front
Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet,
Rear EMI Gasket, and
Press Cabinet Handle and Feet Perform the Low
Can you No the ON/STBY No
hear the fan removal procedure. Check Voltage Power Supply
button. Can you all the cables coming out of troubleshooting
whirling? hear the fan the Low Voltage Power procedure.
now? Supply. and the cabling
Yes between modules. Be sure
Yes every cable is attached There is something
securely. wrong with the
ON/STBY button.
Does the No Perform the
When system power
Backplane
the oscilloscope Perform the on now?
troubleshooting
powers on, do the front No Processor/Front Panel procedure.
panel lights come on and troubleshooting Yes
then go off a short procedure.
time later?

Power off the


Yes oscilloscope and
remove its cabinet using
the Front Cover, Rear
Does Cover, Cabinet, Rear Power Is
the display EMI Gasket, and on again and there 5.1V Replace the
No Yes Yes
seem to be Cabinet Handle and observe LED on P1 pin 3 A03CPU
working Feet removal DS1. Does it (see figure module.!
at all? procedure. On only display 628)?
the A03CPU module .8?
Yes set the eighth switch of No
No Perform the Low Voltage
S1 to the open position.
Power Supply
troubleshooting procedure.!
Is
the display No Do you No
readable and have a console Replace the
port? Does DS1 Does
stable? A03CPU
first flash .8, then DS1 flash .8,
module.!
Yes display a sequence No then display the No
Yes sequence of hex
of hex numbers from Note: The
1-e with no period numbers
Perform the Console replacement
preceding pausing to
troubleshooting module will not
them? flash .b?
procedure.! have firmware
Does
loaded. See 666
the oscilloscope
No Yes Yes for details on
respond correctly
firmware
when the front
Perform the Monitor updates.
panel buttons are
pushed? troubleshooting
Perform the procedure.!
Processor/Front Panel
Yes Are both Yes
troubleshooting
switches of S2 in
procedure.
the open
position?
Does
the oscilloscope Yes
power on and all the Done. No
diagnostics
pass?

No

Perform the Module Isolation Set both switches of S2 on the


troubleshooting procedure. A03CPU module to the open
positions. Set all switches of S1
!Note: Set all the switches of S1 back to the closed back to the closed position and
position and cycle power before performing another procedure. cycle power.!

Figure 627:Primary Troubleshooting Procedure

670 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

P1

Pin 3 Pin 1 Pin 32

Figure 628:A03CPU Board Connector P1

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 671
Troubleshooting

)*3 02/$&%52& "335-&3


4)"4 4)& /3$*,,/3$/0& *3 50
".% 25..*.( ".% 9/5 $".
2&"% 4)& %*30,"9

/&3 &,&$4 4)& &84&.%&% %*"(./34*$3


4)& %*30,"9 / -&.5 ".% 25. ",, 4)& 4&343 3&& /
4)& %*3$533*/. /' 4)& 2& ".9 '"*,52&3 )& /3$*,,/3$/0& *3 /+
2&0/24 ".9 2&0/24&%
&22/23 %*"(./34*$3 /. 0"(& ; 

!&3 !&3

. "#,& ; /. 0"(&: ;


 '*.% 4)& 2/7 $/.4"*.*.( 4)& '*234 '"*,52& 2&0/24&% /. 4)&  &,&$4
-/%5,&3 '2/- 4)& 4"#,& 2/7 *. .5-&2*$ /2%&2 34"24*.( 7*4) .5-#&2  )& 4"#,& 53&3
"##2&6*"4*/.3 '/2 4)& -/%5,&3

05  
:  "#,&   53 $"#,&
30  : $1 "#,&  "$+0,".& 4/ $15*3*4*/. $"#,&
39   :*30,"9 44. "#,&  "$+0,".& 4/ 44&.5"4/2 $"#,&
44.   :44&.5"4/2 5-0&2 /"2%  :5-0&2
$1   :$15*3*4*/. 2/.4 ".&, $"#,&3  "$+0,".& 4/ 2/.4 ".&,
".% CPU to Front Panel
"$+0,".&  :"$+0,".& 0   :2/.4 ".&,

3 4)& 3 4)&
3&,&$4&% -/%5,& 3 4)& 3&,&$4&% 3&,&$4&%
4)&  :44&.5"4/2 / / /
-/%5,& 4)& -/%5,& 4)&
 :$15*3*4*/. /2 4)&  :2/.4 ".&, :"$+0,".&
:5-0&2 #/"2%
#/"2%

!&3 !&3 !&3

&2'/2- 4)& &2'/2- 4)& 2/$&33/22/.4 &2'/2- 4)& "$+0,".&


44&.5"4/2$15*3*4*/. ".% ".&, 42/5#,&3)//4*.( 42/5#,&3)//4*.(
$15*3*4*/. ".% 44&.5"4/2 /7&2 02/$&%52& 02/$&%52&
42/5#,&3)//4*.( 02/$&%52&3

3*.( 4)& 3*.( 4)&


3*.( 4)& 42/5#,&3)//4*.( / 42/5#,&3)//4*.( !&3
42/5#,&3)//4*.( !&3 02/$&%52&3 %*% 9/5 /.& 02/$&%52& %*% 9/5 /.&
02/$&%52&3 %*% 9/5 /.& '*.% " '"5,49 '*.% " '"5,49
'*.% " '"5,49 -/%5,& -/%5,&
-/%5,&
!&3 /
/

&0,"$& 4)& -/%5,& 5.


&,&$4 4)& .&84 -/%5,& ",, &84&.%&% %*"(./34*$3
'2/- "#,& ;

/&3 4)& /
%*30,"9 2&0/24 /.&
".9 &22/23

!&3
&,&$4 4)& .&84 -/%5,&
'2/- "#,& ;

Figure 629:Module Isolation Troubleshooting Procedure

672 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

Table610:Diagnostic Failure Priority List

Module Cpu Dsp Dsy Attn Acq Back D1 Acq Attn Attn/Acq Front Fp
plane Cable Cable Cable Jumper Panel
Board Cables

     

  

        

    

        


        


    

   
     

   

   
    


     

     


   

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 673
Troubleshooting

Use this procedure to


troubleshoot the Low
Voltage Power Supply.

Is the
principal power No Press principal
switch (S1) in the on power switch S1 to
(in) position? the on (in) position.

Yes

Press principal
power switch S1 to
Is line No the off (out) position. Yes Disconnect the cable from
Does the fuse
fuse F1 Replace the fuse. J1. Replace the fuse.
blow again?
ok? Press principal
power switch S1 to
Yes the on (in) position. No
Yes Replace the A07Auxiliary
Does the
Power board and the
fuse blow?
cables going to it.

No

Replace the A25Low


Voltage Power Supply.
Is there Is
90-250 VAC at J1 Is there No there power No
No
pins 1 and 3 on the 90-250 VAC at the at the line cord Fix the power problem.
A25Low Voltage line filter? and outlet?
Power Supply?
Yes Yes
Yes
Replace the Replace the line filter.
A07Auxiliary
Power board.

Press principal power switch S1 to


Are the the off (out) position. Are all
secondary voltages Yes Replace either the
secondary voltages Yes
within specification (see Disconnect the REMOTE_S/D within specification A01Backplane or the
Table611 and cable (J4) from the A07Auxiliary (see Table 611 A03CPU boards.
Figure 632)? Power board (J4 connects the and Figure
A07Auxiliary Power and A25Low 632)?
Voltage Power Supply boards).
No
No
WARNING Press principal power switch S1 to the off
It is not an A25Low Voltage (out) position. Disconnect the cable (P2) to
Power Supply problem. Perform the A01Backplane. Connect a minimum
the Backplane troubleshooting The power supplies will come up 1A load to the +5 V supply. Press principal
procedure. as soon as principal power switch power switch S1 to the on (in) position.
S1 is in the on (in) position.

Press principal power switch S1


to the on (in) position. Are the
secondary voltages No Replace the A25Low
within specification (see
Voltage Power Supply.
Table 611 and
Figure 632)?

Yes

Perform the Power Supply Overload


troubleshooting procedure.

Figure 630:Low Voltage Power Supply Troubleshooting Procedure

674 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

Table611:Normal Output Voltage

Supply J2 Pin Minimum Output Maximum Output



  

 



  
 



    
  



   
 



TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 675
Troubleshooting

) * !) '(&+( *&


*(&+#) &&*  '&-(
)+''#/ &,(#& '(&#$

CAUTION

Turn the oscilloscope power off


before removing a board or
disconnecting a cable.

$&, #&) &% *  *!$


($&,  '#+1!% !(+!*
&( % !)&%%* #)
(&$ *  0 "'#%

&)
*  )+''#/ -&(" )
&" - %  )'!! '# &( &( #
&( &( # !) * * ) *  +#*
($&,

&

&)
*  )+''#/ -&(" &" )
'# * 
- % ## &() 0 "'#%
% #) (
($&,

&

&)
* 
)+''#/ -&(" &"
- % *  #& !)
(+ / ($&,!% &( & '# *   0&-
!)&%%*!% &% &( $&( &()
&#* &-( +''#/
&( #) +* %&* + *&
% &,(#& &( ) &(* &%
 )'!! &(
&( #

)

&)
*  +((%*
 " *  +((%* (-% (&$ (-% . *  & '# *   0&-
*  '&-( )+''#/ )&%(/ )'!!*!&% ) &-% &#* &-( +''#/
!% #
1

)

 " % ('!( * 


!(+!*

Figure 631:Power Supply Overload Troubleshooting Procedure

676 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

Table612:Power Supply Maximum Current

Supply J2 Pins Maximum Current



   


   


   




    


J2
Pin 1

A25 Low Voltage Power Supply

Figure 632:A25Low Voltage Power Supply Module (Right Side)

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 677
Troubleshooting

This procedure helps


you determine whether the
A26Monitor or the
A02Display module is bad.

Do
pins 2 and 4 of J440 Yes Replace the
have signals similar to A26Monitor
Is Assembly.
the display Figure 634?
legible but the Yes
horizontal and/or
vertical sync do No
not look
ok? Power the oscilloscope off and
disconnect the cable from J440
No on the A26Monitor module (see
Figure 636) then power back on.
Power the oscilloscope off and
disconnect the cable from J440 Do pins 2
on the A26Monitor module (see and 4 of the cable Yes
Figure 636) then power back on. have signals similar to
Figure 634?

Does pin 7
Is Yes of the cable have a Yes No
pin 1 of the cable video signal with the
at +15 V? same levels as
Figure 635? Do
pins 2 and 4
No
No of J2 (see Figure 638
have signals similar to
No
On the A07Auxiliary Power Figure 634?
module probe J7 and J4.
Yes

Replace the cable.


Is Yes
J4 pin 1 at +15V (see Replace the cable.
Figure 637)?

Does
No J2 pin 7
on the A02Display module No Replace the
(see Figure 638) have a A02Display module.
video signal with the
Is J7 Yes same levels as
pin 1 at +15V Replace the A07Auxiliary Figure 635?
(see Figure Power module.
637)?
Yes
No
Replace the cable.
Perform the Low Voltage
Power Supply
troubleshooting
procedure.
Replace the D1 Bus
Is No cable, A03CPU,
the problem A09DSP, or
fixed? A01Backplane
Assembly.
Yes

Done.

Figure 633:Monitor Troubleshooting Procedure

678 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

J2 pin 2 (Horizontal Sync)


31.75kHz Rate

J2 pin 4 (Vertical Sync)


60Hz Rate

Figure 634:Horizontal and Vertical Sync Signals

White Level

J2 pin 7 (Video)

Black Level
Blanking Level

Figure 635:A Video Signal with White, Black, and Blanking Levels

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 679
Troubleshooting

J440

Figure 636:A26Monitor Connector J440

J7
Pin 1

J4
Pin 1

Figure 637:A07Auxiliary Power Connectors J4 and J7

680 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

J2
Pin 1

Figure 638:A02Display Connector J2

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 681
Troubleshooting

) * !) '(&+( *&


*($!% ! *  0 
&( *   0(&%* %#
$&+# !) 

+(% &% *  '(!%!'#


POWER )-!* 

& ##
& *  (&%* '%# & ()) * 
 ) *+(% &% % * % ON/STBY +**&%
*+(% &  ) &(*
*!$ #*(

(
) & *  &((*
*  (&%* & *  (&%* ,&#*) * 
& & ) '# * 
'%#  ) *+(% &%  '%#  ) %  )  0(&%* %#
) &(* *!$ #*( % *+(% &% * ##
!+( 1 % $&+#
* % *+(% #0 1

&

)
)
&

&) &%
(&%* '%# 
*+(% &% % * % *+(% & &
&##&- / *  %.*  +%*!#
##  ) , *+(%
&% % * %
*+(% &

( ##
) (&%* '%# #) & +(#/ !%)*## %
)+(#/ !%)*## !% &( ('# *  (&%*
   0(&%* * !( )&"*) % ( '%# #)
%# &( !) &" *  #) &"

)

'# * 
0  &(

Figure 639:Processor/Front Panel Troubleshooting Procedure

682 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

J106
Pin 1

J101
Pin 1

Figure 640:A06Front Panel Board Power Connectors J101 and J106

Table613:Front Panel Connector Voltages

Connector Pin Nominal Voltage

     

  

  

  

  

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 683
Troubleshooting

Use this procedure to


isolate a problem between the
A04Acquisition, A08Jumper,
and A05Attenuator boards.

This procedure assumes that the


oscilloscope is not displaying and/or not
triggering properly on one or more
channels. It also assumes that the
powerup diagnostic fails with
FAIL++Acq, FAIL++Attn,
FAIL++Cpu/Acq..., or FAIL++Acq/Attn
messages. This procedure is for CH1,
but it can be used for all four input
channels by substituting the appropriate
data from Table 614.

Perform the Acquisition and


Attenuator Power
troubleshooting procedure.

Is the No Perform the Low Voltage


power ok? Power Supply
troubleshooting procedure.

Yes

Attach a X10 probe to the CH1


input. Attach the probe tip to the Are the
PROBE ADJUST connector on the CH1 Trigger, CH1
front panel. Set the trigger source to Vertical, and CH1 Vertical
inverted signals on J102 pins Yes Perform the I2C
CH1, and press AUTOSET. Set the
26, 27, and 28 of the troubleshooting
Vertical SCALE to 10mV.
A05Attenuator board about procedure.
100mV 1kHz
Set your bench oscilloscope square waves?
Replace the
to 500ms per division, 200mV
A04Acquisition board or
per division, bandwidth limit to the A08Jumper board.
20MHz, and AUTO trigger. No

Are the Yes Perform the I2C


Are signals not troubleshooting
pins 26, visible at procedure.
27, and 29 of all?
P1 (see Figure Yes The tested channel
642) about of the A05Attenuator No
400mV 1kHz board is ok. Replace the
square A05Attenuator board.
waves? Before
removing the
No A08Jumper board were No Repeat this procedure
the signals double the
Using the A08 Jumper Board for each input channel.
amplitude, and are they
Assembly, D1 Bus, and Board still double the
Supports removal procedure, amplitude?
remove the A08Jumper board.

Yes

Replace the A04Acquisition


board or the A08Jumper
board.

Figure 641:Attenuator/Acquisition Troubleshooting Procedure

684 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

CH3SIGN
CH2SIGP CH3SIGP
CH2SIGN CH4SIGN
CH1SIGP Vertical
CH4SIGP
Signals
CH1SIGN
P1 Pin 1
(J102 on A05 Attenuator)

CH1TRIG CH3TRIG
CH2TRIG
Trigger
Signals

CH4TRIG
(Pin 2)

A05 Attenuator Board

J101
Pin 1

A08 Jumper Board

Figure 642:A08Jumper and A05Attenuator Boards Signal Locations

Table614:Channel and P1 Signal Locations

Channel Trigger Vertical Vertical Inverted


Number P1 Pin Number P1 Pin Number P1 Pin Number
   

  


   

   

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 685
Troubleshooting

+ ,!"+ (*'-* ,'


!# ,! ('/* ,' ,!

1)-"+","'& &
 1,,&-,'* '*+

+"&
$ 2 & *'*% ,! '/
" -* 2

 * ,! ' '$,  '/* -(($0



1)-"+","'& '* ,*'-$+!'',"&
('/* +-(($0 (*'-*
.'$, + '#

+

+"&
$ 2 & *'*% ,! '/
" -* 2
 * ,! ' '$,  '/* -(($0
 1,,&-,'* '* ,*'-$+!'',"&
('/* +-(($0 (*'-*
.'$, +
'#

+

'/* ,' ,! 


1)-"+","'&
&  1,,&-,'* '*+
"+ '#

Figure 643:Acquisition and Attenuator Power Troubleshooting Procedure

Table615:A05Attenuator Board Power

J101 Pin Voltage High Low


 1   1 
1
  1   1  1


 
1  1   1

  1   1 
 1

  1 
 1   1

Table616:A04Acquisition Board Power

J7 Voltage High Low


  1 
 1   1
  
1  1   1

  1   1 
1

  1   1 
 1

686 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

Acquisition Board
J7,
Pin 1

Figure 644:A04Acquisition Board Power Connector

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 687
Troubleshooting

0$ 1'(0 ./-"$#2/$ 1-


1/-2!*$0'--1 1'$
 7 ").* ,$ !- /#

/$00 1'$
ON/STBY !211-,

/$ 1'$
-$0 1'$ $0 3-*1 &$0 1   - $.* "$ 1'$
-0"(**-0"-.$ -) 0$$  !*$ 8   7 ").* ,$
.-4$/ 2. ,# (&2/$ +-#2*$
8 
-
$0
(0"-,,$"1 
!$14$$, 1'$
725(*( /6 -4$/ ,#

7-4 -*1 &$ -4$/ /$ 1'$
2..*6 +-#2*$0 /$00 1'$ 3-*1 &$0 1  $/%-/+ 1'$ 
7-4
ON/STBY !211-, - -*1 &$ -4$/ 2..*6
-) 0$$  !*$ 8 
1/-2!*$0'--1(,&
,# (&2/$ 8 
./-"$#2/$

-$0 1'$ - $.* "$ 1'$ 


7-4
-0"(**-0"-.$ -*1 &$ -4$/ 2..*6 $0
.-4$/ 2. !- /#
/$ 1'$ - $.* "$ 1'$
$0 3-*1 &$0 1   7 ").* ,$
-) 0$$  !*$ +-#2*$
$"-,,$"1 
 8 
/$00 1'$ ON/STBY
!211-,
$0

-$0 -$0 1'$


-$0 1'$ $0 -,$ -% 1'$
-0"(**-0"-.$ $0 ! # !- /# - $.* "$ 1'$
.*2&8(, !- /#0 ,-1 4-/) (, ,-1'$/
.-4$/ 2. 4-/) !21 1'$ -1'$/ ! # !- /#
 7 ").* ,$
!- /#0 0*-1
#-
-
- $0
$.* "$ $(1'$/ 1'$  7/-,1
 ,$*  7 ").* ,$ -/ $.* "$ 1'$  7 ").* ,$
725(*( /6 -4$/ !- /#0 +-#2*$

/$ 1'$/$ -
(,1$/+(11$,1 $.* "$ 1'$  7 ").* ,$
./-!*$+0 +-#2*$

$0

/$ '$/$ (0,1


1'$/$ 01(** -
./-!*$+ 4(1' 1'$
./-!*$+0  7 ").* ,$

$0

$.* "$ 1'$


 7 ").* ,$
+-#2*$

Figure 645:Backplane Troubleshooting Procedure

688 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

Table617:Regulator Voltages

Regulator Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage Maximum Voltage


    
 

    
 


         


   
    


Table618:J7 Voltages

Pin Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage Maximum Voltage


 
  
 


 
  
 



        


  
 



 
  
 



 
 

 



 
 

 



Table619:J8 Front Panel Voltages

Pin Nominal Voltage Minimum Voltage Maximum Voltage


 
  
 


 
 

 




 

 



  
 



TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 689
Troubleshooting

J7, J8, J6,


Pin 1 Pin 1 Pin 1

W1, W2,
Pin 1 Pin 1

Figure 646:A01Backplane Module

690 Maintenance
Troubleshooting

+ ,!"+ (*'-* ,'


"+'$, (*'$%+ '&
,!  -+

'/* ' ,! '+"$$'+'( +"&


,! Front Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet,
Rear EMI Gasket, and Cabinet Handle
and Feet "+++%$1 (*'-*
*%'. ,! "&,

+"& ,! '&+'$ '*, , (


(*'-* '&&, ,! '&+'$3('*,
$ ,' ,! '+"$$'+'( & ,' 1'-*
(*+'&$ '%(-,*

'/* ' ,! '+"$$'+'(


"+'&&, ,! $ ,' '&&,'*
 '& ,! 
2 ,,&-,'* '*
'/* '& ,! '+"$$'+'(

'+ ,! + ($  ,!


'+"$$'+'( ('/* ,,&-,'*#($&
-( &'*%$$1 $ '* ,!

2 ,,&-,'* %'-$

'

'/* ' ,! '+"$$'+'(


'&&, ,! $ ,' '&&,'*
 '& ,! 
2 ,,&-,'* '*
%'. ,! '&&,'* ,'  '& ,!

2 ,,&-,'* '* '/* -( ,!
'+"$$'+'(

($   ,!
'+ ,! +
)-"+","'&#($&
'+"$$'+'( ('/* $ '* ,!
-( &'*%$$1  2 )-"+","'& %'-$

'

'/* ' ,! '+"$$'+'(


($ ,! 2#($&
%'-$ '/* '& ,! +'(

'+ ,! '/* ' ,! '+"$$'+'( '+ ,! +


'+"$$'+'( ' & *($ ,! 2 ! 2 '*
'+"$$'+'( ('/*
('/* -( '* '/* '& ,! -( &'*%$$1 /+ 
&'*%$$1 '+"$$'+'(

+ '

! 2#($& (, ,! (*'-* &'* '&,,


/+  ,! $'$ #,*'&"0 +*." &,*

Figure 647:I2C Isolation Troubleshooting Procedure

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 691
Troubleshooting

& '& $%#(%


*" '%#( &##'"
*' ' #"&# 

#*% # ' #& #&#$ &" ' Front


Cover, Rear Cover, Cabinet, Rear EMI Gasket,
and Cabinet Handle and Feet &&&! ,
$%#(% %!#) ' "'

&" ' #"&#  #%' ' $


$%#(% #""' ' #"&# .$#%'
  '#  #" '
-  !#( 

&%) ,#(% '%!" & ,#( '(%" #"


' $#*% '# ' #& #&#$ #' '
%&'  (% #% *% ' '&'& &'#$

& '
&' &$ , & %#%! '  &# '#"
!&& Acq '%#( &##'"
Number of $%#(%
Digitizers

#


% ' "' ""  !#(  +&
%&' %'%& & ' $%# ! %$  " #%%
# ' "! # '
-  '
-  '
' first  
- &$ , " '
"#&'
- $ " !#( &
dsp
#


% ' "' ""  !#(  +&
%&' %'%& & ' $%# ! %$  " #%%
# ' "! # '
- &$ , '  (&
' first     '
-  " '
"#&'
-  !#( &
dsy
#


% '
%&' %'%&
% ' %&'
# %'%& # ' #
# ' "! # #"
' first   "! # ' first
"#&'   "#&'
atBus cpu

& &

"' ""  !#(  +& ' "' ""  !#(  +& '
$%# ! %$  " #%% ' $%# ! %$  " #%% '

-  '
-  '
-  '
-  '

- &$ , " '
- &$ , " '

- $ " !#( &
- $ " !#( &

Figure 648:Console Troubleshooting Procedure

692 Maintenance

Options and Accessories

()2 2%#3).- $%2#1)"%2 3(% 5!1).42 ./3).-2 !2 6%++ !2 3(% 23!-$!1$ !-$
./3).-!+ !##%22.1)%2 3(!3 !1% !5!)+!"+% &.1 3(% 
 
 !-$

 )')3)9)-' 2#)++.2#./%2

Options /3).-2 )-#+4$%

Option 02: Front Cover and Pouch


)3( 3()2 ./3).- %*31.-)7 2()/2 ! &1.-3 #.5%1 !-$ /.4#( 6)3( 3(% )-2314,%-3

Option 05: Video Trigger


()2 ./3).- /1.5)$%2 ! 5)$%. 31)''%1 3 +%32 8.4 31)''%1 .- /.2)3)5% .1 -%'!3)5%
28-# /4+2%2 3 !+2. +%32 8.4 2%+%#3 )-3%1+!#%$ &)%+$ .-% )-3%1+!#%$ &)%+$ 36.
.1 ".3( &)%+$2 -.-)-3%1+!#%$ .4 #!- $%&)-% 3(% 2)'-!+ #+!22 3. "% 
  .1 8.4 #!- #423.,)9% 3(% #+!22

Option 13: RS232/Centronics Hardcopy Interface


)3( 3()2 ./3).- %*31.-)7 2()/2 3(% .2#)++.2#./% %04)//%$ 6)3( ! : 
!-$ ! %-31.-)#2 )-3%1&!#% 3(!3 #!- "% 42%$ 3. ."3!)- (!1$#./)%2 .& 3(%
.2#)++.2#./% 2#1%%-

Option 2F: Advanced DSP Math


)3( 3()2 ./3).- 3(% .2#)++.2#./% #!- #.,/43% !-$ $)2/+!8 3(1%% !$5!-#%$
,!3( 6!5%&.1,2 )-3%'1!+ .& ! 6!5%&.1, $)&&%1%-3)!+ .& ! 6!5%&.1, !-$ !-
 !23 .41)%1 1!-2&.1, .& ! 6!5%&.1,

Option 3P: Printer Pack


)3( 3()2 ./3).- %*31.-)7 2()/2 ! %)*. :
 3(%1,!+ /1)-3%1 #!"+%2
,!-4!+ !-$ !- !##%22.18 /.4#( ,.4-3%$ 3. 3(% 3./ .& 3(% .2#)++.2#./%
!1$#./)%2 .& 3(% 2#1%%- !1% /1.$4#%$ .- &.41 )-#( 3(%1,!+ /!/%1 (%
/.4#( (.+$2 3(% /1)-3%1 !-$ (!2 !$$)3).-!+ 1.., &.1 !##%22.1)%2

Option 2A: 60,000 Point Record Length and Video Trigger


()2 ./3).- #.,")-%2 /3).-    /.)-3 1%#.1$2 !-$ /3).- 
)$%. 1)''%1

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 71


Option and Accessories

Option 2B: 60,000 Point Record Length, Video Trigger, and


Advanced DSP Math
&'0 ,-1',+ !,* '+#0 -1',+    -,'+1 /#!,/"0 -1',+  '"#,
/'%%#/ +" -1',+  "3+!#"  1&

Options A1-A5: International Power Cords


#0'"#0 1&# 01+"/" ,/1& *#/'!+    7 -,4#/ !,/" #(1/,+'5
0&'-0 +6 ,$ $'3# )1#/+1# -,4#/ !,/" !,+$'%2/1',+0 4'1& 1&# ,0!')),0!,-#
4&#+ ,/"#/#" 6 1&# !201,*#/

Table71:International Power Cords

Option Power Cord


 +'3#/0) 2/,-#+9    7
 9    7


201/)'+9    7

 ,/1& *#/'!+9    7

 4'17#/)+"9    7

Option B1: Module Level Service Manual


&#+ -1',+  '0 ,/"#/#" #(1/,+'5 0&'-0  *,"2)# )#3#) 0#/3'!# *+2)
4'1& 1&# ,0!')),0!,-#

Option 1M: 60,000 Point Record Length


&'0 ,-1',+ -/,3'"#0  *5'*2* /#!,/" )#+%1& ,$  -,'+10 -#/ !.2'0'8
1',+  !&++#)

WarrantyPlus Service Options


&# $,)),4'+% ,-1',+0 "" 1, 1&# 0#/3'!#0 3') )# 4'1& 1&# 01+"/" 4//+8
16 &# 01+"/" 4//+16 --#/0 ,+ 1&# !( 0'"# ,$ 1&# 1'1)# -%# '+ 1&'0
*+2)

H Option M2: &#+ -1',+  '0 ,/"#/#" #(1/,+'5 -/,3'"#0 $'3# 6#/0 ,$
4//+16/#*#"') 0#/3'!#
H Option M3: &#+ -1',+ 
'0 ,/"#/#" #(1/,+'5 -/,3'"#0 $'3# 6#/0 ,$
4//+16/#*#"') 0#/3'!# +" $,2/ ,0!')),0!,-# !)' /1',+0
H Option M8: &#+ -1',+  '0 ,/"#/#" #(1/,+'5 -/,3'"#0 $,2/ !)' /8
1',+0 +" $,2/ -#/$,/*+!# 3#/'$'!1',+0 ,+# ,$ #!& '+ 1&# 0#!,+"
1&/,2%& 1&# $'$1& 6#/0 ,$ 0#/3'!#

72 Options
Options and Accessories

Option 1K: K212 Instrument Cart


*4) 4)*3 /04*/. &+42/.*8 3)*03 " 4)2&& 42"9 *.3425-&.4 $"24 4)& 

Option 1P: HC100 4 Pen Plotter


*4) 4)*3 /04*/. &+42/.*8 3)*03 " '/52;$/,/2 0,/44&2 %&3*(.&% 4/ -"+& 7"6&;
'/2- 0,/43 %*2&$4,9 '2/- 4)& %*(*4*:*.( /3$*,,/3$/0& 7*4)/54 2&15*2*.( ".
&84&2.", $/.42/,,&2 4 )".%,&3 
".%  ,&44&2 3*:& -&%*"

Option 1R: Rackmounted Digitizing Oscilloscope


&+42/.*8 3)*03 4)& %*(*4*:*.( /3$*,,/3$/0& 7)&. /2%&2&% 7*4) 04*/.
$/.'*(52&% '/2 *.34",,"4*/. *. "  *.$) 7*%& *.3425-&.4 2"$+ 534/-&23 7*4)
*.3425-&.43 ./4 $/.'*(52&% '/2 2"$+-/5.4*.( $". /2%&2 " 2"$+-/5.4 +*4
 ; ; '/2 '*&,% $/.6&23*/.3
.3425$4*/.3 '/2 2"$+-/5.4*.( 4)& %*(*4*:*.( /3$*,,/3$/0& "2& 3)*00&% 7*4) 4)&
/04*/. 

Option 22: Additional Probes


*4) 4)*3 /04*/. &+42/.*8 3)*03 47/ "%%*4*/.", 02/#&3 *%&.4*$", 4/ 4)& 47/
34".%"2%;"$$&33/29   02/#&3 ./2-",,9 3)*00&% 7*4) 4)& *.3425-&.4
)*3 02/6*%&3 /.& 02/#& '/2 &"$) '2/.4;0".&, *.054

Option 23: Active Probes


*4) 4)*3 /04*/. &+42/.*8 3)*03 47/ "$4*6& )*() 30&&% 6/,4"(& 02/#&3 4)&
  ! 

Option 25: P6562 AS Probes


*4) 4)*3 /04*/. &+42/.*8 3)*03 '/52    02/#&3

Option 29: TD100 Data Manager


*4) 4)*3 /04*/. &+42/.*8 3)*03 "  "4" "."(&2 7)*$) 02/6*%&3 "

94& )"2% %2*6&  *.$) ',/009 %2*6& ".%  "4" "."(&2 3/'47"2&

Option 9C: Certificate of Calibration and Test Data Report


&+42/.*8 3)*03 " &24*'*$"4& /' ",*#2"4*/. 7)*$) 34"4&3 4)*3 *.3425-&.4 -&&43
/2 &8$&&%3 ",, 7"22".4&% 30&$*'*$"4*/.3 ".% 7"3 $",*#2"4&% 53*.( 34".%"2%3
".% *.3425-&.43 7)/3& "$$52"$*&3 "2& 42"$&"#,& 4/ 4)& "4*/.", .34*454& /'
4".%"2%3 ".% &$)./,/(9 ". "$$&04&% 6",5& /' " ."452", 0)93*$", $/.34".4
/2 " 2"4*/ $",*#2"4*/. 4&$).*15& )& $",*#2"4*/. *3 *. $/-0,*".$& 7*4) 
;;
 )*3 /04*/. ",3/ *.$,5%&3 " 4&34 %"4" 2&0/24 '/2 4)& *.3425;
-&.4

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 73


Option and Accessories

Standard +( )2//2:,1* 67$1'$5' $&&(6625,(6 $5( ,1&/8'(' :,7+ 7+( ',*,7,=,1* 26&,//2>
6&23(
Accessories
Table72:Standard Accessories

Accessory Part Number


!6(5 $18$/  >
>##
52*5$00(5 $18$/  > >##

()(5(1&(  > >##

(5)250$1&( "(5,),&$7,21  > >##

! 2:(5 25'  > >

52%(6 47< 7:2    # $66,9(    6,1*/(


81,7

Probe Accessories
+(6( $5( $&&(6625,(6 72 7+( 67$1'$5' 352%( /,67(' 35(9,286/<   
;&(37 )25 7+( 352%(>7,3>72>&,5&8,7 %2$5' $'$37(5 7+(< &$1 $/62 %( 25'(5('
6(3$5$7(/<

Table73:Probe Accessories

Accessory Part Number


(75$&7$%/( 22. ,3  > >
2'< +(// 7,3 &29(5 
>
>
52%(> ,3>72>,5&8,7 2$5' '$37(5 2 &86720(5 25'>
47< 7:2 67$1'$5' 237,21$//< $9$,/$%/( ,1 3$&.$*( 2) (5$%/( 3$57 180>
 $6  >  > %(5 )25 '28%/(
81,7
>1&+ /,3>1 5281' ($'  >  >
2: 1'8&7$1&( 5281' ($'  >

>
$5.(5 ,1*6 (7 47< (,*+7((1 5,1*6 :+,&+ ,1&/8'(6  > >
7:2 ($&+ 2) 1,1( &2/256
5281' 2//$5
> >
>1&+ //,*$725 /,3 5281' ($'  >  >
&5(:'5,9(5 $'-8670(17 722/ 0(7$/ 7,3  >
>
 /,3+,3   >
>
&&(6625< 28&+  > >

74 Options
Options and Accessories

Optional Accessories You can also order the following optional accessories:

Table74:Optional Accessories

Accessory Part Number


TDS 410, TDS 420, & TDS 460 Service Manual 0708036XX
Plotter (GPIB and Centronics Standard) HC100
Plotter (Centronics Standard) HC200
Oscilloscope Cart K212
Rackmount Kit (for field conversion) 016116600
Oscilloscope Camera C9
Oscilloscope Camera Adapter 016115400
SoftSided Carrying Case 016115800
Transit Case 016115700
GPIB Cable (1 meter) 012099101
GPIB Cable (2 meter) 012099100
Security Cable 012138800
Front Cover 200323200
Pouch 016115900
VGA Cable (SN B030099 and below) 73893013 (NEC)

(SN B030100 and above) CTL3VGAMM5


(LCOM)

Accessory Probes
The following optional accessory probes are recommended for use with
your digitizing oscilloscope:
H P6101A 1X, 15MHz, Passive probe.
H P6156 10X, 3.5 GHz, Passive, low capacitance, (low impedance Zo)
probe. Option 25 provides 100X.
H P6009 Passive, high voltage probe, 100X, 1500 VDC + Peak AC.
H P6015A Passive high voltage probe, 1000X, 20 kVDC + Peak AC
(40 kV peak for less than 100 ms).
H P6205 750 MHz probe bandwidth. Active (FET) voltage probe.
H P6204 Active, high speed digital voltage probe. FET. DC to 1 GHz. DC
offset. 50  input. Use with 1103 TekProbe Power Supply for offset
control.

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 75


Option and Accessories

H   &5,7( ',))(3(05,$. 231%( ##  51  ;   ,0265


H   6))(3 /2.,),(3 $&5,7( ),9563(' ; W, #
H   25,10   ,&31231%( 8,5+ (-31%( 218(3 &$%.( $&5,7( ),9=
563('   ; W, #
H  
> 633(05 231%( 4:45(/  4(4 
 633(05
31%(
H  
 25,10 
  633(05 231%( 4:45(/  4(4 


633(05 31%(
H     633(05 231%(   ; 51  ;
H    633(05 231%( 
-; 51   ;
H = 633(05 231%(>'(4,*0(' )13 2(3/$0(05 13 4(/,=2(3/$0(05 ,0=
&,3&6,5 ,045$..$5,10 -; 51  ;  W ,0265
H = 633(05 231%(>'(4,*0(' )13 2(3/$0(05 13 4(/,=2(3/$0(05 ,0=
&,3&6,5 ,045$..$5,10  -; 51  ;  W ,0265
H = 633(05 3$04)13/(3>)13 64( 8,5+ 5+(  
 
  $0'
   ($- 26.4( -  ; 51  ; 8,5+  
 
 
H   251=.(&5310,& 107(35(3  51   0/  51   ;
!/"
H  
 251=.(&5310,& 107(35(3  51  0/  51  ;
!/"
H   251=.(&5310,& 107(35(3  51   0/  51  ; !
/"
H  
251=.(&5310,& 107(35(3  51  0/  51
 ;
!/"
H !  ,/(=51=71.5$*( &107(35(3 ,/( '(.$: 26.4( 8,'5+ $0' 2(3,1'
/($463(/(054
H   31%(
<;
H     1*,& 31%(

Probe Accessories
+( )1..18,0* 125,10$. $&&(4413,(4 $3( 3(&1//(0'(' )13 64( 8,5+ 5+( 45$0=
'$3' 231%( .,45(' 60'(3 Standard Accessories.

Table75:Probe Accessories

Accessory Part Number


100(&513   51 31%( ,2 '$25(3 
= =
100(&513   W  51 31%( ,2 '$25(3 
= =

100(&513 31%( $&-$*( 1)  &1/2$&5 


= =

76 Options
Options and Accessories

Table75:Probe Accessories (Cont.)

Accessory Part Number


322)'735 53&) %'/%+) 3*   '314%'7  >  >

!'5):(5-9)5 (.8671)27 "330 %'/%+) 3* *-9)  >


>

314%'7>73>-2-%785) 53&) "-4 (%47)5  >>

53&) "-4 30()5 ,30(6 7,5)) 7-46 > >

2', !0-4>2 5382( )%(  >  >

53&) 30()5 0%'/ ! > >

 537)'735 "-4 %'/%+) 3*   >>

 537)'735 "-4 %'/%+) 3*   >>

%5/)5 -2+ !)7 ":3 )%', 3* 2-2) '30356  > >

!" 0-4,-4"  (%47)56 ! 

3:>2(8'7%2') !45-2+>"-46 ":3 )%', 3* *-9) (-**)5)27  > >


645-2+6 %2( -2680%735

53&) "-4>73>,%66-6 (%47)5  >


>

NOTE
The next four items below can only be used with the Compactto
Miniature Probe Tip Adapter.

8%0>)%( (%47)5  >  >

>73>53&) "-4 (%47)5  >


>

 >73>53&) "-4 (%47)5  W  >>

%<32)7 5382( 66)1&0<  > >

Accessory Software
",) *3003:-2+ 347-32%0 %'')6635-)6 %5) ")/7532-; 63*7:%5) 453(8'76 5)'31>
1)2()( *35 86) :-7, <385 (-+-7-=-2+ 36'-0036'34)

Table76:Accessory Software

Software Part Number


$>")67 53+5%1 )2)5%735 !
 
#%9):5-7)5 # %2( :%9)*351 '5)%7-32 ! "


%&#-2(3:6 ! 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 77


Option and Accessories

Warranty Information

  
  

      

  

  



 
 
    



78 Options
 
 

Replaceable Electrical Parts List

               


    
       
        
    
     Mechanical Parts List.           

       

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 81


Replaceable Electrical Parts List

82 Electrical Parts List



Diagrams

This section contains the block diagram and the interconnection diagram for
this oscilloscope. If servicing a TDS 410, ignore all references to CH 3 and
CH 4.

Symbols Graphic symbols and class designation letters are based on ANSI Standard
Y32.2-1975. Abbreviations are based on ANSI Y1.1-1972.
Logic symbology is based on ANSI/IEEE Std 91-1984 in terms of positive
logic. Logic symbols depict the logic function performed and can differ from
the manufacturer's data.
The tilde (~) preceding a signal name indicates that the signal performs its
intended function when in the low state.
Other standards used in the preparation of diagrams by Tektronix. Inc are:
H Tektronix Standard 062-2476 Symbols and Practices for Schematic
Drafting
H ANSI Y14.159-1971 Interconnection Diagrams
H ANSI Y32.16-1975 Reference Designations for Electronic Equipment
H MIL-HDBK-63038-1A Military Standard Technical Manual Writing
Handbook

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 91


 

" % &%&
"  
 '  " %  " %
 
%)&%
" %  %

  , '&&! 
 
 " % # 
  * 
"    
" % " % 
" %

 $! & " 


 )
 && '&!$
   )



 "
  


 " %
  "
&%
  
&%  "
  
! + " % 
"  

"

 '"$ 
" % "

   
!) (!& ")$ %'""+
'* &$
 " %
" %

( " % 


 "  

" %
 &$
" %  " %
 " % 

" % !"&!
$
) ")$
 #'%&!

)
" % )
)

)
 " %
  &$
" 


 ! ! $%
" % 

!$ &% !$%
" %
 &% $" %
$ %&  %&! 
 '*$+ "!)$

Figure 91:TDS 400 Interconnections

92 Diagrams

#


!
 ! ! " "

$

  "  ! 
! 
 !"
   "
 
!&!   !
    

  !  !
! 
 !

!

%
 " "!
%
 " "!
 !    

" "  !  !


!

$ 
     $ 
#!
  !  !
  !
 
 !  !

"  "

$   
$    ! " !
! "
"
    
  !  ! 
 !  !

  !
 !&


 !


   !

  


  !

 "

Figure 91:TDS 400 Interconnections (Cont.)

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 93


 

""#" !
 
  
#!"
# !'!"
 
"!  
"!  '

  !
"!  
"!  ' 
""#"





   
"   #!"
 " 


!%"!

# !%"!   "  
!
 ( #""

 "  
"!
"" '
  
 

!" 


  " 

"



 !





 
%
!%" 
% $" % !#'
#&
%



 
#!


Figure 92:TDS 400 Block Diagram

94 Diagrams



< 
   

 


  


! 

 

 
 


 

 
 

 





 



  


   !  

 
    

Figure 92:TDS 400 Block Diagram (Cont.)

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 95


96 
 
   
Replaceable Parts List

 !) )*!&% &%*!%)  #!)* & *  $&+#) * * ( ('## &( * 


  ) * !) #!)* *& !%*!/ % &(( ('#$%* '(*)

Parts Ordering '#$%* '(*) ( ,!## (&$ &( * (&+ /&+( #&# "*(&%!. %
)(,! %*( &( ('()%**!,
Information
%) *& "*(&%!. !%)*(+$%*) ( )&$*!$) $ *& &$$&*
!$'(&, &$'&%%*) ) * / &$ ,!## % *& !, /&+ *  %!*
& *  #*)* !(+!* !$'(&,$%*)  (&( - % &((!% '(*) !* !)
!$'&(*%* *& !%#+ *  &##&-!% !%&($*!&% !% /&+( &((
H (* %+$(
H %)*(+$%* */' &( $&# %+$(
H %)*(+$%* )(!# %+$(
H %)*(+$%* $&!!*!&% %+$( ! ''#!#
  '(* /&+ &(( ) % ('# -!*  !(%* &( !$'(&, '(* /&+(
#&# "*(&%!. )(,! %*( &( ('()%**!, -!## &%** /&+ &%(%!%
%/  % !% *  '(* %+$(
% !%&($*!&% ! %/ !) #&* * *  (( & * !) $%+#

Module Replacement
    !) )(,! / $&+# ('#$%* )& * ( ( * ( &'*!&%)
/&+ ) &+# &%)!(
H Module Exchange. % )&$ )) /&+ $/ . % /&+( $&+# &(
 ($%+*+( $&+#  ) $&+#) &)* )!%!!%*#/ #)) * %
%- $&+#) % $* *  )$ *&(/ )'!!*!&%) &( $&( !%&(0
$*!&% &+* *  $&+# . % '(&($ ## 
 
.* 
H Module Repair. &+ $/ ) !' /&+( $&+# *& +) &( ('!( *( - !
- -!## (*+(% !* *& /&+
H New Modules. &+ $/ '+( ) %- ('#$%* $&+#) !% * 
)$ -/ ) &* ( ('#$%* '(*)

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 101
Replaceable Parts List

Using the   +,#) !%&)$+!&% !% +  '## )+* !*+ !* ))% &) (,!"
)+)!-# %)*+%!% +  *+),+,) % +,)* & +  #!*+ .!## #' 0&,
Replaceable Parts !% +  ## +  !%&)$+!&% 0&, % &) &))!% )'#$%+ ')+*
List
Item Names
% +  '## )+* !*+ % +$ $ !* *')+ )&$ +  *)!'1
+!&% 0  &#&%   ,* & *' #!$!++!&%* % +$ $ $0 *&$1
+!$* '') * !%&$'#+ &) ,)+ ) +$ $ !%+!!+!&% 
)# +#&!% %&&"  %  ,* . ) '&**!#

Indentation System
 !* ')+* #!*+ !* !%%+ +& * &. +  )#+!&%* !' +.% !+$*  
&##&.!% /$'# !* & +  !%%++!&% *0*+$ ,* !% +  *)!'+!&%
&#,$%
1 2 3 4 5 Name & Description
Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Assembly and/or Component
(END ATTACHING PARTS)
Detail Part of Assembly and/or Component
Attaching parts for Detail Part
(END ATTACHING PARTS)
Parts of Detail Part
Attaching parts for Parts of Detail Part
(END ATTACHING PARTS)


++ !% ')+* #.0* '') + +  *$ !%%++!&% * +  !+$ !+
$&,%+* . !# +  +!# ')+* ) !%%+ +& +  )! + %%+ !+$* )
')+ & % !%#, .!+  +  %/+ ! ) !%%++!&%
++ !% ')+* $,*+
 ',) * *')+#0 ,%#** &+ ).!* *'!!

Abbreviations

)-!+!&%* &%&)$ +&
$)!% +!&%# +%)* %*+!+,+ 

*+%) 

102 Mechanical Parts List


CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr.
Code Manufacturer Address City, State, Zip Code

$  # 
'#  ' &% $&#$%  
$ 
 $&#%#  
 $  $%#% #*   
 !  ! %$  #!
$
 ! $#'  %   % * !
% $# 
* &
% ($ $#(   $ # '   

%  #!$  $( #&#* % ! #% # 


%  ! *$%   $( %# $% %# # 


%  !#$%   #!   $% '     

%  !$%   !# &%$  $ $ %  (  


%   $%$& ! *# #    #% % $% $  $  

%  #    % # ' &'# ( 

%
  %  #! #%   #
 %(* ! $  $   
$&%

%

&  %#    %! %( # 
&$  # 

%
 &%#  #! #%   ($  # (* ' &'# ( 
$&% 

%
 #$  !* $ # '$% # #  

(( # ! (# %# $  $( ##&$ #' '#%  # 
 

# %#"&$%  #!  ($ ' &'# (  



 # (*

 $%&# $&!!*   $ $# ! #% # 



 ! 
 &  ##$&# !  
!  ) 
  $   !%   $%$  $ $   

   #$   #   &#% ( &#      

   !% 


  % ' ($% $%% (  



 $!%*  % #  


 #*(  # #  
!  ) 
  $%#&% $!%$   )% #%  (# (%# ! ! 

 )
 !#$ $   #!  # #  !#   
 

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 103
CROSS INDEX - MFR. CODE NUMBER TO MANUFACTURER
Mfr.
Code Manufacturer Address City, State, Zip Code

  # %  


  !     

 !  
"     %
 $
   

     #
 
!   !  
  $   
 #  !  "     
 $


104 Mechanical Parts List


Fig. &
Index No. Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.
Part No. Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.

  

** $$  &   

**

 **  &%!"' '& ' &  !$$ + %
 
**  $$+   %%& $ !$$ + %


 **
%$)&"&  *  
"%&&  !$$ + %
  **
!!& & "!+'$&  $ !$$ + %
  ** % %&
*  )$ %     !$$ + %
  ** $$ & $$   !$$ + %
   ** $$ &!"&! %    **
  
  %%+")$   )
%(&& &

!$$ + %
%& $ %%!$+
  
** "")$ !$"!+ &  !$$ + %
%& $ %%!$+



 ** "'%!$  '%% % 


   
$ 



 ** "'%!$ *
 '%% % 
    
'$!" 

 ** '%$&$  
(%    %%
 
$ 

** '%$&$%& !) 
(    # 
'$!" 

 ** %$) 
* 
" %&  !$$ + %

  ** !($$$$"!+$! &* 
  **
 
**
!!&$$% &!"$   
**
 
 ** %$%% )%$
*   " %&  "  !$$ + %
 
 ** * $'&"$! ! 
 **
  
** %%&
+$ *   *    
**
  
  ** $'&  %%+$! & "  %%+  
 **
&%
  ! +

 ** $'&  %%+$! & "  %%+  
**
&%  ! +

   ** $! & "  %%+    **

  ** $! & "    **
&%
  ! +
 ** $! & "   **
&%  ! +


  **  %& *& $&   **




**  !'& & &  !$$ + %


**  !%'& &  !$$ + %




** !($$! &% &  !$$ + %
!"&!  %%!$+

 ** $ &$*    **
&%
  ! +
 ** &$!$&($! &   **
&%  ! +

 
 ** "'% '&&! %! &  
 **

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 105
Fig. &
Index No. Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.
Part No. Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.

 

  %%    "' 

  %%
"!  &

  %%    "' 

  %%
"!  &



%%    "' 



%%
"!  &
  
 %% ""!  "" !" !"  
 %%

 
%%  !$" !"' " 
%%

  %%  %  #"' #""     & !

106 Mechanical Parts List




 



 































Figure 101:External and Front Panel Modules

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 107
108  
   
Fig. &
Index Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.
No. Part No. Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.

 
 ,,
&!&(  (&$# -&#"( (

 #&& - '
 

,, ' '(   $#" ! '( 
    

  ,,  '&+($(& ,   ($(($"'( 
#&& - '


 
,, 



'$ - !#)   

 
,,
(' #" -
  ,, 


'$ - !#)  " !#"#&#! $
   ,,
(' #" -

 
,, 





'$ - !#)   

 
,,
('  #" -
  ,, 



'$ - !#)  " !#"#&#! $
   ,,
('  #" -
  ,,
'$ - !#)  " !#"#&#! $
   ,,
('
#" -
  ,,
&!" !($# -&#"(    ,,
 

 ,,
&)(  ''-), &- $#+&   

 ,,



 ,,
" ''! -
*
 + ! +#"" '  )



  ,,
$#+& ')$$ -
* ( .   $'
,  
 
,,
')$$#&((  $ "  $+& '$ -   
,,

 ,,
!&&"("& $#+& " (  #&& - '


 ,,
 (&&   *  (# .  

 ,,




,,
#""& " #!! '(& 
& 

 ,, &((     ,,


  ,, '&+!" ,  $"'( 


#&& - '

 

 ,, 

 
&)(  ''-$)   

 ,,
(' #" -

 ,, 

&)(  ''-$)   
,,
(' #" -


 ,, 

 
&)(  ''-$)   

 ,,
('  #" -

 ,, 

&)(  ''-$)   
,,
('  #" -


 ,,
&)(  ''-$)   

 ,,
('
#" -

 

 ,, 

 
&)(  ''-'$ -   

 ,,
(' #" -

 ,, 

&)(  ''-'$ -   
,,
(' #" -


 ,, 

 
&)(  ''-'$ -   

 ,,
('  #" -

 ,, 

&)(  ''-'$ -   
,,
('  #" -


 ,,
&)(  ''-'$ -   

 ,,
('
#" -

 

 ,,
&)(  ''-'$   

 ,,

 
,, ')$$#&(( !( !(&   
,,


 ,, ((&- *
!   ()! ((&- + #&& - '
 

,,
&)(  ''-%)'(#"   

,,
(' #" -


,,
&)(  ''-%)'(#"   

,,
('  #" -

 ,,
&)(  ''-%)'(#"   
,,
('
#" -



,, &("&$(#&   '( (



  

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 109
Fig. &
Index Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.
No. Part No. Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.

   $$  "!   %"    $$


  $$  "!   %!!"!   $$
!
 %
  $$  "!   %!!"!    $$
!
 %
  $$  "!   %!!"!    $$
!
 %

  $$  !!"! !   $$
  $$  "!   %   $$
  $$  #"! %! !  %  


$$     %"" 

$$

1010 Mechanical Parts List




 A7

















A3




A2




A1




A9



A4






A8

A5

Figure 102:Internal Modules

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 1011
Fig. &
Index Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.
No. Part No. Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.

   ##   "     ##


   ##   $     ##
   ##   $     ##
   ##   $ "      ##

  ##   $     ##
 
##    "  #     
 $ 
   ##   $"  ! "     ##
   ##   $
 "      $ 
   ##   $     ##
   ##   $     ##
   ##   $    ##

1012 Mechanical Parts List














Figure 103:Cables and Routing

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 1013
Fig. &
Index Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.
No. Part No. Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.

STANDARD ACCESSORIES
 $$ #* !
 !    !# $
 )) &%%&% #&$#   ))
 )) &%"& #   ))
 )) &%$#'   ))
)) &%!# ##  ))

)) &%!# # '#%   
))
  $$*!(#   (
$'%% %

## * $
$%#$ &#  
     $$*!(#   (
'  $  $    )
 !%   &$%#
     $$*!(# )   $"

'  $  '$ !  ''


 !%   &# !
     $$*!(#   $"
 ' %
  $  ## * $
 !%  
&%  
     $$*!(#   ( $'%#*  ## * $
 !%    #% #
    $$*!(#  )  
'
   $  ## * $
 !%   $(%+#
 !!(#  #! * %  ## * $
$ &#   

1014 Mechanical Parts List


Fig. &
Index Tektronix Serial No. Mfr.
No. Part No. Effective Dscont Qty 12345 Name & Description Code Mfr. Part No.

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
   )) (#  (#  !#   )%&#    ))
   )) )%&#   )%&# !# %$     ))
  
))   %!!" % % $"#    
))

 )) !"!$%"
%#
!   

 )) "!(  %#  


 ))  $$*!$!$!" $&#%* %
 %$

 
)) "!&"!&   "%   
))
  )) !! $$*
$!    ))
  )) $##* 
 )

)
# %# $#  !## * $
  )) $##* $!% "!"%! $    ))
  )) # !& % %# !& % %$     ))
  )) $!%(# "$#(#'  &% '    ))
%$
  ! *
 
)) $!%(# "$  %   %!!$  
))
 
 )) $!%(# "!"#%  $(  
 ))
%$  ! *
 
 )) $!%(# " &$%'
  
 ))

)) )%&##% $#  
))

)) )%&##!'#  %  
))

)) )%&##%   %  
))
 !'##! %$
$ &#  


))  &%#!& %  
))
 ))  &%#$

 %#! $   ))
!"%! ! *


))  &% $%#&%!  

))
!"%! " ! *

))  &%&$#'! $"*  
))
!"%!  ! *

TDS 410, TDS 420 & TDS 460 Service Manual 1015
1016  
   

You might also like